Model - Prog Fire Protection

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
"MODEL" FIRE PROTECTION PROGRAM

9/93
FORWARD
This Fire Protection Program may be applied to all U.S. Department of

Energy (DOE) sites and operations. This program demonstrates acceptable
methods and examples to assist each DOE site in meeting the fire protection
objectives provided in DOE Order 5480.7A, "Fire Protection." The program may
be used in full or in part for establishing new programs or for improving
existing ones, and the examples may be used verbatim or tailored for specific
site needs.
DOE site fire protection programs are not expected to follow the exact
format of this program, but are expected to address, as a minimum, the items
included in the Table of Contents as they apply to the specific sites. Where
specific site areas are not covered in this program, other site fire
protection programs would be expected to address those items to the same level
of detail, as a minimum, as provided in this program.
This program is not intended to prevent the use of other systems or

methods, provided the alternate approaches address the items to an equivalent
level as in this Program.
iii
9/93
This page intentionally left blank.
iv
9/93
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY

"MODEL" FIRE PROTECTION PROGRAM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 SITE SPECIFIC FIRE PROTECTION OVERVIEW................................1-1

1.1 SITE OVERVIEW...................................................1-1
1.2 POLICY STATEMENT................................................1-1
2.0 MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION.........................................2-1

2.1 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES.....................................2-1
2.2 CHARTER.........................................................2-2
2.3 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE........................................2-3
2.4 STAFFING........................................................2-4
2.5 QUALIFICATIONS..................................................2-5
2.6 FIRE PROTECTION EXEMPTIONS......................................2-6
2.7 FIRE PROTECTION EQUIVALENCIES...................................2-6
2.8 FUNDING PRIORITIZATION OF FIRE PROTECTION ITEMS.................2-7
3.0 FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING...........................................3-1

3.1 FIRE PROTECTION CRITERIA AND REQUIREMENTS.......................3-1
3.2 TECHNICAL LIBRARY...............................................3-2
3.3 DESIGN AND MODIFICATION REVIEWS.................................3-3
3.4 DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS...........................................3-9
3.5 OPERABILITY REQUIREMENTS........................................3-9
3.6 EQUIPMENT PROCUREMENT APPROVAL..................................3-9
3.7 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS TESTING, INSPECTION, AND MAINTENANCE...3-10
3.8 INSPECTION, TESTING, AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES................3-10
3.9 MAINTENANCE PRIORITIZATION SCHEME..............................3-10
3.10 CORRECTIVE ACTION TRACKING SYSTEM...............................3-11
3.11 PROPERTY LOSS CRITERIA.........................................3-12
3.12 FIRE INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS................................3-13
3.13 ANNUAL REPORT..................................................3-13
3.14 FIRE PREVENTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES.......................3-14
3.15 FIRE PROTECTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES.......................3-14
3.16 SPECIAL HAZARDS PROTECTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES............3-14
4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND PUBLIC PROTECTION...................................4-1

4.1 FACILITY OPERATING PROCEDURES...................................4-1
4.2 SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORTS.........................................4-1
4.3 FIRE HAZARD ANALYSIS............................................4-1
4.4 FACILITY CONTAINMENT AND CONFINEMENT............................4-2
4.5 LIQUID RUN-OFF CONTROL..........................................4-3
5.0 APPRAISAL PROGRAM.....................................................5-1

5.1 FIRE PROTECTION SELF-SURVEY FACILITY APPRAISALS.................5-1
5.2 FIRE PROTECTION PROGRAM APPRAISALS..............................5-2
5.3 LIFE SAFETY CODE EVALUATIONS....................................5-3
v
9/93
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6.0 FIRE DEPARTMENT OPERATIONS AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE.....................6-1

6.1 OPERATING PROCEDURES............................................6-1
6.2 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT.............................................6-1
6.2.1 Life Safety Rope, Harnesses, and Hardware................6-1
6.2.2 Fire Hose................................................6-2
6.2.3 Ladder Inspections.......................................6-3
6.3 PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT..................................6-4
6.3.1 Protective Clothing Inspections..........................6-4
6.4 TRAINING........................................................6-5
7.0 REFERENCES............................................................7-1
APPENDIX A - OPERABILITY REQUIREMENTS......................................A-1
APPENDIX B - INSPECTION, TESTING, AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES...............B-1
APPENDIX C - FIRE PREVENTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES......................C-1
APPENDIX D - FIRE PROTECTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES......................D-1
APPENDIX E - SPECIAL HAZARDS PROTECTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES...........E-1
APPENDIX F - FIRE DEPARTMENT OPERATIONS AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE--SAMPLE

PROCEDURES....................................................F-1
APPENDIX G - U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY BASIC FIREFIGHTER CERTIFICATION

PROGRAM.......................................................G-1
APPENDIX H - PREFIRE PLANS.................................................H-1
LIST OF FIGURES
3-1 Comment Review Form...................................................3-4

3-2 Review Process........................................................3-5
6-1 Protective Clothing Monthly Inspection Form...........................6-6
LIST OF TABLES
3-1 Design and Package Review Discipline Matrix...........................3-6

3-2 Inspection, Test, and Maintenance Frequency Requirements.............3-11
vi
9/93
ACRONYMS
AC Alternating current
AFFF Aqueous film-forming foam
AGA American Gas Association
AHJ Authority having jurisdiction
BED Building Emergency Director
BLEVE Boiling liquid expanding vapor explosion
CHEMTREC Chemical Transportation Emergency Center
CO2 Carbon dioxide
CPR Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
CTC Canadian Transportation Commission
DC Direct current
DOE U.S. Department of Energy
DOE-HQ U.S. Department of Energy-Headquarters
DOT U.S. Department of Transportation
EMT Emergency medical technician
EPSS Emergency power supply system
ERG Emergency Response Guidebook
ESRF Embankment-support rubberized fabric
FACP Fire alarm control panel
FDC Fire department connection
FM Factory Mutual
HAZMAT Hazardous material
HEPA High-efficiency particulate air
HVAC Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning
IFSTA International Fire Service Training Association
MCFL Maximum credible fire loss
MPFL Maximum possible fire loss
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
OS&Y Outside screw and yoke
PA Public address
PADI Pocket alarm dosimeter instrument
PASS Personal Alert Safety System
PCB Polychlorinated biphenyls
PIV Post indicator valve
PM Preventive maintenance
SAR Safety analysis report
SCBA Self-contained breathing apparatus
SEPSS Stored electrical energy emergency and standby power system
SFPE Society of Fire Protection Engineers
SWP Special work permit
T&S Testing and Services
UL Underwriters Laboratories
vii
9/93
viii
9/93
1.0 SITE SPECIFIC FIRE PROTECTION OVERVIEW
1.1 SITE OVERVIEW
This section should include a brief overview of the site's operations and
mission, and the fire protection program. It should include a short
description of how the Fire Protection Engineering group operates, the
emergency response services available to the site, the water supply to the
site, who performs testing and maintenance activities for the fire protection
systems, any major fire losses that have occurred in the past, and
specifically, any fire protection systems or hazards that are considered
unique to the site.
1.2 POLICY STATEMENT
This section should include a senior management policy statement

regarding the goals of, and commitment to, the fire protection program. The
statement should be dated and signed by senior management. {Reference DOE
5480.7A, Section 9.a.(1)(a) and (b)}
1-1
9/93
1-2
9/93
2.0 MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION
2.1 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES
This section should include management's responsibilities involving the

site fire protection program and clearly define who is responsible for
implementing the different parts of the program. Those with fire protection
signature authority should also be identified. A statement concerning the
need to resolve conflicts between these fire protection requirements and those
of other disciplines should also be addressed. The following serves as an
example: {Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.a.(1)(a) and (b)}
Management shall:
1. Provide and maintain the necessary fire protection staff and

resources to develop and maintain the fire protection program, and
provide technical expertise to achieve the U.S. Department of
Energy's (DOE) fire protection goals and requirements.
2. Minimize the potential for the occurrence of a fire or related

perils.
3. Ensure that fire does not cause an unacceptable onsite or offsite

release of hazardous material (HAZMAT) that will threaten the public
health and safety or the environment.
4. Establish and define the requirements that will provide an

acceptable degree of life safety to DOE, contractor personnel, and
the public from fire in DOE facilities.
5. Ensure that vital DOE programs will not suffer unacceptable delays
as a result of fire and related perils.
6. Ensure that property damage from fire and related perils does not
exceed DOE established levels.
7. Provide fire protection technical assistance to DOE as requested.
Management is responsible for executing the procedures in this program

and for adhering to the requirements of the fire protection program for the
facilities and/or operations under their jurisdiction. Whenever the
requirements cannot be met, management shall consult with a representative
from the Fire Protection Engineering group and the Fire Department to
determine the compensatory measures that must be implemented until compliance
is achieved or an equivalent level of protection is provided.
If an exemption request is required, or an equivalent approach needed,

the organization manager shall be responsible for preparing the request and
submitting it to Fire Protection Engineering for review and concurrence.
2-1
9/93
Program managers are responsible for ensuring that funding is secured for
correcting fire protection deficiencies in programs or facilities, and for
consulting with Fire Protection Engineering for prioritization of the
deficiencies.
Facility managers are responsible for ensuring that fire protection

equipment in the buildings under their jurisdiction is in full operating
condition, and for initiating corrective action when repairs or maintenance
are required.
When there is a conflict between the requirements of this program and

those of another discipline (e.g., security), the manager of Fire Protection
Engineering and/or the fire chief, depending on the area involved, are
responsible for resolving the conflict with the manager of the other
discipline. If a resolution cannot be reached, the issue shall be escalated
to the next level(s) of management until the issue is resolved.
2.2 CHARTER
A charter should be included that specifically identifies the

responsibilities and authority of the Fire Protection Organization or those
departments responsible for the site fire protection program. The following
serves as an example for one organization, but the same approach should also
be used to clearly identify the responsibilities and inter-department
relationships between other organizations such as the Fire Department or Fire
Systems Maintenance group. {Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.a.(1)(c)}
Fire Protection Engineering is responsible for the development of the

Fire Protection Program to meet the criteria and goals established by the DOE.
Fire Protection Engineering shall assist the other departments and operations
with the implementation of the Fire Protection Program, and provide
interpretations and guidance to ensure compliance with DOE orders, standards,
and codes affecting fire protection. In addition, Fire Protection Engineering
responsibilities shall entail the following as a minimum:
1. Review and approve designs; specifications; modifications; fire

system acceptance test procedures; fire system testing, inspection,
and maintenance procedures; and fire equipment procurement.
2. Perform fire protection self-survey facility appraisals.
3. Assist in the prioritization of fire system repairs.
4. Prepare the annual fire protection report.
5. Perform fire protection program appraisals.
6. Perform NFPA 101 (Life Safety Code) evaluations.
7. Assist in fire investigations.
8. Develop Fire Protection Engineering requirements and implementing
2-2
9/93
procedures.
9. Exercise authority to stop work upon observing an imminent hazard.
10. Perform fire department operations
11. Perform HAZMAT response
12. Maintain a fire prevention program
13. Perform emergency medical response
14. Maintain prefire plans
15. Review and approve fire protection training programs.
16. Obtain fire protection equipment procurement approval.
2.3 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
The purpose of this section is to provide a clear and concise chart,

and/or description on how and where fire protection fits into the overall
organization of the company. The following serve as examples. {Reference DOE
5480.7A, Section 9.a.(1)(c)}
EXAMPLE A
The Fire Protection Program is administered by two departments: Fire

Protection Engineering and Fire Department Operations. Both department
managers report to the manager of Safety, who reports to the director of
Safety, Environment, and Health. The director reports to the company
president.
President
Director,
Safety, Environment, and Health
Manager, Manager, Manager,

Safety Environment Health
Manager,
Fire Protection Engineering
Manager (Chief),
Fire Department Operations
Manager,
Industrial Safety
Manager,
Radiological Safety
2-3
9/93
EXAMPLE B
The Fire Protection Program is administered by three departments: Fire

Protection Engineering, Fire Department Operations, and Fire Protection
Oversight and Assessment. Fire Protection Engineering reports to the director
of Engineering, Fire Department Operations reports to the director of Safety
and Support Services, and Fire Protection Oversight and Assessment reports to
the director of Oversight and Assessment. Each director reports to the
company president.
Fire Protection Oversight and Assessment performs independent reviews,

establishes program criteria, and evaluates compliance with the Fire
Protection Program as administered by Fire Protection Engineering and Fire
Department Operations.
President
Director, Director, Director,

Engineering Safety & Support Services Oversight & Assessment
Manager, Fire Manager, Fire Manager,

Prot. Engineering Department Operations Engineering O&A
Manager, Chemical Manager, Security Manager,

& Process Engineering Operations Safety O&A
Manager, Industrial Manager, Industrial Manager,

Engineering Safety & Health Support Services O&A
2.4 STAFFING
The purpose of this section is to briefly describe the personnel that

constitute the fire protection staff. This would include Fire Protection
Engineering, fire departments or brigades, fire system maintenance and
testing, and emergency response such as HAZMAT and medical staff if they are
part of the fire department. The following serves as an example. {Reference
DOE 5480.7A, Sections 8.i.(8) and 9.a.(1)(c)}
The fire protection staff include the following personnel. Fire

Protection Engineering has one manager, five engineers, and one secretary.
The fire department includes the chief, deputy chief, and four platoons each
consisting of a captain, lieutenant, and five firefighters. In addition,
there are three fire fighters specifically trained for HAZMAT response, three
medical technicians, and two secretaries.
There are seven technicians that perform fire system testing, and they
are part of Fire Department Operations. The fire system maintenance group has
six craft people responsible for all maintenance activities on fire protection
systems.
2-4
9/93
2.5 QUALIFICATIONS
The purpose of this section is to include any specific company

qualification requirements as well as a short description of the
qualifications of each of the fire protection staff members identified in the
section above. A complete resume of each individual is not necessary, but the
information should be sufficient so it is clear the individuals are qualified
for the positions. The following serves as an example of company-specific
qualifications as well as those for each individual. {Reference DOE 5480.7A,
Section 8.i.(8)}
The Fire Protection Engineering staff shall have at least one individual
with a bachelor of science degree in a engineering or related technical field.
This person shall also meet the qualifications for member grade in the
Society of Fire Protection Engineers (SFPE) or be a registered professional
engineer in fire protection.
The fire department personnel shall meet or have a program in place

enabling its staff to meet the requirements provided in the following National
Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards where applicable:
NFPA 1001, "Fire Fighter Professional Qualifications"

NFPA 1002, "Fire Apparatus Driver/Operator Professional
Qualifications"
NFPA 1021, "Fire Officer Professional Qualifications"
NFPA 1031, "Professional Qualifications for Fire Inspector"
NFPA 1033, "Fire Investigator Professional Qualifications"
NFPA 1041, "Fire Service Instructor Professional Qualifications"
NFPA 1501, "Fire Department Safety Officer"
The fire system testing and maintenance personnel shall receive a minimum
of 40 hours training per year. The training shall be both general and
specific to the fire systems installed at the site.
FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING
Name Position Experience Education
AC Pile Manager 15 M.A. Business Management

B.S. Mechanical Engineering
JW Teets Engineer 12 B.S. Fire Protection Engineering
MH Fish Engineer 10 B.S. Civil Engineering
JJ Tire Engineer 9 B.S. Mechanical Engineering
ST Sure Engineer 5 B.S. Fire Protection Engineering
DF Comply Engineer 2 B.S. Electrical Engineering
2-5
9/93
2.6 FIRE PROTECTION EXEMPTIONS
This section should include the specific requirements for processing an

exemption request as required by DOE Orders 5480.4 and DOE 5480.7A. It should
also include a list of all fire protection exemptions approved or awaiting
disposition for the specific site. The following serves as an example.
{Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 8.i.(7)}
When compliance cannot be achieved with a non-statutory code, standard

or DOE Order, an exemption request (temporary or permanent as applicable)
shall be submitted to the DOE. The exemption shall be processed in accordance
with DOE Order 5480.4 and include the following information as a minimum:
1. The specification of the standard from which the exemption is

being requested.
2. Detailed statements as to why compliance with the requirement

cannot be achieved.
3. A description of what measures will be implemented and maintained

to provide equivalent protection to the requirement.
4. An analysis of the benefit gained or negative impact avoided by

receiving the exemption vs. the worst probable incident that may
occur under the exemption.
5. For temporary exemptions, a statement of when compliance will be

achieved, and what actions have been and will be taken to meet
compliance. A temporary exemption may be in effect for the time
required to achieve compliance, but is not to exceed one year. In
some cases, the exemption may be renewed.
The fire protection exemption requests approved for the site

include the following:
Date Subject Building/Program
10/83 Inspect. of control valves Sitewide
1/85 Stairwell widths 221T
4/91 Potential property loss > $1M 735/Isolation Project
2.7 FIRE PROTECTION EQUIVALENCIES
This section should include the specific requirements for processing an

equivalency request as required by DOE Order 5480.4. It should also include a
list of all fire protection equivalencies approved or awaiting disposition for
the specific site. The following serves as an example, but keep in mind it is
always helpful to provide as much supporting documentation (drawings,
analysis, documents, etc.) as possible when submitting the request.
2-6
9/93
When compliance cannot be achieved with the required DOE orders or

mandatory codes and standards, and an alternate method of compliance is needed
or desired, the equivalency concept shall include the following information as
a minimum and be processed in accordance with the criteria outlined below.
1. The specification of the standard for which the equivalency is

being requested.
2. Detailed statements as to why compliance with the requirement

cannot be achieved and why an alternate method is needed or
desired.
3. A description of the alternate method and an explanation of how

this method provides protection that is equivalent to the original
requirement.
4. The equivalency concept shall be submitted to the DOE Field Office

for approval.
5. The equivalency concept may be approved on a temporary or

permanent basis.
The fire protection equivalencies approved for the site include the
following:
Date Subject Building/Program
12/80 Fire barrier sealant 324
1/84 Two means of egress 457
7/90 Excessive travel distance 951 Tunnels
2.8 FUNDING PRIORITIZATION OF FIRE PROTECTION ITEMS
The purpose of this section is to ensure funding is secured for fire

protection deficiencies and projects of high priority. A priority matrix
should be in place so deficiencies and projects can be evaluated based on the
relative risk associated with each item. The idea is to prioritize projects
as well as findings resulting from internal and external surveys, appraisals,
and audits. This prioritization scheme is not intended to include maintenance
type items, but it could probably be modified to serve both purposes if
desired. There are other prioritization methods available, besides the
example provided below that could also be used or adapted for this purpose.
The main point is that a system be in place to address this issue. The
following serves as an example of a scheme for projects and deficiencies only.
{Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.c.(2)}
A list of all open fire protection items (such as unfunded projects and
findings from internal and external surveys, appraisals, and audits) shall be
established and maintained. Each item shall be prioritized based on the
potential risk to assist management in the budgeting process, and to ensure
2-7
9/93
that higher risk items receive priority funding. The following prioritization
levels shall be used to identify the importance of each item.
PRIORITY I: A deficiency that presents an imminent threat to

personnel safety or the environment, and warrants
immediate compensatory action and/or correction.
Priority I issues should be conveyed to plant and DOE
management upon discovery for immediate action.
PRIORITY II: A deficiency that may present a threat to personnel

safety or the environment and must be corrected.
PRIORITY III: A deficiency that presents little threat to personnel

safety or the environment, but, if corrected, would
improve the effective implementation of the fire
protection program.
2-8
9/93
3.0 FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING
3.1 FIRE PROTECTION CRITERIA AND REQUIREMENTS
The program should have a section that gives the baseline fire
protection criteria for the program as well as for design, modifications, and
quality control/assurance. The following serves as an example. {Reference
DOE 5480.7A, Section 5}
The following documents are the baseline criteria of the Fire Protection
Program. The program shall be administered to provide and maintain compliance
with these requirements as a minimum. The fire protection related codes and
standards in effect when facility design commences (code of record) shall
remain in effect for the life of the facility.
When substantial upgrades or modifications are made, the current edition

of the code shall apply to the upgrade or modification. Also, if there is a
significant hazard that endangers building occupants, the public, or the
environment as determined by the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ), the
facility shall be upgraded to the requirements of the current edition of the
code or standard.
1. DOE Order 5480.7A, Fire Protection
2. DOE Order 6430.1A, General Design Criteria
3. NFPA Codes and Standards
4. Code of Federal Regulations, Title 29, Parts 1910 and 1926

(29 CFR 1910 and 1926)
5. DOE/EP-0108, Standard for Fire Protection of AEC Electronic

Computer Data Processing Systems
6. DOE/EV-0043, Standard on Fire Protection for Portable Structures
7. DOE Order 5480.4, Environmental Protection, Safety, and Health

Protection
Designs for all new construction and modifications to existing

facilities and systems shall be reviewed in accordance with the Design and
Modification Reviews section of this program.
To ensure quality construction is provided for all fire protection work,

all equipment installed shall be listed or tested by a nationally recognized
laboratory for fire protection application. Acceptance test procedures shall
also be performed for each new or modified fire protection system to ensure it
functions as designed.
3-1
9/93
3.2 TECHNICAL LIBRARY
There is a definite need for a comprehensive technical library to assist

the fire protection professional in accomplishing the goals of the fire
protection program. Since many times technical resources are taken for
granted by those unfamiliar with their need, the program should include a
section which requires that such a library be maintained with at least the
main fire protection codes and standards and DOE Orders. The following serves
as an example:
Fire Protection shall maintain a current technical library that includes

as a minimum the following resources:
1. DOE Order 5480.7A, Fire Protection
2. DOE Order 6430.1A, General Design Criteria
3. NFPA Codes and Standards
4. 29 CFR 1910 and 1926
5. DOE/EP-0108, Standard for Fire Protection of AEC Electronic

Computer Data Processing Systems
6. DOE/EV-0043, Standard on Fire Protection for Portable Structures
7. Product directories of "Underwriters Laboratories," along with the

periodic supplements
8. Factory Mutual Research Corporation Approval Guide
9. Other applicable DOE orders
10. DOE Fire Protection Resource Manual
Desired referenced material includes the following:
11. NFPA Handbooks
12. NFPA guides, manuals, and recommended practices
13. Factory Mutual Loss Prevention Data Sheets
14. SFPE Handbook
15. DOE Explosives Safety Manual, DOE/EV/06194
16. American Petroleum Institute Guidelines
17. Local and state fire protection criteria
3-2
9/93
3.3 DESIGN AND MODIFICATION REVIEWS
It is imperative that a review process be in place to ensure new designs

and modifications to existing facilities, fire system testing and maintenance
procedures, and other documents related to fire protection are evaluated for
compliance. The purpose of this section is to document and explain how the
review process operates at your specific site, and how fire protection
interfaces with the process. Comments generated as part of the review
process, and the resolution of those comments, should be documented and filed.
Providing a matrix or flow chart illustrating the review process would also
be appropriate. The following serves as an example for these aspects of the
program. {Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 8.i.(2)}
A documented design review program shall be in place to ensure designs;

specifications; modifications; fire system acceptance test procedures; fire
system testing, inspection, and maintenance procedures; and fire equipment
procurement are reviewed and/or approved by Fire Protection Engineering.
The program shall include a formal tracking system for comments made on
all items reviewed to ensure comments are appropriately dispositioned. The
form provided as Figure 3-1 must be used at the site to record and track
comments and their disposition.
The review process at the site operates in the following manner and
is documented in the site engineering manual.
All documents and packages are assigned an "impact level," which

determines the significance of the package as related to safety in general.
The impact level is assigned to the package by the engineer responsible for
the package, whether it be a new project, a modification, or a test procedure.
The impact levels range from 1 to 4 with 1 being the most significant and 4
being the least significant. All packages assigned an Impact Level 1, 2, or 3
are required to be reviewed by fire protection. Packages assigned a Level 4
are typically packages involving replacement of equipment with like kind or
similar type work. These do not need a fire protection review.
The engineer responsible for the package and assigning the impact level
is also responsible for distributing the package to the Central Document
Review Office (Central Office). This office then transmits a copy of the
package to the different disciplines for review based on a preestablished
list. Once reviewed, the packages are returned to the Central Office with any
comments. The engineer must resolve comments with the comment originators
before the package will be officially released (Figure 3-2 and Table 3-1).
3-3
9/93
Figure 3-1
COMMENT REVIEW
FORM
DATE____________ REVIEW #______________ PROJECT #_____________
DOCUMENT #/TITLE PROGRAM/BUILDING #
----------------------------- --------------------------------
REVIEWER__________ LOCATION/PHONE_________________________
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGREEMENT WITH COMMENT DISPOSITION ITEM(S) CLOSED
REVIEWER__________________________ REVIEWER_______________________
COGNIZANT ENGINEER________________ COGNIZANT ENGINEER_____________
DATE______________ DATE______________
______________________________________________________________________________
ITEM# COMMENT DISPOSITION STATUS
1.
2.
3-4
9/93
Figure 3-2. Review Process.

Engineer Engineer transmits Central Office
responsible for package to the issues packages for
package assigns Central Office review
impact level
Package reviewed Package returned to No comments--

by required Central Office with Central Office
disciplines e.g., comments or releases package
fire protection approval as is
Comments received--
Central Office
transmits comments
back to the
responsible
engineer for
resolution
Engineer resolves Comment resolutions Central Office

comments with submitted to releases package
originator Central Office
3-5
9/93
Table 3-1. Design and Package Review Discipline Matrix.

(sheet 1 of 2)
Subject Fire Industria Industria Fire Environmen Security Program
Prot. l l Departmen tal Division
Engineeri Safety Hygiene t Protection
ng
Site access x x X x
Flood x
control
Emergency x x x
equipment
deployment
Exit design x x x x
Process x x x
equipment
placement
Water x x x
supply
Fire water x x
mains
Hydrants x x
Spill x x x x
control
Gas distr. x x x x x x
systems
Hazardous x x
material
traffic
routes
Fencing x x x x
locations
Security x x x x
control
Fire walls x x x
Access x x x x x
ladders
Flammable/ x x x
combustible
liq.
storage
Explosion x x x
equipment
Fire x
exting.
Automatic x x
sprinklers
Carbon x x x x
dioxide,
dry
chemical,
and foam
systems
3-6
9/93
Table 3-1. Design and Package Review Discipline Matrix.

(sheet 2 of 2)
Subject Fire Industria Industria Fire Environmen Security Program
Prot. l l Departmen tal Division
Engineeri Safety Hygiene t Protection
ng
Liquid run- x x x x
off control
Fire/smoke x x
dampers
HVAC x x
design*
Fire alarm x x
systems
Emergency x x x x x
power
Electrical x x x x
transformer
s
Exit signs x x x
and
emergency
lights
Gloveboxes x x x x
Inert x x x x x
systems
*HVAC = Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning.
The lists provided below may be used to ensure a thorough review is

completed. The lists are not inclusive.
1. Site and site utility drawings
a. Accessibility
b. Flood control
c. Emergency personnel and equipment deployment
d. Environmental control
e. Process, equipment, material spacings
f. Water supplies
g. Firewater mains
h. Hydrants
i. Flammable liquid spill control
j. Gas distribution systems
k. HAZMAT traffic routes
l. Fencing locations
m. Security control
2. Architectural drawings
a. Building code compliance (fire protection)

b. Roof drains
c. NFPA 101 compliance
3-7
9/93
d. Storage (high piled, vital documents, computer tapes, etc.)

e. Fire walls (protected openings)
f. Access ladders
g. Security access control
h. Flammable and combustible liquid storage
i. Explosion relief
j. Fireproofing
k. Construction materials
l. Maximum possible and maximum credible fire loss potentials
m. Placement of portable fire extinguishers
n. Emergency response access
o. Classification of hazardous areas
p. Smoke venting
q. Combustible dust handling
r. Roof construction
3. Pipe drawings
a. Automatic sprinklers, water spray systems

b. Standpipe systems
c. Carbon dioxide (CO2 ), foam, dry chemical systems
d. Chemical distribution systems
e Compressed gas distribution systems
f. Emergency venting
g. Tank car, truck loading, and unloading
h. Liquid runoff control
i. Piping identification
4. HVAC drawings
a. Fire and smoke dampers

b High temperature and smoke interlocks
c. Construction materials
d. Access ports
e. Fire protection coatings
f. Vapor removal systems
g. High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter protection
5. Electrical drawings
a. "Classified Hazardous Areas"

b. Fire alarm and detection systems
c. Emergency evacuation systems
d. Accessibility of equipment
e. Emergency power (lights, critical equipment, etc.)
f. Lightning protection
g. Cable tray design
h. Critical equipment water shielding
i. Transformer protection and fluids
j. Placement of exit signs
k. Grounding and bonding
3-8
9/93
6. Other
a. Fire water and criticality concerns

b. Storage and operating tanks and vessels
c. Material handling and identification
d. Conveyor systems
e. Monitoring systems
f. Gloveboxes
g. Mutual aid
h. Inert systems
i. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
requirements
3.4 DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS
This section should include as a minimum, the basic design requirements

for fire protection. When available, standard design specifications should be
included in this section along with any site specific specifications. The
following serves as an example. {Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 8.i.(2)}
All fire protection designs shall use state-of-the-art equipment that has
been tested by a nationally recognized testing laboratory for its intended
use. All equipment components shall be compatible with existing equipment and
installed as required by the applicable NFPA codes and standards.
Written acceptance test procedures shall be prepared and executed for all
new fire protection system installations or modifications to verify that fire
protection systems perform as required. Any deficiencies noted during the
tests shall be documented and tracked until resolved or corrected.
When site-specific guides or design specifications exist, they shall be

included in all fire protection design packages as applicable. All fire
protection specifications shall be reviewed by the fire protection site staff.
3.5 OPERABILITY REQUIREMENTS
The operability requirements in Appendix A are examples of procedures

that may be implemented to ensure fire protection systems are maintained in
operational readiness. {Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.c.(4)}
3.6 EQUIPMENT PROCUREMENT APPROVAL
The purpose of this section is to include requirements that ensure all

equipment purchased for fire protection has been tested or approved for its
intended use by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. In any case, all
fire protection equipment purchases, except exact replacements, should be
approved by Fire Protection Engineering. The following serves as an example.
All equipment procured for fire protection application must be tested or
3-9
9/93
approved for its intended use by a nationally recognized laboratory. Fire

Protection Engineering shall approve all purchase requisitions for fire
protection equipment, except exact replacement items.
3.7 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS TESTING, INSPECTION, AND MAINTENANCE
The purpose of this section is to identify the testing, inspection, and

maintenance frequency requirements for fire protection equipment based on the
applicable NFPA requirements, e.g. NFPA 25, NFPA 72H, etc. A list should be
generated which identifies the frequencies being followed at each site. In
several areas, NFPA does not include frequency requirements, but only
suggested frequencies are given in the code appendixes. The NFPA standards
should be reviewed since they provide additional "notes" and points of
clarification which may be useful if included in the frequency schedule.
The actual frequencies may vary depending on the specific sites and
contractual agreements. In some cases, sites may have received exemptions to
the NFPA frequencies and be implementing a modified schedule. In these
situations, the modified schedule for the site should be listed in this
section.
In Appendix B examples of testing and maintenance procedures for various

fire systems and components are presented. Specific procedures tailored to
each fire protection system for testing, maintenance, and inspections should
be developed. When developing this part of the fire protection program, DOE
Order 4330.4A, "Maintenance Management Program" should also be consulted.
{Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.b.(5)}
3.8 INSPECTION, TESTING, AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
A complete listing of these procedures is found in Appendix B.

{Reference DOE 5480.7A, Sections 9, 9.b.(5), and 9.c.(1)}
3.9 MAINTENANCE PRIORITIZATION SCHEME
A maintenance prioritization scheme ensures that fire protection items

requiring repair or maintenance are attended to in a timely manner. The
scheme should include different priority levels so the severity or importance
of the items can be designated. This scheme is particularly useful when there
is a backlog of items, but should not be considered irrelevant when a backlog
does not exist. The following serves as an example. {Reference DOE 5480.7A,
Sections 9 and 9.b.(5)}
A maintenance prioritization scheme shall be in place so all fire

protection items requiring repair or maintenance are appropriately prioritized
regarding their significance. The prioritization levels shall be defined as
follows.
PRIORITY I: An impairment to a fire protection system that creates an

imminent hazard to employees, property, or the potential
3-10
9/93
for an environmental release in excess of allowed limits.

Priority I items are considered an emergency condition.
PRIORITY II: An impairment to a fire protection system that reduces the

protection to employees, property, or the environment, but
is not an imminent hazard.
PRIORITY III: An impairment to a fire protection system that must be

corrected, but does not directly reduce the protection to
employees, property, or the environment.
3.10 CORRECTIVE ACTION TRACKING SYSTEM
A formal corrective action tracking system should be in place at each

site for all findings or recommendations resulting from internal and external
appraisals and audits. As a minimum, the tracking system should include the
information provided in the example below. {Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section
9.c.(2)}
All findings resulting from fire protection facility and program

appraisals, both internal and external, shall be placed on a corrective action
tracking system until resolved or completed. The tracking system shall
include the following input data as a minimum:
1. The finding text

2. The structure, building, or area affected
3. The date of the appraisal
4. Name of the appraiser
5. Name of the person responsible for corrective action
6. Corrective action due date
7. The interim compensatory measures required
8. Priority level of the finding
9. Closure date.
3.11 PROPERTY LOSS CRITERIA
The baseline property loss criteria required by the DOE Orders should be
included in this section. It would also be appropriate to include any
additional criteria that is site specific. The following serves as an
example. {Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.b.(3),(4),(6),(8), and 9.c.(3)}
1. Apply the following criteria to reduce the potential property loss

from a fire. Additional criteria are located in DOE Order 5480.7A,
Fire Protection, and DOE Order 6430.1A, General Design Criteria.
Provide and install complete automatic fire suppression systems per
the applicable NFPA standards for
a. All new structures over 5,000 ft2
b. All structures having a maximum possible fire loss (MPFL) in

excess of $1 million, or where the maximum credible fire will
3-11
9/93
result in the loss of a vital structure for a period longer

than that specified as acceptable by the program senior
official.
2. Provide a redundant fire protection system, when the MPFL exceeds

$50 million, to limit the loss to this figure. Reference DOE
5480.7A for the definition of a redundant fire protection system.
3. Provide a redundant fire protection system and a 3-hour rated fire

barrier or physical separation, when the MPFL exceeds $150 million,
to limit the loss to this figure.
4. Construct all new structures over 5,000 ft2 of noncombustible or

fire resistive materials.
5. The water supply for fire protection shall have a minimum supply
duration of 2 hours. Facilities having a MPFL in excess of
$50 million shall have an additional independent source of fire
protection water.
A combined fire and process or domestic water system shall be able

to supply the fire demand plus the maximum daily domestic demand for
the required duration.
6. Maintain a watchman service or fire watch whenever a fire protection

system is out of service. Determine the frequency of the service or
watch based on the importance of the facility and program it
supports, the potential property loss, and the potential impact to
the environment. In no case shall the watch frequency be less than
once every 2 hours.
3.12 FIRE INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
The purpose of this section is to identify the requirements on how fire

investigations and reports must be conducted and written. Specific guidance
may be provided to the extent needed to ensure compliance is achieved. The
following serves as an example.
Prepare and perform fire investigations and reports in accordance with

DOE Order 5484.1, Environmental Protection, Safety, and Health Protection
Information Reporting Requirements, and DOE Order 5000.3A, Occurrence
Reporting and Processing of Operations Information.
In addition, perform all field reporting in accordance with NFPA 902M and
NFPA 904Ml. See Section 6.0, "Fire Department Operations and Emergency
Response."
3.13 ANNUAL REPORT
This section identifies the requirement for preparing an annual property

loss report per DOE Order 5484.1, and the specific topics that should be
3-12
9/93
included in the report. The following example includes the topic areas that
should be addressed, as a minimum, to the extent that they apply to the site.
Prepare and submit the "Annual Industrial Summary of Fire and Other
Property Damage" report to the DOE Operations Office each year per DOE
Order 5484.1. The summary shall include the following information as a
minimum:
1. Loss experience analysis
2. Losses of interest
3. Replacement property values
4. Recurring fire protection costs
5. CY xx major fire protection accomplishments
6. CY xx major fire protection objectives, planned improvements, and

construction activities
7. Appraisal program
8. Extinguishing system performance
9. Items of interest
10. Notable personnel actions
11. Major third party (DOE Headquarters [DOE-HQ], Tiger Team, etc.) fire
protection appraisal findings and recommendations for the reporting
year.
3.14 FIRE PREVENTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES
The purpose of the fire prevention, fire protection, and special hazard
procedures is to provide requirements for first level management to implement
and to assist in maintaining a fire protection program consistent with the
goals of DOE Order 5480.7A. The procedures are primarily intended to ensure
specific existing programs and systems are maintained in excellent operation.
In some cases, design criteria is included depending on the subject of the
procedures. {Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.c.(1)}
The list of procedures in Appendix C are not inclusive, but are

considered the areas that should be addressed at each site as a minimum, where
applicable. Depending on the specific sites, additional procedures may be
warranted. For example, procedures for "Safe Shutdown Protection," "Hot
Cells," "Anechoic Chambers," and "Accelerators" would be appropriate for some
sites and would be expected to be included in their program.
3-13
9/93
3.15 FIRE PROTECTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES
A complete listing of these procedures is found in Appendix D.

3.16 SPECIAL HAZARDS PROTECTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES
A complete listing of these procedures is found in Appendix E.

3-14
9/93
3-15
9/93
4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND PUBLIC PROTECTION
4.1 FACILITY OPERATING PROCEDURES
The purpose of this section is to require the operating procedures of

major facilities, or facilities with special or unique processes, to address
the fire protection limitations in their operating procedures. Fire
protection systems and features are usually in place to ensure safe
operations, protect the environment, and enhance personnel safety. If these
systems or features are out-of-service or breached, compensatory measures are
usually needed to maintain safe operations. These aspects of, and limitations
in, operations should be part of a facility's operating procedures or
technical specifications. The following serves as an example for this
requirement. {Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.c.(4)}
Facility operating procedures or technical specifications shall address

the fire protection features of the facility that are required for safe
operation and mitigating potential fire hazards and damage. When a facility's
fire protection feature is out-of-service or damaged, compensatory measures
shall be implemented until the system or equipment is restored to service.
The operating procedures shall specifically define the compensatory measures
to be implemented consistent with the significance of the impairment.
4.2 SAFETY ANALYSIS REPORTS
Safety analysis reports (SAR) typically address fire risks from a

radiological standpoint and fail to review the fire protection features of a
facility consistent with the goals and criteria of DOE Order 5480.7A. This
section provides requirements to ensure the SARs evaluate the fire protection
features of a facility in accordance with DOE Order 5480.7A. One way to
accomplish this is to require that a Fire Hazard Analysis be performed as part
of the SAR, using the criteria from DOE Order 5480.7A. The following serves
as an example. {Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.a.(3)}
All SARs shall include a Fire Hazard Analysis that addresses, as a

minimum, the items identified in Section 4.3, "Fire Hazard Analysis." The SAR
shall also identify the fire protection features that are required for safe
operation and mitigating potential fire hazards and damage, as well as the
compensatory measures required if a system is impaired or damaged (see
Section 4.1, "Facility Operating Procedures").
4.3 FIRE HAZARD ANALYSIS
4-1
9/93
Until the reissue of DOE Order 5480.7A, there was no guidance within the
DOE for performing fire hazard analysis. With the requirements now
established in this order, site fire protection programs should include them
to improve awareness and promote consistency in this area. The following
serves as an example of how this could be addressed in a site fire protection
program. {Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.a.(3)}
All new facilities shall have a Fire Hazard Analysis. Each facility
required to have a SAR shall include a Fire Hazard Analysis as part of that
report. A list shall be maintained of all facilities required to have a Fire
Hazard Analysis, which shall address the following items as a minimum:
1. Description of construction
2. Essential safety class systems
3. Fire protection features
4. Description of fire hazards
5. Life safety considerations
6. Critical process equipment
7. High value property
8. Damage potential: MPFL and maximum credible fire loss (MCFL)
9. Fire department and brigade response
10. Recovery potential
11. Potential for a toxic, biological, and/or radiological incident due

to fire
12. Emergency planning
13. Security and safeguards considerations related to fire protection
14. Natural hazards (earthquake, flood, wind) impact on fire safety
15. Exposure fire potentials.
4.4 FACILITY CONTAINMENT AND CONFINEMENT
Many sites have facilities that require special ventilation protection to

preclude the potential for an offsite release of hazardous material. DOE
Order 6430.1A has requirements and general guidance in this area, but due to
its importance, the area should be further addressed in site fire protection
programs when applicable. It would also be appropriate to reference the DOE
Filter Plenum Fire Protection Criteria for further guidance in this area. The
4-2
9/93
following serves as an example. {Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.b.(12)}
Facility ventilation systems and structures shall be protected against

fire to preclude the release of radioactive, toxic, or other hazardous
materials above established limits. Alternatives to consider for
accomplishing this goal may include the following:
Use of sand filters

Automatic water spray systems with demisters
Fire screens
High temperature HEPA filters.
In addition, the "Filter Plenum Fire Protection Criteria" shall be used to

assist in determining the level of protection needed.
4.5 LIQUID RUN-OFF CONTROL
Specific requirements for liquid run-off control have not been developed
within the DOE due to the variation in conditions on this subject.
Nevertheless, the subject should still be addressed in the site fire
protection program. There has been several criteria used for determining
liquid run-off control measures, and these should be considered when
evaluating each condition.
For example, the Uniform Fire Code, Article 80, requires the containment
to be sized based on the design flow rate or system design area for a period
of 20 minutes. DOE Order 6430.1A, Section 1540, requires a collection system
to be sized based on the maximum amount of water that would be collected in
fighting the design basis fire. DOE Order 5480.7A requires controls to be
developed after consulting with the DOE fire protection engineer. The
following example includes the wording from DOE Order 5480.7A. {Reference DOE
5480.7A, Section 9.b.(10)}
Natural or artificial means of controlling liquid run-off from a credible

fire shall be provided so that contaminated or polluting liquids will not
escape the site, including potentially contaminated water resulting from
firefighting operations. The amount of fire water that must be controlled and
the design of the containment system shall be determined on a case by case
evaluation.
4-3
9/93
4-4
9/93
5.0 APPRAISAL PROGRAM
5.1 FIRE PROTECTION SELF-SURVEY FACILITY APPRAISALS
DOE Order 5480.7A requires sites to have a self-survey appraisal program

in place to ensure their facilities meet the DOE fire protection goals and
requirements. The following is an example that tracks closely with the
requirements of DOE Order 5480.7A. When addressing this part of the Fire
Protection Program, consideration should also be given to developing a site
building list that includes the survey frequency required for each building.
{Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.a.(2)(b) and (c)}
Perform Fire Protection Program facility appraisals on each facility

based on the following frequencies:
Annually--Appraise facilities plus equipment valued at $50 million

or more, or where classified as a moderate or high hazard facility
per DOE Order 5480.1B, or where classified as Category 1 or 2 per
DOE 5480.23.
Every 2 years--Appraise facilities plus equipment valued at

$10 million to $50 million.
Every 3 years--Appraise facilities plus equipment valued less than

$10 million.
The appraisal report shall address the following items as a minimum, and
appraisal findings shall be placed on the tracking system with the expected
completion date until resolved.
(a) Fire protection of safety class systems

(b) Life safety
(c) Vital programs
(d) Fire protection of high value property
(e) Inspection, testing, and maintenance reports
(f) Suppression equipment
(g) Water run-off
(h) Prefire plans
(i) Fire apparatus accessibility
(j) Administrative controls
(k) Temporary protection and compensatory measures
(l) Completeness of fire hazards analysis
(m) Fire barrier integrity
(n) Fire loss potentials (MPFL and MCFL)
(o) Suppression system tests, water supplies
(p) Maintenance procedures for maintaining systems
(q) Status of findings from previous survey
(r) New findings resulting from the current survey.
5-1
9/93
Based on the above criteria, the appraisal frequency required for the
site facilities is as follows:
Annual 2 Years 3 Years
Bldg. 203 564 234

153 125 974
645 867 298
5.2 FIRE PROTECTION PROGRAM APPRAISALS
DOE Order 5480.7A also requires sites to have a self-appraisal performed

on their fire protection programs to ensure compliance with the DOE fire
protection goals and requirements. The following is an example that tracks
closely with the requirements of DOE Order 5480.7A. In some cases, it may be
appropriate to include additional site-specific areas for review. {Reference
DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.a.(2)(b)}
Perform an annual appraisal of the Fire Protection Program that evaluates

the following areas as a minimum:
Comprehensiveness of the Fire Protection Program
Procedures for engineering design and review
Procedures for maintenance, testing, and inspection of fire

protection equipment and systems, including water supplies
Fire protection engineering staff (number, qualifications, training)
Fire suppression organization (personnel and training)
Fire suppression mutual aid agreements
Management support
Exemptions and documented equivalencies
Inspection, testing, and maintenance reports
Adequacy of facility appraisal reports
Administrative controls
Temporary protection and compensatory measures
Status of previous appraisal findings
New appraisal findings.
5-2
9/93
5.3 LIFE SAFETY CODE EVALUATIONS
DOE facilities must comply with the NFPA 101 Life Safety Code. The best
way to demonstrate compliance is to perform an evaluation on the facilities.
The evaluations could be included as part of the self-survey facility
appraisals or performed as a separate review. In any case, there are specific
areas that should be reviewed. The following serves as an example.
{Reference DOE 5480.7A, Section 9.b.(2)}
Conduct NFPA 101 evaluations for all facilities. The evaluations may be
included in the fire protection self-survey facility appraisals or completed
as a separate report. The following areas should be addressed as a minimum
(as they apply to the occupancy) when performing the evaluations:
Exit capacity
Exit enclosures and discharge
Arrangement of exits
Travel distance to exits and common path of travel
Dead-end corridors
Exit markings and illumination
Emergency lighting
Protection for special and high hazard areas
Vertical openings and penetrations
Fire alarm systems
Interior finish
Security and locking arrangements.
5-3
9/93
5-4
9/93
6.0 FIRE DEPARTMENT OPERATIONS AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE
All fire protection programs should address the professional, manual

firefighting capabilities available at their site. The purpose of this
section is to give examples of the areas that should be discussed. The type
of manual firefighting resources varies significantly across the DOE complex.
For example, some sites have their own fully staffed fire departments, others
have contract agreements with local city departments or other government
agencies, and still others only have the need for small onsite fire brigades.
Whatever the arrangement may be, the areas should be addressed as applicable.
Each fire department and emergency response organization should have

internal operating procedures. Provided below is a list of some of the most
common procedures that one would expect to find within an organization.
Examples are provided for items c, h, k, and l in Appendix F. {Reference DOE
5480.7A, Sections 9, 9.a.(1)(c) and 9.b.(7)}
6.1 OPERATING PROCEDURES
A. Officer Assignments
B. Firefighter Assignments
C. Periodic Responsibilities and Duties
D. Uniforms and Bunker Gear
E. Uniform Laundry and Repairs
F. Protective Clothing Inspections
G. Grooming Standards
H. Notification of Absences
I. Building Tours
J. Fire Protection System Impairments
K. Emergency Response Procedure
L. Facility Control in Emergency Situations
M. Firefighting in Radiation Zones
N. Call-In of Off-Duty Personnel
6.2 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
The purchase of suppression equipment should comply with DOT

requirements, applicable NFPA standards, e.g., NFPA 1901, and site specific
needs. There are many pieces of equipment required for firefighting
operations, and these items should be inspected and evaluated to ensure they
will meet the demanding needs when required. Provided below are a few
examples of procedures that address several pieces of equipment. Each
department should determine what equipment should have specific procedures
developed to address these aspects of application and use. {Reference DOE
6.2.1 Life Safety Rope, Harnesses, and Hardware
6-1
9/93
The following guidelines should be observed to provide a reasonable

degree of safety for life safety rope, harnesses, and hardware used to support
fire service personnel and civilians during rescue, firefighting, and other
emergency operations; during training maneuvers; and to comply with NFPA 1983
standards.
6.2.1.1 Life Safety Rope
1. Use life safety rope to support the weight of members and/or other
persons during rescue, firefighting, other emergency operations, and
during training maneuvers.
2. Remove and destroy life safety rope that is used for any other
purpose.
3. Use new, unused life safety rope for rescue at fires or other
emergency incidents and destroy it after it is used.
4. Designate life safety rope used for training maneuvers as training

rope. It may be reused if inspected before and after each such use
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
a. Destroy training ropes if subjected to impact loading or if

signs of weakness or wear are detected. Maintain records of
each life safety rope used for training.
5. Dispose life safety rope per battalion commander instructions.
6. Ordinary, unmarked working rope (not life rope) will be used for all
other fire ground and training tasks.
6.2.1.2 Life Safety Harness
1. Life safety harnesses shall conform with NFPA 1983.
2. Use harnesses only in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3. Inspect harnesses after each use in accordance with manufacturer's

instructions.
4. Replace harnesses only in accordance with manufacturer's

instructions.
6.2.1.3 Hardware
1. Inspection, maintenance, and retirement criteria shall follow the

manufacturer's requirements.
6.2.2 Fire Hose
6.2.2.1 Testing Fire Hose
6-2
9/93
Inspect and service test all fire hose as specified in NFPA 1962. Testing
should be conducted as specified by Fire Department procedures. Hose testing
responsibilities are also spelled out in these procedures. A record of hose
tested, including hose numbers, must be turned into the platoon station
officer in charge of hose records.
All hose on apparatus and storage racks should be laid out in lengths of
300 ft or less and tested to 250 lb pressure for 5 minutes. Tests will
include the use of a gate valve to prevent a pressure surge from a broken
hose.
Each shift should test, rack, and roll its own hose. In addition, any
shift performing testing on hose from hose boxes is responsible for rolling
the hose and returning it to the boxes. Hose hung in the tower after testing
should be marked to identify the shift performing the testing.
After testing, each section of hose should be marked as tested by writing

the year of the test on the hose with an indelible marker. This information
should be written on both ends of the hose as near to the couplings as
possible.
New hose should be marked with the appropriate year and also should have
a line drawn along the hose even with the coupling. This line will aid in
determining if the coupling is slipping off the hose. New hose without such
markings should not be placed in service.
Metal couplings should be wire brushed and the female coupling lubricated
with graphite before the hose is stored in the racks. All damaged couplings
should be repaired or replaced.
6.2.3 Ladder Inspections
The Fire Department is responsible for inspecting all ladders carried on

fire apparatus. In addition, all fixed and portable ladders in the stations
must be inspected on a regular basis. These inspections are made to ensure
that all ladders are in a safe and serviceable condition. In addition,
inspections should ensure that all joints are tight, all hardware is securely
attached, and all moveable parts operate freely, without binding or play.
Anyone using a ladder is responsible for making a visual inspection

before each use. Defects discovered must be brought to the attention of an
officer immediately, and the ladder should be tagged out of service.
Ladder inspection assignments are specified by Fire Department procedure.

Inspection periods are also spelled out in procedures. Each Fire Department
member should visually inspect the ladders on his assigned apparatus during
the morning equipment check. Aerial ladders must be inspected for hydraulic
leaks and for obvious external structural damage.
Test all ladders to NFPA standards on an annual basis. A third party

will be used to test aerial ladders. Ground ladders will be tested by the
Fire Department officers who have been trained and certified in the testing
6-3
9/93
procedures.
When inspecting ladders, the inspection form must be filled out. These
forms are kept in a three-ring binder in the captain's office, with a separate
form for each ladder. After a ladder is inspected, the sticker on the beam of
the ladder should be initialed and dated. If this sticker is missing, one
should be attached.
6.3 PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Personnel protective equipment must comply with the applicable NFPA

standards, e.g., NFPA 1971, 1972, 1973, 1974, 1975, and 1500. The equipment
must also be inspected regularly to confirm its condition for use. Provided
below is an example of a procedure and inspection form for accomplishing this
task. {Reference DOE 5480.7A, Sections 9, 9.a.(1)(c) and 9.b.(7)}
6.3.1 Protective Clothing Inspections
Protective clothing must be inspected monthly to ensure that it is in

serviceable condition and to identify protective clothing or equipment items
requiring repair or replacement. This monthly inspection must be documented
to meet NFPA standards.
Inspection of protective equipment should be conducted jointly by the

responsible firefighter and station officer. The inspection is to be
conducted on the first duty day of each month.
Helmets--including all components, shells, suspensions, head bands, sweat

bands, and any accessories--should be inspected for signs of dents, cracks,
penetration, or any damage due to impact, rough treatment, or wear that might
reduce the degree of protection originally provided. Any helmet that requires
repair or replacement of any damaged or worn part should be removed from
service until the condition of wear or damage has been corrected. The label
containing the manufacturer's name, address, country of manufacture, size, and
fibre content must be intact. All fasteners must be intact and not broken or
damaged.
All seams on protective clothing must be intact. Torn or worn seams

reduce the protection of the garment. Rips or tears, if small in size, may be
repaired; if large, the garment should be replaced. Certain types of soiling,
such as soot and oils, greatly reduce the protection of the garment. Follow
the manufacturer's instructions on the label for cleaning. Should cleaning
fail to remove soils, such as soot or oil, the garment should be replaced.
Garments must be complete, including shells, moisture barriers, and liners
(winter and summer).
Gloves must be in good condition, with no tears or ripped seams, and not
saturated with oils or other substances.
Protective footwear must have a label in place stating the name of the
manufacturer, country of manufacture, size, width, model or stock number, and
6-4
9/93
lot or serial number. Check to be certain no holes, punctures, or tears have

occurred, seams are intact, no leaks exist, and that the sole traction treads
are not worn down. (Bunker boots should be removed from the bunker trousers
for this visual inspection.) The inside of the boots should be checked
visually and by hand (feel) to ensure the liner is complete and intact. Hoods
must also be inspected.
Prompt replacement of damaged items must be requested using the procedure

listed above. Inspection forms (Figure 6-1) must be retained by the shift
officer in the employee's field file for 1 year.
6.4 TRAINING
The training program for firefighters and emergency personnel must be

consistent with the applicable NFPA standards and be tailored to meet the
specific requirements unique to the site hazards. Training records should be
maintained in accordance with NFPA 1401. The following training program
serves as an example to satisfy the training requirements. {Reference DOE
This publication shall provide basic minimum standards for all

firefighters who provide fire protection and rescue services for DOE
facilities. The qualification program is based on NFPA 1001.
The Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshall Standards and Education
Division has had a program similar to this in place for over 10 years. The
majority of the material in Appendix B is based on the Illinois program.
With the decade of the nineties has come an acute awareness of HAZMAT.
The firefighter is often the first emergency responder on the scene of a
HAZMAT incident. Because of this, the 40-hour HAZMAT First Responder training
(Appendix C) is the second part of the DOE Firefighter Certification.
Since all DOE facilities have site specific hazards and restrictions, it
is recommended that at least 40 hours of structured site specific training be
provided as part of the DOE Basic Firefighter Program.
This means that the DOE Basic Firefighter Certification consists of three
separate and distinct parts:
NFPA Firefighter II Certification
HAZMAT First Responder Certification
Structured Site Special training.
6-5
9/93
This publication is the first edition of the Basic Firefighter Certification

Program. As firefighting technology and techniques improve, the material
shall be revised. This dynamic document is for all of us. If you note any
problems, additions, updates, or corrections that should be made; please
submit them as soon as practicable to DOE ________________________ Attention
____________________________________. Updates and replacement pages for this
publication shall be sent to all DOE Facilities in a timely manner.
6-6
9/93
Figure 6-1
Protective Clothing Monthly Inspection Form
DATE OF INSPECTION________________
EMPLOYEE NAME___________________
1. HELMET
Visually inspect for complete assembly including shell, liner, face

shield, chin strap, head band, etc. Check to see that helmet is free of
damage--dents, cracks, penetrations, etc.
Yes No
Assembly complete
Free of damage
Maintenance/replacement required
2. BUNKER COAT AND PANTS
Visually inspect for complete assembly, shell, liner, suspenders, etc.

Check garment for tears, rips, torn stitching, soiled - especially oils
or soot, all fasteners present and intact.
Yes No
Assembly complete
Free of damage
Soiled
3. GLOVES
Visually inspect for damage, tears, ripped seams, liner in place, not
soaked with oil or soot, etc.
Yes No
Free of damage
Soiled
4. BOOTS
Visually inspect to see there are no holes, tears, separation, etc.
Yes No
Inside of liner
Tears, holes, leaks
Replacement/repair required
ACTION REQUIRED:
______________________ __________________________
Employee Signature Officer's Signature
6-7
9/93
7.0 REFERENCES
American Water Works Association, Denver, Colorado.
Standard D102.78, "Painting Steel Water-Storage Tanks: DOD Adopted,"

1978.
Standard D100, "Welded Storage Tanks for Water Storage," 1984.
Atomic Energy Commission Fire Protection Guide for Watchman Service, Atomic
Energy Commission, Washington, D.C.
Compressed Gas Association publications, Arlington, Virginia.
DOE Explosives Safety Manual, DOE/EV/06194, Rev. 6, U.S. Department of Energy,

Washington, D.C, 1991.
Emergency Response Guidebook 1990: Guidebook for First Response to Hazardous

Material Incidents, U.S. Department of Transportation, Research and
Special Programs Administration, Office of Hazardous Material Transport,
Washington, D.C., 1990.
Factory Mutual Loss Prevention Data, Factory Mutual Research Corporation,

Norwood, Massachusetts.
FM 1-56, "Clean Rooms," 1988.

FM 7-7, "Semiconductor Plants," 1991.
FM 5-11, "Lightning Protection," 1984.
Factory Mutual Research Corporation Approval Guide, Factory Mutual Research

Corporation, Norwood, Massachusetts.
Filter Plenum Fire Protection Criteria, U.S. Department of Energy, Washington,

D.C. (draft).
Glovebox Fire Protection Criteria, U.S. Department of Energy, Washington, D.C.

(draft).
International Fire Service Training Association (IFSTA) Hazardous Materials

First Responder Manual, 5th ed., International Fire Service Training
Association, Stillwater, Oklahoma, 1993.
National Fire Academy's Incident Command System, National Emergency Training

Center, Emmitsburg, Maryland, 1989.
National Fire Protection Association Standards, National Fire Protection

Association, Quincy, Massachusetts.
NFPA 1, "Fire Prevention Code"

NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguisher"
NFPA 11, "Low Expansion Foam and Combined Agent Systems"
NFPA 11A, "Medium - and High Expansion Foam Systems"
NFPA 12, "Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems"
7-1
9/93
NFPA 12A, "Halon T30T Fire Extinguishing Systems"

NFPA 12B, "Halon 1211 Fire Extinguishing Systems"
NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems"
NFPA 13A, "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Sprinkler Systems"
NFPA 14, "Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems"
NFPA 15, "Water Spray Fixed Systems"
NFPA 16, "Installation of Deluge Foam-Water Sprinkler Systems and Foam-Water
Spray Systems"
NFPA 17, "Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems"
NFPA 17A, "Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems"
NFPA 20, "Installation of Centrifugal Pumps"
NFPA 22, "Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection"
NFPA 24, "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances
NFPA 25, "Water Based Fire Protection Systems"
NFPA 30, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code"
NFPA 33, "Spray Application Using Flammable and Combustible Materials"
NFPA 43A, "Storage of Liquid and Solid Oxidizers"
NFPA 43B, "Storage of Organic Peroxide Formulations"
NFPA 43C, "Storage of Gaseous Oxidizing Materials"
NFPA 45, "Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals"
NFPA 50, "Bulk Oxygen Systems at Consumer Sites"
NFPA 50A, "Gaseous Hydrogen Systems at Consumer Sites"
NFPA 50B, "Liquefied Hydrogen Systems at Consumer Sites"
NFPA 51, "Design and Installation of Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems for
Welding Cutting and Allied Processes"
NFPA 51A, "Acetylene Cylinder Charging Plants"
NFPA 51B, "Cutting and Welding Processes"
NFPA 52, "Compressed Natural Gas Vehicular Fuel Systems"
NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code"
NFPA 58, "Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases"
NFPA 59, "Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases at
Utility Gas Plants"
NFPA 59A, "Production, Storage, and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas"
Compressed Gas Association Publications
NFPA 68, "Explosion Venting"
NFPA 69, "Explosion Prevention Systems"
NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code"
NFPA 71, "Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Signalling Systems for
Central Station Service"
NFPA 72, "Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Protective Signaling Systems"
NFPA 72E, "Automatic Fire Detectors"
NFPA 72H, "Testing Procedures for Local, Auxiliary, Remote Station and
Proprietary Protective Signaling Systems"
NFPA 75, "Standard for the Protection of Electronic Computer/Data Processing
Equipment"
NFPA 77, "Static Electricity"
NFPA 80, "Fire Doors and Windows"
NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems"
NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning
Systems"
NFPA 91, "Installation of Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust,
Stock, and Vapor Removal or Conveying"
NFPA 96, "Installation of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke and
7-2
9/93
Grease-Laden Vapors from Commercial Cooking Equipment"

NFPA 101, "Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures" (Life Safety
Code)
NFPA 110, "Emergency and Standby Power Systems"
NFPA 110A, "Stored Electrical Energy Emergency and Standby Power Systems"
NFPA 220, "Types of Building Construction"
NFPA 231, "General Storage"
NFPA 231C, "Rack Storage of Materials"
NFPA 232, "Protection of Records"
NFPA 232AM, "Archives and Record Centers"
NFPA 241, "Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations"
NFPA 303, "Marinas and Boat Yards"
NFPA 306, "Control of Gas Hazards on Vessels"
NFPA 307, "Marine Terminals, Piers and Wharves"
NFPA 318, "Clean Rooms"
NFPA 325M, "Fire Hazard Properties of Flammable liquids, Gases, and Volatile
Solids"
NFPA 327, "Cleaning or Safeguarding Small Tanks and Containers"
NFPA 385, "Tank Vehicles for Flammable and Combustible Liquids"
NFPA 386, "Portable Shipping Tanks"
NFPA 395, "Storage of Flammable and Combustible Liquids on Farms and Isolated
Construction Projects"
NFPA 407, "Aircraft Fuel Servicing"
NFPA 409, "Aircraft Hangars"
NFPA 410, "Aircraft Maintenance"
NFPA 415, "Aircraft Fueling Ramp Drainage"
NFPA 472, "Professional Competence of Responders to Hazardous Materials
Incidents"
NFPA 480, "Storage, Handling, and Processing of Magnesium"
NFPA 481, "Production, Processing, Handling, and Storage of Titanium"
NFPA 482, "Production, Processing, Handling, and Storage of Zirconium"
NFPA 491M, "Hazardous Chemical Reactions"
NFPA 493, "Intrinsically Safe Apparatus and Associated Apparatus for Use in
Class I, II, III, Division 1 Hazardous Locations"
NFPA 495, "Explosive Material Code"
NFPA 496, "Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment in
Hazardous (classified) Locations"
NFPA 497A, "Classification of Class I Hazardous Locations for Electrical
Installations in Chemical Process Areas"
NFPA 497B, "Classification of Class II Hazardous (classified) Locations for
Electrical Installations in Chemical Process Areas"
NFPA 497M, "Classification of Gases, Vapors, and Dusts for Electrical
Equipment in Hazardous Locations"
NFPA 498, "Explosive Motor Vehicle Terminals"
NFPA 651, "Manufacture of Aluminum and Magnesium Powder"
NFPA 704, "Identification of the Fire Hazards of Materials"
NFPA 902M, "Fire Reporting Field Incident Manual"
NFPA 904M, "Incident Follow-up Report Guide"
NFPA 910, "Libraries and Library Collections"
NFPA 1001, "Fire Fighter Professional Qualifications"
NFPA 1002, "Fire Apparatus Driver/Operator Professional
Qualifications"
NFPA 1021, "Fire Officer Professional Qualifications"
7-3
9/93
NFPA 1031, "Professional Qualifications for Fire Inspector"

NFPA 1033, "Fire Investigator Professional Qualifications"
NFPA 1041, "Fire Service Instructor Professional Qualifications"
NFPA 1231, "Water Supplies for Suburban and Rural Firefighting"
NFPA 1401, "Fire Protection Training Reports and Records"
NFPA 1500, "Fire Department Occupational Safety and Health
Program"
NFPA 1521, "Fire Department Safety Officer"
NFPA 1901, "Pumper Fire Apparatus"
NFPA 1962, "Care, Use, and Service Testing of Fire Hose Including Connections
and Nozzles"
NFPA 1971, "Protective Clothing for Structural Fire Fighting
NFPA 1972, "Helmets for Structural Fire Fighting"
NFPA 1973, "Gloves for Structural Fire Fighting"
NFPA 1974, "Protective Footwear For Structural Fire Fighting"
NFPA 1975, "Station/Work Uniforms"
NFPA 1983, "Fire Service Life Safety Rope"
Safe Use of Lasers, ANSI/Z136.1, American National Standards Institute, New

York, New York, 1986.
Society of Fire Protection Engineers (SFPE) Handbook, National Fire Protection

Association, Quincy, Massachusetts, 1988.
Standard for Fire Protection of AEC Electronic Computer Data Processing

Systems, DOE/EP-0108, U.S. Department of Energy, Washington, D.C., 1984.
Standard on Fire Protection for Portable Structures, DOE/EV-0043, U.S.

Department of Energy, Washington, D.C., 1979.
Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a
Radiant Heat Energy Source, E-648, American Society for Testing and
Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 1991.
Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, E-84,

American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,
1991.
Uniform Fire Code, Article 80, "Hazardous Materials," International Conference

of Building Officials, Whittier, California; and Western Fire Chief
Association, Ontario, California, 1991.
U.S. Code of Federal Regulations
29 CFR 1910, "Occupational Safety and Health Standards."

29 CFR 1926, "Safety and Health Regulations for Construction."
33 CFR 1-199, Navigation and Navigable Waters
36 CFR, Chapter XII, "National Archives and Records Administration."
46 CFR 1-199, Shipping
49 CFR 393, "Parts and Accessories Necessary for Safe Operation."
49 CFR 396, "Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance."
49 CFR 397, "Transportation of Hazardous Materials; Driving and Parking
Rules."
7-4
9/93
49 CFR 100-199, Transportation.
U.S. Department of Energy Fire Protection Resource Manual, U.S. Department of

Energy, Washington, D.C.
U.S. Department of Energy Orders, Washington, D.C.
DOE Order 5000.3A, Occurrence Reporting and Processing of Operations

Information, 1990.

Standards, 1984.
DOE Order 5480.7A, Fire Protection, 1993.

Information Reporting Requirements, 1990.
DOE Order 6430.1A, General Design Criteria, 1989.
7-5
9/93
7-6
9/93
APPENDIX A
OPERABILITY REQUIREMENTS
A-1
9/93
A-2
9/93
CONTENTS
10 Automatic Water Extinguishing Systems
11 Wet Pipe Sprinkler System...................................... A-5

12 Dry Pipe Sprinkler System...................................... A-9
13 Deluge Sprinkler System........................................ A-13
14 Pre-Action Sprinkler System (with Supervisory Air)............. A-17
15 Pre-Action Sprinkler System.................................... A-21
16 Foam-Water Extinguishing System................................ A-25
20 Manual Water Extinguishing Systems
21 Wet Standpipe System........................................... A-29

22 Dry Standpipe System........................................... A-33
23 Manual Water Spray System...................................... A-35
30 Special Extinguishing Systems
31 Halon1 1301 (Total Flooding) ................................... A-39

32 Halon 1211 (Total Flooding).................................... A-43
33 Dry Chemical System............................................ A-47
34 Wet Chemical System............................................ A-51
35 High Expansion Foam System..................................... A-55
36 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing System (High Pressure)............ A-59
37 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing System (Low Pressure)............. A-63
38 Water Spray System (Local Application)......................... A-67
40 Water Supply Systems
41 Pond or Lake Water Supply System............................... A-71

42 Tank Water Supply System....................................... A-75
43 Fire Pumps..................................................... A-79
44 Fire Service Mains............................................. A-83
50 Fire Alarm Systems
51 Fire Alarm System.............................................. A-87

52 Central Monitoring (Fire) System............................... A-91
60 Fire Barriers
61 Fire Doors and Windows......................................... A-95

62 Fire Dampers................................................... A-97
63 Penetrations in Fire Walls..................................... A-99
70 Life Safety Systems
71 Emergency and Exit Illumination............................... A-101
1
Halon is a trademark of Allied Chemical Corporation.
A-3
9/93
A-4
9/93
11 - WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1.0 COMMITMENT
The wet pipe sprinkler system is operable when the following are
established:
A. The system control valve is in the open position.
B. There is an adequate quantity of water and pressure available from

the plant water system to supply the system at its required minimum
design conditions.
C. All piping, fittings, hangers, sprinklers, and other components are

in required locations and in good repair.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The system is filled with water.
B. The control valve is open.
C. The waterflow alarm is operable.
D. Sprinkler operating fusible links are operable and located in all

required locations.
E. Fire sprinkler heads are not obstructed.
F. There is adequate water pressure and volume available.
4.0 MAINTENANCE, TESTING, AND INSPECTION
A. Inspect, test, and maintain the system in accordance with the DOE
Fire Protection, Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Procedures
(Appendix B), NFPA 13, and NFPA 25.
B. Reduced frequency of testing is allowed if the facility can prove

increased reliability by submitting testing records and a proposed
schedule to the AHJ for review and acceptance.
A-5
9/93
5.0 CORRECTIVE ACTION
5.1 Impairment
If one or more of the commitments is not maintained, notify facility

management, the Fire Department, and other appropriate AHJs and complete
the following:
A. Post a sign at the fire department connection (FDC) and system

control valve indicating what portion of the system is out of
service.
B. Stop all hazardous operations, or
C. Start a recorded fire watch within 1 hour of the outage, or
D. Provide an alternate means to protect the hazardous operations.
E. Begin repair operations within 8 hours or A and B or C or D shall be

required until the repairs are complete.
5.2 Inspection
A. Visually inspect the system before returning to service.
5.3 Testing
A. Test the water supply to verify that an adequate pressure and volume
of water is available at the system connection.
B. Conduct a test of the main drain to verify that the control valve is
open.
C. Conduct a test using the inspector's test connection to verify that

the system local audible alarm and/or alarm signal to the monitoring
service will operate within the required time.
D. Hydrostatic test any repaired parts of the system before returning

to service.
6.0 RECORDS
Maintain records for the life of the facility showing the system design
and all inspection and testing.
A-6
9/93
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
B. DOE Order 5480.7A
C. NFPA 13
D. NFPA 25
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the wet pipe fire sprinkler system ensures that
adequate fire suppression capability is available to contain fires
occurring in the protected facility in accordance with its design
parameters. It also ensures that the life safety provisions of the
facility are maintained during all anticipated operations.
A-7
9/93
A-8
9/93
12 - DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1.0 COMMITMENT
The dry pipe sprinkler system is operable when the following are
established:

the water system to supply the system at its required minimum design
conditions.
C. There is an adequate source of air to maintain the minimum required

quantity of air pressure to keep the dry pipe valve from tripping
when small piping leaks occur. (Less than the cross- sectional area
of one sprinkler head orifice opening).
D. All piping, fittings, hangers, sprinklers, and other components are

2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The system is filled with pressurized air or nitrogen at the

required minimum pressure.
B. Control valves are open.
D. The sprinkler head operating fusible links are in operable condition

and located in all required locations.

A-9
9/93
5.1 Impairment

the following:
A. Post a sign at the FDC and system control valve indicating what
portion of the system is out of service.

5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
open.
C. Conduct a test using the alarm bypass connection to verify that the
system local audible alarm and/or alarm signal to the monitoring
D. Hydrostatic and flush test any repaired parts of the system before
returning to service.
6.0 RECORDS
A-10
9/93
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 13
D. NFPA 25
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the dry pipe fire sprinkler system ensures that
A-11
9/93
A-12
9/93
13 - DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1.0 COMMITMENT
The deluge sprinkler system is operable when the following are

established:

conditions.
C. The deluge system fire detection subsystem is in service and

connected to the deluge valve activation device.

2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The system control valve is open.
B. The waterflow alarm is operable.
C. Sprinkler heads are in operable condition and located in all

required locations.
D. Sprinkler heads are not obstructed.
E. The fire detection subsystem is connected to the deluge valve

activation device.
(Appendix B), NFPA 13, NFPA 25, NFPA 72, and NFPA 72E.

A-13
9/93
5.1 Impairment

the following:

5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
open.
E. Test the activation system to verify that all of the fire detectors
are in place and will operate the deluge valve.
6.0 RECORDS
A-14
9/93
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 13
D. NFPA 25
E. NFPA 72
F. NFPA 72E
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the deluge fire sprinkler system ensures that adequate
fire suppression capability is available to contain fires occurring in
the protected facility in accordance with its design parameters. It also
ensures that the life safety provisions of the facility are maintained
during all anticipated operations.
A-15
9/93
A-16
9/93
14 - PRE-ACTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM
(WITH SUPERVISORY AIR PRESSURE)
1.0 COMMITMENT
The pre-action sprinkler system is operable when the following are

established:

conditions.
C. The pre-action system fire detection subsystem is in service and

D. The piping is pressurized by a maximum of 1.5 psi air or nitrogen

pressure (systems over 20 heads).
E. All piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The system is filled with pressurized air or nitrogen.
D. Sprinkler heads are in operable condition and located in all

required locations.
F. The fire detection subsystem is connected to the deluge valve

activation device.
G. There is adequate water pressure and volume available.
A-17
9/93

5.1 Impairment

the following.

5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
open.
A-18
9/93
6.0 RECORDS
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 13
D. NFPA 25
E. NFPA 72
F. NFPA 72E
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the supervised pre-action fire sprinkler system

ensures that adequate fire suppression capability is available to contain
fires occurring in the protected facility in accordance with its design
A-19
9/93
A-20
9/93
1.0 COMMITMENT
The pre-action sprinkler system is operable when the following are

established:

conditions.
C. The pre-action system fire detection subsystem is in service and


2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The system is filled with air.
D. Sprinkler heads are in operable condition and located in all

required locations.
F. The fire detection subsystem is connected to the deluge valve

actuation device.
G. There is adequate water pressure and volume available.

A-21
9/93
5.1 Impairment

the following:

5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
open.
6.0 RECORDS
A-22
9/93
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 13
D. NFPA 25
E. NFPA 72
F. NFPA 72E
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the pre-action fire sprinkler system ensures that

A-23
9/93
A-24
9/93
16 - FOAM-WATER EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
1.0 COMMITMENT
The foam-water extinguishing system is operable when the following are

established:
A. The system control valve(s) is in the open position.
B. The system is connected to a water supply with an adequate quantity

of water and pressure available to supply the system at its required
minimum design conditions.
C. The system is connected to a foam concentrate supply with an

adequate quantity of concentrate to satisfy the system at its
required minimum design conditions.
D. The system is piped to an appropriate proportioner(s) to satisfy the

system's foam and water concentration design criteria. The
proportioner valves are in the normal operating positions.
E. The system's discharge appliances (open or closed sprinkler heads,

monitor nozzles, discharge lines, mixing chambers) are in the
required positions and in good repair.
F. The system fire detection subsystem is in service and connected to

the deluge valve activation device.
G. All piping, fittings, and hangers are in required locations and in

good repair.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The foam-water extinguishing system is operable with control valves

in the open position.
B. The system piping is filled with air or priming water.
C. The foam concentrate tank is filled with the appropriate amount of

concentrate.
D. Proportioner valves are in their operational positions.
E. The waterflow alarm is operable.
F. Supervisory signals are operable.
A-25
9/93
G. Discharge devices are operable, in the required locations, aligned

properly, and unobstructed.
H. Fire detection subsystem is in service and connected to the deluge

valve activation device.
I. Adequate water pressure and volume is available.
Fire Protection Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Procedures
(Appendix B), NFPA 11, NFPA 13, NFPA 16, NFPA 25, NFPA 72, and NFPA
72E.

5.1 Impairment

the following.

5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
open.
A-26
9/93
D. Consult the AHJ to determine whether or not a full flow test should
be conducted on the repaired system.
E. Hydrostatic and flush test any repaired parts of the system before
F. Test the fire detection subsystem to verify that all of the fire
detectors are in place and will operate the deluge valve.
6.0 RECORDS
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 11
D. NFPA 13
E. NFPA 16
F. NFPA 25
G. NFPA 72
H. NFPA 72E
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the foam-water extinguishing system ensures that

occurring in the protected area in accordance with its design parameters.
A-27
9/93
A-28
9/93
21 - WET STANDPIPE SYSTEM
1.0 COMMITMENT
The wet standpipe sprinkler system is operable when the following are
established:
B. Hose valves are operable and in the closed position, or hose outlets
are capped.
C. There is an adequate quantity of water and pressure available from

the water system to supply the system with its minimum design
conditions.
D. Piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
C. Hose connection valves are operable and capped.
D. There is adequate water pressure and volume available.
E. The water flow alarm is operable.
F. The system hose valves are in required locations and located in such
a manner that hose can be connected.
G. The system's piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.

A-29
9/93
5.1 Impairment

the following:
A. Place a tag at the FDC and hose valves indicating what portions of
the system are out of service.
C. Provide an alternate means to protect the hazardous operations.
D. Begin repair operations within 24 hours. The AHJ shall decide if B

and/or C shall be required until the repairs are complete.
5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
B. Hydrostatic test any repaired portions of the system.
C. Flush test any repaired piping before returning the system to

service.
6.0 RECORDS
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 14
D. NFPA 25
A-30
9/93
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the wet standpipe system ensures that adequate water
is available for manual fire suppression to contain fires occurring in
the protected facility in accordance with its design parameters.
A-31
9/93
A-32
9/93
22 - DRY STANDPIPE SYSTEM
1.0 COMMITMENT
The dry standpipe system is operable when the following are

established:
A. FDC is operable.
B. An adequate quantity of water and pressure are available from the

fire department pumper(s) to supply the system with the required
volume and pressure.
C. Hose valves are operable and in the closed position, or hose

connections are capped.
D. All piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The FDC is available for connection to the source of water and in

good repair with pumper hose valves closed and operable.
B. There is adequate water volume and pressure available.
C. The system hose valves are in required locations and located in such
a manner that hose can be connected.
D. The system's piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.

A-33
9/93
5.1 Impairment

the following.

and/or C shall be required until repairs are complete.
5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
A. Hydrostatic test any repaired portions of the system.
B. Flush test any repaired piping before returning the system to

service.
6.0 RECORDS
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 14
D. NFPA 25
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the dry standpipe system ensures that adequate water
is available for manual fire suppression to contain fires occurring in
the protected facility in accordance with its design parameters.
A-34
9/93
23 - MANUAL WATER SPRAY SYSTEM
1.0 COMMITMENT
The manual water spray system is operable when the following are
established:
A. The system control valve is in the closed position.

the water system to supply the system at its require minimum design
conditions.
C. Nozzles with an appropriate pattern, velocity, water particle size,

and density are used with an appropriate alignment to satisfy the
design requirements.
D. In prepriming systems, blow-off plugs are installed properly on all

nozzles.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The control valve is closed.
B. The waterflow alarm is operable.
C. Nozzles are in operable condition, unobstructed in all required

locations, and aligned properly.

A-35
9/93
5.1 Impairment

the following.
A. Stop all hazardous operations, or
B. Start a recorded fire watch within 1 hour of the outage, or
D. Begin repair operations within 8 hours or A or B or C shall be

E. Post an impairment tag at the control valve when a system is out of

service.
5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
B. Hydrostatic and flush test any repaired parts of the system before
6.0 RECORDS
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 15
D. NFPA 25
A-36
9/93
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the water spray system ensures that adequate fire
suppression capability is available to contain fires occurring in the
protected facility in accordance with its design parameters.
A-37
9/93
A-38
9/93
31 - HALON 1301 (TOTAL FLOODING)
1.0 COMMITMENT
The Halon 1301 fire extinguishing system is operable when the following
are established.
A. There is an adequate quantity of containers filled with Halon 1301

fire extinguishing agent.
B. There are Halon 1301 discharge nozzles in place, aligned properly,

and unobstructed, to distribute the Halon at its minimum design
conditions.
C. Container activation devices are in place and in good repair.
D. System piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
E. The fire detection subsystem is in service and connected to the

container actuation devices.
F. All openings to the volume being protected are closed or are

connected for remote releasing automatically on system operation.
G. All equipment interlocks are in operating condition.
H. Container brackets are in good repair.
I. Reserve Halon storage containers, where required, are connected to

the system or stored in their designated location.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. Halon 1301 containers are in good physical condition, filled with

the required quantity of Halon 1301 fire extinguishing agent, and
mounted properly to meet the system's minimum design conditions.
B. Discharge nozzles are in good physical condition, unobstructed, and

aligned properly.
C. The system's fire detection subsystem is in service and connected to

the container actuation device(s).
D. All openings that are closed or automatic-releasing devices are

functioning properly.
A-39
9/93
E. All equipment interlocks are operational.
F. System piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
(Appendix B), NFPA 12A, NFPA 72, and NFPA 72E.

5.1 Impairment

the following.
A. Post a sign on the control panel indicating what portion of the

system is out of service.
C. Start a recorded fire watch within 1 hour of the outage, and provide
an alternate means to protect the hazardous operations.
D. Begin repair operations immediately or B or C shall be required

until the repairs are complete.
5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
A. Weigh Halon containers and check pressure before returning to

service.
B. Conduct an operating test of the system before returning it to

service.
6.0 RECORDS
A-40
9/93
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 12A
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the Halon 1301 fire extinguishing system ensures that
A-41
9/93
A-42
9/93
1.0 COMMITMENT
The Halon 1211 fire extinguishing system is operable when the following
are established.
A. There is an adequate quantity of containers filled with Halon 1211

fire extinguishing agent.
B. There are Halon 1211 discharge nozzles in place, aligned properly,

and unobstructed, to distribute the Halon at its minimum design
conditions.
D. System piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
E. The fire detection subsystem is in service and connected to the

container actuation devices.
F. All openings to the volume being protected are closed or are

G. All equipment interlocks are in operating condition.
I. Reserve storage containers, where required, are connected to the

system or stored in their designated location.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The Halon 1211 containers are in good physical condition, charged

with the required quantity of Halon 1211 fire extinguishing agent,
and mounted properly to meet the system's minimum design conditions.

aligned properly.

the cylinder actuation devices.
A-43
9/93
D. All openings that are closed or automatic-releasing devices are

E. All equipment interlocks are operational, and system piping,

fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
(Appendix B), NFPA 12B, NFPA 72, and NFPA 72E.

5.1 Impairment

the following.


5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
A. Weigh Halon containers and check pressure before returning to

service.

service.
A-44
9/93
6.0 RECORDS
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 12B
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the Halon 1211 fire extinguishing system ensures that
A-45
9/93
A-46
9/93
33 - DRY CHEMICAL SYSTEM
1.0 COMMITMENT
The dry chemical extinguishing system is operable when the following are
established.
A. There is an adequate quantity of containers filled with an

appropriate dry chemical extinguishing agent.
B. Dry chemical containers are pressurized adequately or an appropriate

expellent gas cartridge is provided to discharge the dry chemical
agent.
D. There are dry chemical discharge nozzles in place, aligned properly,

and unobstructed, to distribute the dry chemical at its minimum
design conditions.
E. All piping, hoses, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
F. Fire detection subsystem and manual activation devices are in

service and connected to the container activation devices.
G. All openings to the hazard being protected are closed or are

connected for remote automatic releasing on system operation.
H. All equipment interlocks are in operating condition.
I. Container brackets are in good repair.
J. Reserve dry chemical containers, where required, are connected to

the system or stored in their designated location.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The dry chemical and expellent gas containers are in good condition,
mounted properly, and charged with the required quantity of dry
chemical extinguishing agent or expellent gas to meet the system's

aligned properly.
A-47
9/93
the container activation devices.
D. All openings to the volume being protected are closed or automatic-

releasing devices are functioning properly.
E. All equipment interlocks are operational.
F. The system's piping, hoses, fittings, and hangers are in good

repair.
(Appendix B), NFPA 17, NFPA 72, and NFPA 72E.

5.1 Impairment

the following.


5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
A. If the dry chemical agent is stored in a pressurized cylinder, check

the pressure before returning to service.
A-48
9/93
B. If the system has a separate expellent gas cartridge, check each

cartridge for proper operation before returning to service:
1. Nitrogen cartridges - check pressure
2. CO2 cartridges - weigh cylinder
C. Conduct an operating test of the system before returning to service.
6.0 RECORDS
and all inspection and testing .
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 17
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the dry chemical extinguishing system ensures that

A-49
9/93
A-50
9/93
34 - WET CHEMICAL SYSTEM
1.0 COMMITMENT
The wet chemical system is operable when the following are established.
A. There is an adequate quantity of containers filled with an

appropriate wet chemical extinguishing agent.
B. There is an adequately sized expellent gas cartridge provided to

discharge the wet chemical agent.
C. Wet chemical discharge controls are in place and in good repair.
D. There are wet chemical discharge nozzles in place, with nozzle caps,
aligned properly, and unobstructed, to distribute the wet chemical
at its minimum design conditions.
F. Fire detection subsystem and manual activation devices are in

service and connected to the wet chemical discharge controls.
G. Devices ensuring the shutdown of fuel or power to the protected

appliances function properly upon system actuation.
I. Reserve wet chemical containers, where required, are connected to

the system or stored in their designated locations.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The wet chemical containers and expellent gas cartridges are in good
physical condition, mounted properly, and charged with the required
quantity of wet chemical agent or expellent gas to meet the system's

aligned properly.

the wet chemical discharge controls.
A-51
9/93
D. All fuel or power to appliances being protected is shut off or

automatic shutoff devices are functioning properly.
E. The system's piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.

5.1 Impairment

the following.


5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
A. Conduct an operating test as mentioned previously before returning

the system to service.
B. Check the level of wet chemical and expellent gas containers as

mentioned previously before returning the system to service.
6.0 RECORDS
A-52
9/93
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 17A
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the wet chemical fire extinguishing system ensures

that adequate fire suppression capability is available to contain fires
A-53
9/93
A-54
9/93
35 - HIGH EXPANSION FOAM SYSTEM
1.0 COMMITMENT
The high expansion foam system is operable when the following are
established.
A. There is sufficient water quantity and water pressure available to

supply the foam generators at their minimum design conditions.
B. There is an adequate quantity and quality of foam concentrate in the

system to supply the foam generators at minimum design conditions.
C. Foam generators are in place with all fans in operating condition.
D. All control valves are in their operating conditions (normally

open).
E. Supply piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
F. Supply air and foam duct closers are open or connected for remote
opening upon system operation.
G. All openings to the volume being protected are closed or connected

for remote releasing upon system operation.
H. High level air vents are open or connected for remote opening upon
system operation.
I. The fire detection subsystem is in service and connected to the high

expansion foam controller.
J. Reserve foam concentrate supplies, where provided, are connected to

the system.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The water and foam concentrate supplies are connected to the foam
generators and are sufficient in quantity and quality to satisfy the
system's minimum design conditions.
B. Foam generators are operable.
C. All control valves are in their operating positions.
D. All duct closers are open.
A-55
9/93
E. All openings to the volume being protected are closed.
F. All high level air vents are open.
G. The fire detection subsystem is in service and connected to the high

expansion foam controllers.
H. The foam delivery system (piping, fittings, ducts, hangers) is in

good repair.

5.1 Impairment

the following.
an alternate means shall be provided to protect the hazardous
operations.
D. Begin repair operations or A and B or C shall be required until the

repairs are complete.
5.2 Inspection
A-56
9/93
5.3 Testing
is available at the system connection.
B. The AHJ shall decide whether or not a discharge test should be

conducted on the repaired system.
C. Hydrostatic and flush test any repaired piping of the system before
D. Test the fire detection subsystem to verify that all of the fire
detectors are in place and will activate the high expansion foam
controls.
6.0 RECORDS
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 11A
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the high expansion foam system ensures that adequate
fire suppression capability is available to contain fires occurring in
the protected area in accordance with its design parameters.
A-57
9/93
A-58
9/93
36 - CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM (HIGH PRESSURE)
1.0 COMMITMENT
The CO2 extinguishing system is operable when the following are

established.
A. There are an adequate number of high pressure cylinder containers,

with CO2 fire extinguishing agent under pressure, connected to
piping and nozzles.
B. The quantity of CO2 fire extinguishing agent is adequate to meet the

C. There are CO2 discharge nozzles in place, aligned properly, and

unobstructed, to distribute the CO2 at its minimum design
conditions.
D. Cylinder activation devices are in place and in good repair.
E. System piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
F. Fire detection subsystem is in service and connected to the cylinder

actuation devices.
G. All openings to the volume being protected are closed or are

I. Cylinder brackets are in good repair.
J. Reserve CO2 storage cylinders, where required, are connected to the

K. Low pressure level supervisory signals are in service.
L. CO2 hand hose reels are in good repair.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The high pressure CO2 containers are in good physical condition and
contain the minimum required quantity of extinguishing agent.
B. Discharge nozzles are not obstructed and are aligned properly.
A-59
9/93
C. Discharge activation devices are in place.
D. The system's fire detection subsystem is in service and connected to

the actuation device.
E. All openings that are closed or automatic releasing devices are

F. All equipment interlocks are operable.

5.1 Impairment

the following.

C. Start a recorded fire watch within one hour of the outage, and
provide an alternate means to protect the hazardous operations.
D. Begin repair operations immediately or A and B or C shall be

5.2 Inspection
A-60
9/93
5.3 Testing
A. Weigh CO2 cylinders and check pressure before returning to service.

service.
6.0 RECORDS
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 12
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the CO2 fire extinguishing system ensures that

A-61
9/93
A-62
9/93
37 - CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM (LOW PRESSURE)
1.0 COMMITMENT
The CO2 extinguishing system is operable when the following are

established.
A. There is a low-pressure storage container, with CO2 fire

extinguishing agent under pressure, connected to piping and nozzles.
B. The quantity of CO2 fire extinguishing agent is adequate to meet the

C. There are CO2 discharge nozzles in place, aligned properly, and

unobstructed, to distribute the CO2 at its minimum design
conditions.
D. Container activation devices are in place and in good repair.
E. System piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
F. The fire detection subsystem is in service and connected to the

cylinder actuation devices.
G. All openings to the volume being protected are closed or are

I. Container brackets are in good repair.
J. Reserve CO2 storage containers, where required, are connected to the

K. Low pressure level supervisory signals are in service.
L. CO2 hand hose reels are in good repair.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The low pressure CO2 container is in good physical condition and

contains the minimum required quantity of extinguishing agent.
B. Discharge nozzles are not obstructed and are aligned properly.
C. Discharge activation devices are in place.
A-63
9/93
D. The system's fire detection subsystem is in service and connected to

the actuation device.
E. All openings are closed or automatic releasing devices are

F. All equipment interlocks are operable.

5.1 Impairment

the following.

D. Begin repair operations immediately or A and B or C shall be

5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
A. Conduct an operating test of the system before returning to service.
A-64
9/93
6.0 RECORDS
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 12
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the CO2 fire extinguishing system ensures that

A-65
9/93
A-66
9/93
38 - WATER SPRAY SYSTEM (LOCAL APPLICATION)
1.0 COMMITMENT
The local application water spray system is operable when the following
are established.
A. The system connected to an adequate water supply with the quantity

and pressure available meet the system's minimum design conditions.
B. The system is connected to a listed or approved control panel that

is functioning properly.
C. Approved water spray nozzles with operable fusible links are in all
required locations and unobstructed.
D. The waterflow alarm is in place and operable.
E. Automatic shutdowns for fuel to the protected equipment are in

service and connected to the control panel.
F. The system control valve is open.
G. Piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The local application water spray system is connected to an adequate

water quantity and pressure.
B. The system is connected to a functioning control panel.
C. The system control valve is open.
D. Approved water spray nozzles with fusible links are in all required
locations and unobstructed.
E. The waterflow alarm is operable and connected to the control panel

for automatic fuel shutdown and system alarm.
F. All piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
A-67
9/93
(Appendix B), NFPA 13, NFPA 15, and NFPA 96.

5.1 Impairment

the following.
A. Place a tag on the control valve indicating what portion of the

B. Remove all protected equipment from service until repairs are

complete.
5.2 Inspection
A. Visually inspect the system before returning it to service.
5.3 Testing
A. Test the water supply to verify that an adequate water quantity and
pressure is available at the system's connection.
B. Conduct a test of the bypass valve to verify that the system local
alarm and fuel shutdown devices are functioning properly.
C. Hydrostatic and flush test any repaired portions of the

system before returning it to service.
6.0 RECORDS
A-68
9/93
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 13
D. NFPA 15
E. NFPA 96
8.0 BASES
The operability of the water spray fire extinguishing system ensures

that adequate fire suppression capability is available to contain
fires occurring in the protected area in accordance with its design
parameters.
A-69
9/93
A-70
9/93
41 - POND OR LAKE WATER SUPPLY
1.0 COMMITMENT
Pond and river water supply are operable when the following are
established.
A. Control valves are in operating positions (normally open).
B. An adequate quantity and quality of water is stored in the reservoir

to meet the system's minimum design conditions.
C. The wet pit, where provided, is structurally sound, free of debris,

and maintained at a minimum temperature of 40 F.
D. Strainers and/or purification systems are in good working condition.
E. Any suction openings are adequately submerged.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. An adequate quantity and quality of water is available in the

reservoir at a pressure that meets the system's minimum design
conditions.
B. Suction strainers and purification systems are in good repair.
C. Control valves are open.
D. The suction orifice is adequately submerged.
E. The fire pump is operable with adequate driver and power or fuel.
F. The waterflow alarm is operable.
G. The system piping, hydrants, FDCs, etc. are in good repair.
(Appendix B) and NFPA 1231.

A-71
9/93
5.1 Impairment

the following.
A. Place a tag on all control valves, FDCs, and hydrants dependent upon
that particular system.
C. If the system supplies an automatic suppression system, start a

recorded fire watch within 1 hour of the outage, or

5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
A. Conduct a flow test per the DOE Fire Protection, Inspection,

Testing, and Maintenance Procedures (Appendix B) before returning
B. Hydrostatic and flush test repaired portions of system piping before

returning the system to service.
6.0 RECORDS
and all inspection, testing, and maintenance.
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 1231
A-72
9/93
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the water supply ensures that adequate water volume
and pressure is available for the operation of hydrants, sprinkler
systems, and standpipe systems. These are used for suppressing fires
occurring in the protected area within their own design parameters.
A-73
9/93
A-74
9/93
42 - TANK WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
1.0 COMMITMENTS
Water storage tanks are operable when the following are established.
A. Control valves are in operating positions (normally open).
B. The tank is structurally sound.
C. Where subject to freezing, the tank and tank riser are adequately
heated and/or insulated.
D. The water discharge system piping is operable and in good repair.
E. Automatic tank floats for refill and fill shutoff are in place and
operable.
F. There is an adequate volume of water and pressure provided for the

tank to satisfy its minimum design conditions.
G. System piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The tank is filled with water.
C. Floats for refilling and refill shutoff are in place and operable.
D. Discharge piping is in good repair and operable.
E. There is an adequate volume and pressure to supply fire suppression

systems at their minimum design conditions.

A-75
9/93
5.1 Impairment

the following.
B. If the system supplies automatic suppression systems, start a

recorded fire watch within 1 hour of the outage, or

E. Place a tag at all FDCs, applicable hydrants, and control valves

stating what portions of the system are out of service.
5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
A. Conduct a flow test per DOE Fire Protection, Inspection, Testing,

and Maintenance Procedures (Appendix B) before returning the system
to service.

6.0 RECORDS
and all inspection, testing, and maintenance.
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 22
D. NFPA 25
A-76
9/93
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the tank water supply system ensures that adequate
water volume and pressure is available for the operation of hydrants,
sprinkler systems, and standpipe systems. These are used for suppressing
fires occurring in the protected area within their own design parameters.
A-77
9/93
A-78
9/93
43 - FIRE PUMPS
1.0 COMMITMENT
The fire pump system is operable when the following are established.
A. Control valves are in the appropriate position.
B. Adequate suction and discharge pressures and volumes available to

meet the system's minimum design conditions.
C. There is an adequate primary power source and secondary power

source, where required, to operate drivers and drive the pumps at
their minimum design conditions.
D. The pump is connected to an adequate quantity and quality of water

to supply the distribution system at its minimum design conditions.
E. The controller (manual or automatic) is operable to start and stop

the pump as needed under an emergency condition.
F. All piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. There is an adequate quantity and quality of water available.
C. Strainers are in place and operable.
D. The driver (electric, fuel, or steam) is operable and has adequate

power.
E. Appropriate suction and discharge pressures are available.
F. The controller is operable and properly adjusted.
G. There is sufficient piping to deliver an appropriate volume and

pressure of water to suppression systems at their minimum design
conditions.
A-79
9/93

5.1 Impairment

the following:
A. Post a tag at each control valve indicating what system or part

thereof has been removed from service.
C. If automatic systems are supplied by the pump, start a recorded fire

watch within 1 hour of the outage, or
D. Provide an alternate means of water supply to protect the hazardous

operations.
E. Begin repair operations within 8 hours, and the AHJ shall determine
if B, C, and D shall be required until repairs are complete.
5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
A. Conduct and pass a performance test before returning to service to

verify that an adequate volume and water pressure is available.
6.0 RECORDS
A-80
9/93
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 20
D. NFPA 25
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the pumping system ensures that an adequate volume and
pressure of water is available for the various extinguishing systems.
These are used to contain fires occurring in the protected facility in
accordance with their own design parameters.
A-81
9/93
A-82
9/93
44 - FIRE SERVICE MAINS
1.0 COMMITMENT
The fire service main is operable when the following are established.
A. Fire main control valves are in the open position.
B. Hydrants are operable and in appropriate positions.
C. There is an adequate volume and pressure of water available from the

water supply to meet design conditions.
D. All piping and fittings are in good repair.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
B. Control valves are in appropriate positions (normally open).
C. Fire hydrants are operable, in appropriate locations, and

unobstructed.
E. The system's piping and fittings are in good repair.

A-83
9/93
5.1 Impairment

the following.
A. Post a tag at each FDC and system control valve indicating what
system or part thereof has been removed from service
C. If the system supplies automatic sprinkler systems, start a recorded

fire watch within 1 hour of the outage, or
E. Begin repair operations within 8 hours, and the AHJ shall decide if
B, C, and D shall be required until the repairs are complete.
5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
of water is available.
B. Hydrostatically test the system per the DOE Fire Protection,

Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Procedures (Appendix B) before
C. Conduct a flow test per the DOE Fire Protection, Inspection,

Testing, and Maintenance Procedures (Appendix B) before returning
D. Flush test any repaired system per the DOE Fire Protection
Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Procedures (Appendix B) before
6.0 RECORDS
A-84
9/93
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 24
D. NFPA 25
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the fire main service ensures that adequate water
volume and pressure is available for the operation of hydrants, monitor
nozzles, hose and hydrant houses, and sprinkler and standpipe risers.
These are used for suppressing fires occurring in the protected facility
within their own design parameters.
A-85
9/93
A-86
9/93
51 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
1.0 COMMITMENT
The Fire Alarm System is operable when the following are established.
A. Alternating current (AC) power is supplied to the system.
B. Direct current (DC) power is supplied to the system.
C. All alarm initiation devices are installed and operational.
D. All alarm indicating appliances are installed and operational.
E. All signaling line circuits are in service and operational.
F. The control panel is cleared of any faults, alarms, supervisory

signals, and trouble conditions.
G. All supervisory initiation devices are installed and operational.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
3.0 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The system is energized with primary and backup power.
B. The manual fire alarm stations are operational and located in all
required locations.
C. The audible and/or visual alarming indicating appliances are

installed and located in all required locations.
D. All fire sprinkler waterflow alarms are connected and operational.
E. All fire detector alarms are connected and operational.
F. All other alarm initiation devices are connected and operational.
G. All supervisory devices (such as valve tamper, low air pressure,

fire pump supervisory devices, low water, and low temperature
switches) are connected, in their normal position, and operational.
H. All trouble conditions are clear.
I. All external circuits are electrically supervised.
A-87
9/93
(Appendix B), NFPA 72, and NFPA 72E.

5.1 Impairment

the following.
A. Place a tag at the fire alarm control panel (FACP) indicating what
E. Begin repair operations within 24 hours or B or C or D shall be

5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
A. Test the fire detection devices to verify that a fire can be

detected.
6.0 RECORDS
A-88
9/93
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 72
D. NFPA 72E
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the fire alarm system ensures that the condition
causing the alarm is reported to occupants and any required central
monitoring service. It also ensures that the life safety notification
provisions of the facility are maintained during all anticipated
operations.
A-89
9/93
A-90
9/93
52 - CENTRAL MONITORING (FIRE) SYSTEM
1.0 COMMITMENT
The Central Monitoring System is operable when the following are

established.
A. AC power is supplied to the system.
B. DC power is supplied to the system.
C. All remote fire alarm systems are installed and operational.
D. All alarm indicating appliances are installed and operational.
E. All signaling line circuits are in service and operational.
F. The control panel is cleared of any faults, alarms, supervisory

signals, and trouble conditions.
G. All supervisory indicating appliances are installed and operational.
H. All system printers are installed and operational.
I. All offsite alarm circuits are installed and operational.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
3.0 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The system is energized with primary and backup power.
B. The remote fire alarm systems are operational and located in all
required locations.
C. The audible and/or visual alarming-indicating appliances are

installed and located in all required locations.
D. All system printers are installed and operational.
E. All trouble conditions are clear.
F. All external circuits are electrically supervised.
A-91
9/93

5.1 Impairment

the following.
A. Place a tag at the control panel indicating what portion of the


5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
A. Test the fire alarm subsystem devices to verify that an alarm or

supervisory signal can be received and recorded.
6.0 RECORDS
A-92
9/93
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 71
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
8.0 BASIS
The operability of the central monitoring system ensures that the

condition causing the alarm is reported to occupants and any required
offsite service. It also ensures that the life safety notification
provisions of the facility are maintained during all anticipated
operations.
A-93
9/93
A-94
9/93
61 - FIRE DOORS AND WINDOWS
1.0 COMMITMENT
A. Fire doors or windows are installed in all required openings.
B. Each fire door and window is equipped with listed or approved

hardware (hinges, latching device, holder and closer, smoke
gasketing) as required.
C. Fire doors and windows are operable at all times.
D. Fire doors and windows are closed unless arranged for automatic
closing and release.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. All fire doors, windows, and related hardware are in the required
locations and in good physical condition.
B. Opening and closing hardware is operable.
C. Doors and windows are either closed or equipped with operable

automatic-releasing devices.
Fire Protection Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Procedures

5.1 Impairment
Notify facility management and other appropriate AHJs and complete the
following.
A. If one or more of the commitments is not maintained, post a sign at

the fire door or window indicating that door and opening protection
A-95
9/93
are not in service. The AHJ shall specify the size and location of
the sign.
B. Stop all hazardous operations, and/or
C. Provide an alternate means protect the hazardous operations.
D. Begin repair operations within 24 hours. The AHJ will decide if B

and/or C will be required until repairs are complete.
5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
A. Conduct a full operation test after completing any repairs.
6.0 RECORDS
Maintain records showing the system design and all inspection and testing
for the life of the facility.
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 80
8.0 BASES
Operable fire door and window systems provide an effective fire barrier
at the system-rated duration for the life of the facility.
A-96
9/93
62 - FIRE DAMPERS
1.0 COMMITMENT
A. Fire dampers are installed in all required openings.
B. Each fire damper is equipped with listed or approved hardware

(fusible link, magnetic closer, smoke gasketing) as required.
C. Fire dampers are operable at all times.
D. Fire dampers are kept closed unless arranged for automatic closing
and release.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. All fire dampers are in the required locations and in good physical
condition.
B. Opening and closing hardware is operable.
C. Dampers are either closed or equipped with operable automatic

releasing devices.
(Appendix B) and NFPA 90A.

5.1 Impairment
following.

the fire damper indicating that duct protection is not in service.
The AHJ will specify the size and location of the sign.
A-97
9/93
B. All hazardous operations will stop, and/or
C. An alternate means will be provided to protect the hazardous

operations.

5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
6.0 RECORDS
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 90A
8.0 BASIS
Operable fire damper systems provide an effective fire barrier at the

system-rated duration for the life of the facility.
A-98
9/93
63 - PENETRATIONS IN FIRE WALLS
1.0 COMMITMENT
A. Approved fire resistance rated material is installed in all required

penetrations of fire walls and barriers.
B. The fire resistant material is installed in accordance with its

listing and/or approval.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
All required penetrations are filled with properly rated material in

accordance with its listing and/or approval.

5.1 Impairment
following.

the penetration indicating that penetration protection is not in
service. The AHJ will specify the size and location of the sign.
B. All hazardous operations will be stopped, and/or
C. An alternate means will be provided to protect the hazardous

operations.

A-99
9/93
5.2 Inspection
5.3 Testing
A. None required.
6.0 RECORDS
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
8.0 BASIS
Operable penetration protection ensures an effective fire barrier for the

system-rated duration for the life of the facility.
A-100
9/93
71 - EMERGENCY AND EXIT ILLUMINATION
1.0 COMMITMENT
A. Exit lights with battery or generator backup power are installed in

all required locations.
B. Exit access illumination lights with battery or generator backup

power are installed in all required locations.
C. The exit and exit access illumination lights are installed, powered,
and in good repair.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
At all times.
A. The light fixtures are installed, powered, and operable.
B. There is power available to charge the batteries.
C. The batteries are charged to at least 90% of the required electrical

charge.
(Appendix B), NFPA 101, NFPA 110, and NFPA 110A.

5.1 Impairment
following.
A. If one or more of the commitments is not maintained, evacuate all

occupants.
B. Begin repair operations within 24 hours. The AHJ shall decide if A

is necessary.
A-101
9/93
5.2 Inspection
A. Visually inspect each fixture before returning to service.
5.3 Testing
A. Operation test each fixture when a unit is returned to service.
6.0 RECORDS
7.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 101
D. NFPA 110
E. NFPA 110A
8.0 BASIS
Exit signs and exit access illumination must be operable and adequate in
accordance with the life safety provisions of the facility.
A-102
9/93
APPENDIX B
INSPECTION, TESTING, AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
B-1
9/93
B-2
9/93
CONTENTS
100 Automatic Water Extinguishing Systems
111 Wet Pipe Sprinkler System...................................... B-5

112 Dry Pipe Sprinkler System...................................... B-11
113 Deluge Sprinkler System........................................ B-19
114 Pre-Action Sprinkler System (with Supervisory Air Pressure).... B-27
115 Pre-Action Sprinkler System.................................... B-35
116 Foam-Water Extinguishing System................................ B-43
120 Manual Water Extinguishing Systems
121 Wet Standpipe System........................................... B-57

122 Dry Standpipe System........................................... B-65
123 Manual Water Spray System...................................... B-71
130 Special Extinguishing Systems
131 Halon 1301 (Total Flooding).................................... B-75

132 Halon 1211 (Total Flooding).................................... B-79
133 Dry Chemical System............................................ B-83
134 Wet Chemical System............................................ B-87
135 High Expansion Foam System..................................... B-91
136 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing System (High Pressure)............ B-95
137 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing System (Low Pressure)............. B-99
138 Water Spray System (Local Application)........................ B-103
140 Water Supply Systems
141 Pond or Lake Water Supply..................................... B-107

142 Tank Water Supply System...................................... B-111
143 Fire Pumps.................................................... B-119
144 Fire Service Mains............................................ B-127
150 Fire Alarm Systems
151 Fire Alarm System............................................. B-135

152 Central Monitoring (Fire) System.............................. B-139
160 Fire Barriers
161 Fire Doors and Windows........................................ B-143

162 Fire Dampers.................................................. B-145
163 Penetrations in Fire Walls.................................... B-147
170 Life Safety Systems
171 Emergency and Exit Illumination............................... B-149
B-3
9/93
LIST OF TABLES
121-1 Inspection and Maintenance of Wet Standpipe Systems............... B-62

122-1 Inspection and Maintenance of Dry Standpipe Systems............... B-68
143-1 Fire Pump System Maintenance Schedule............................ B-122
144-1 Dry Barrel Hydrant Inspection.................................... B-128
144-2 Wet Barrel Hydrant Inspection.................................... B-129
B-4
9/93
111 - WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1.0 PURPOSE
A. This procedure outlines the requirements for inspecting, testing,

and maintaining wet pipe automatic sprinkler systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning
1. Before starting this procedure, notify the Fire Department,

management, and the AHJs.
2. Arrange with operations for the time needed to conduct the

inspection, testing, and maintenance of the protected area.
B. Reduced testing frequency
1. The required frequency of testing can be reduced if it can be

proven that the system's reliability is significantly better
than the minimums established by NFPA and this procedure.
Submit written records and proof of reliability for review and
acceptance by the AHJ.
3.0 INSPECTION
A. Visually inspect the entire system annually (including FDC, piping,

pipe hangers, sprinkler heads, name plate, head obstructions, and
unprotected spaces) to verify that it is in good condition and free
of mechanical damage.
B. Control valves - Visually inspect all control valves of the system

at regular intervals as follows.
1. Sealed valves - weekly.
2. Locked valves and valves with tamper switches - monthly.
3. The inspection shall verify that the valves are:
a. In the normal open or closed position
b. Properly sealed, locked, or supervised
c. Accessible
d. Provided with appropriate wrenches
e. Free from external leaks
B-5
9/93
f. Provided with appropriate identification.
C. Check valves - Internally inspect all check valves at least every

5 years to verify that all components operate properly, move freely,
and are in good condition. Clean, repair, or replace the internal
components as necessary in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
D. Alarm valves
1. Inspect alarm valves monthly. The inspection shall verify the

following.
a. Gauges indicate that normal supply water pressure is being

maintained.
b. The valve is free of physical damage.
c. All valves are in their appropriate open or closed

position.
2. Internally inspect alarm valves and their associated strainers,

filters, and restriction orifices at least every 5 years,
unless tests indicate a more stringent frequency is required.
E. FDCs - Inspect monthly. The inspection shall verify the following.
1. The FDCs are visible and accessible.
2. Couplings or swivels are not damaged and rotate smoothly.
3. Plugs or caps are in place and not damaged.
4. If the FDC is plugged, or caps are not in place, inspect the

interior of the connection for the following:
a. Obstructions
b. Whether or not the valve clapper is operational over its

full range.
5. Gaskets are in place and in good condition.
6. Identification signs are in place.
7. The check valve is not leaking.
8. The automatic drain valve is in place and operating properly.
9. Components are cleaned, repaired, or replaced as necessary in

accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
B-6
9/93
4.0 TESTING
A. Sprinklers - Replace sprinklers when they have been in service for

50 years, or submit representative samples to a recognized testing
laboratory acceptable to the AHJ for operational testing. Repeat
test procedures thereafter at 10-year intervals.
Exceptions:
1. Test fast response sprinklers in service for 20 years. Retest

at 10-year intervals.
2. At 5-year intervals, test representative samples of solder-type

sprinklers, with a temperature classification of extra hazard
(325 F) or greater, that are exposed to semicontinuous to
continuous maximum allowable ambient temperature conditions.
B. Conduct quarterly testing of the system alarms by using the

inspector's test connection.
C. Conduct semiannual testing of the system supervisory devices.
D. Conduct quarterly testing of the main drain connection to verify the

availability of water to the system.
E. Fully close and reopen the system control valve annually.
F. Annually test any antifreeze solution for the design freeze point.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain all components of the system in working condition. Repair

or replace any components that fail a test or inspection in
B. Sprinklers
1. Replacement sprinklers shall have the proper characteristics

for the application intended. This includes the following:
a. Style
b. Orifice size and K factor
c. Temperature rating
d. Coating, if any
e. Deflector type
f. Design requirements
B-7
9/93
2. Use only new, listed sprinklers to replace existing sprinklers.
3. Store a supply of spare sprinklers in a cabinet on the premises

for replacement purposes. The stock of spare sprinklers shall
be proportionally representative of the types and temperature
ratings of the system sprinklers. Provide a minimum of two
sprinklers of each type and temperature rating. The stock of
spare sprinklers shall be as follows:
a. For protected facilities having less than 300 sprinklers,

at least 6.
b. For protected facilities having 300-1,000 sprinklers, at

least 12.
c. For protected facilities having over 1,000 sprinklers, at

least 24.
Provide and keep sprinkler wrench(es) in the cabinet to be used

in the removal and installation of sprinklers. Provide a
sprinkler wrench for each type of sprinkler installed.
4. Protect sprinklers covering spray coating areas against

overspray residue. Protect sprinklers subject to overspray
accumulations by using plastic bags having a maximum thickness
of .003 in. or by using small paper bags. Replace coverings
when deposits or residue accumulate (daily).
5. Annually replace sprinklers and automatic spray nozzles used

for protecting commercial-type cooking equipment and
ventilation systems.
6. Conduct an obstruction investigation for sprinkler systems and

yard main piping whenever any of the following conditions
exist:
a. Defective intake screens for fire pumps taking suction

from open bodies of water.
b. Discharge of obstructive material during routine water

tests.
c. Foreign materials in fire pumps, dry-pipe valves, or check

valves.
d. Heavy discoloration of water during drain tests or

plugging of inspector's test connections.
e. Plugging of sprinklers.
f. Plugged piping in sprinkler systems dismantled during

building alterations.
B-8
9/93
g. Failure to flush yard piping or surrounding public mains

following new installations or repairs.
h. A record of broken public mains in the vicinity.
i. Abnormally frequent false tripping of dry-pipe valves.
j. A system is returned to service after an extended duration

(greater than 1 year).
k. There is reason to believe that the sprinkler system

contains sodium silicate or its derivatives.
C. Control valves
1. Annually lubricate the operating stems of outside screw and

yoke (OS&Y) valves. Then close and reopen the valve completely
to test its operation and distribution of the lubricant.
Graphite or graphite in light oil should be used.
2. Clean, repair, or replace internal components as necessary in

D. Clean and repair internal components of alarm valves as necessary,

in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and as deemed
necessary by inspection.
6.1 Impairment

the following.

6.2 Inspection
B-9
9/93
6.3 Testing
open.
C. Conduct a test using the inspector's test connection to verify that

the system local audible alarm and/or alarm signal to the monitoring
D. Hydrostatic test any repaired parts of the system before returning

to service.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 13
D. NFPA 25
B-10
9/93
112 - DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining dry pipe sprinkler systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION

pipe hangers, sprinkler heads, pressure gauges, name plate, head
obstructions, and unprotected spaces) to verify that it is in good
condition and free of mechanical damage.
B. Verify weekly the availability of an adequate supply of air or

nitrogen capable of repressurizing the system within 30 minutes.
C. Control valves - Visually inspect all control valves of the system

at regular intervals as follows:
3. The inspection shall verify that the valves are
c. Accessible
B-11
9/93
D. Check valves - Internally inspect all check valves at least every

instructions.

interior of the connection for
a. Obstructions

full range.

F. Dry-pipe valves
1. Daily, during cold weather, inspect valve enclosure heating

equipment for dry-pipe valves subject to freezing to make sure
the temperature is at least 40 F.
Exception: Inspect valve enclosures equipped with low

temperature alarms weekly.
2. Inspect gauges weekly.
a. The gauge on the supply side of the valve shall indicate

that the normal supply water pressure is being maintained.
B-12
9/93
b. The gauge on the system side of the valve shall indicate

that the proper ratio of air or nitrogen pressure to water
supply pressure is being maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
c. The gauge on the quick opening device, if installed, shall

indicate the same pressure as the gauge on the system side
of the dry pipe valve.
Exception: Inspect systems equipped with low air or

nitrogen pressure alarms monthly.
3. Inspect the dry-pipe valve weekly to ascertain that
a. The valve is free of physical damage.
b. The trim valves are in their appropriate open or closed

position.
c. There is no leakage from the intermediate chamber.
4. Inspect the interior of the dry-pipe valve annually when the

trip test is conducted. Clean, repair, or replace parts as
necessary, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
5. Inspect strainers, filters, and restricted orifices internally

every 5 years unless tests indicate a more stringent frequency
is required.
4.0 TESTING
A. Sprinklers - When sprinklers have been in service for 50 years,

either replace or submit representative samples to a recognized
testing laboratory acceptable to the AHJ for operational testing.
Repeat test procedures thereafter at 10-year intervals.
Exceptions:
1. Test all fast response sprinklers in service for 20 years.

Retest them at 10-year intervals.

B. Fully close and open the system control valve annually.
C. Dry-pipe valve
1. Test the primary water level quarterly.
B-13
9/93
2. Test each dry-pipe valve during warm weather in accordance with

the manufacturer's instructions.
Exception: For valves protecting property whose nature is such

that water can't be discharged for test purposes, conduct the
trip test in a manner that will not require discharge into the
piping.
3. Every third year and whenever the system is altered, trip test
the dry-pipe valve with the control valve wide open and the
quick opening device, if installed, in service. In years when
full flow testing is not required, trip test each dry-pipe
valve with the control valve partially open.
4. Do not apply grease or other sealing materials to the seating

surfaces of the dry-pipe valves.
5. Test quick opening devices, if installed, semiannually.
6. Attach a tag or card to the valve showing the date on which the
valve was last tripped and the name of the person and
organization conducting the test. Maintain separate records of
the initial water pressure and valve operating conditions on
the premises for comparison with previous results. Maintain
records of tripping time.
7. Test semiannually low air pressure alarms, if provided, in

8. Test automatic air pressure maintenance devices, if provided,

at the time of the annual valve trip test, in accordance with
D. Conduct bimonthly testing of the system alarms by using the alarm

bypass connection.
E. Conduct annual testing of the main drain connection to verify the

5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Repair or replace any components that fail a test or inspection in

B. Sprinklers

for the application intended. These include
a. Style
B-14
9/93
d. Coating, if any
e. Deflector type
f. Design requirements

sprinklers of each type and temperature rating. Stock the
spare sprinklers as follows:

at least 6.

least 12.

least 24.


when deposits or residue accumulate.


exist:


tests.

valves.
B-15
9/93





C. Control valve
1. Annually lubricate the operating stems of OS&Y valves. Then

completely close and reopen the valve to test its operation and
distribution of the lubricant. Graphite or graphite in light
oil should be used.

D. Dry-pipe valves
1. Locate and repair leaks resulting in pressure losses greater

than 10 psi/week.
2. During the triannual trip test, thoroughly clean the interior

of the dry-pipe valve and replace or repair parts as necessary.
3. Drain the low points in dry-pipe sprinkler systems after each

operation and before the onset of freezing weather conditions.
6.1 Impairment

the following.
B-16
9/93

6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
open.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 13
D. NFPA 25
B-17
9/93
B-18
9/93
113 - DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining deluge sprinkler systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION

condition and free of mechanical damage.

c. Accessible
B-19
9/93

instructions.
D. FDCs - Inspect monthly. The inspection shall verify the following.

a. Obstructions

full range.

E. Deluge valves
1. Daily, during cold weather, visually inspect valve enclosure

heating equipment for the deluge valves' ability to maintain a
minimum temperature of at least 40 F.

2. Inspect gauges weekly. The gauge on the supply side of the

valve should indicate that the normal supply water pressure is
being maintained.
Exception: The gauge monitoring the detection system pressure,

if provided, shall be inspected monthly to indicate that normal
pressure is being maintained.
B-20
9/93
3. Inspect the deluge valve weekly to ascertain that
a. The valve is free from physical damage
b. All trim valves are in their appropriate open or closed

position
c. There is no leakage from the valve seat
d. Electrical components are in service.
4. Inspect the interior of the deluge valve annually when the trip
test is conducted. Clean, repair, or replace parts as
necessary in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Exception: Internal inspection of valves that can be reset

without removal of a faceplate shall be conducted every
5 years.
5. Internally inspect strainers, filters, and restricted orifices

every 5 years, unless tests indicate a more stringent frequency
is required.
4.0 TESTING

Exceptions:


B. Fully close and reopen the control valves annually.
C. Conduct bimonthly testing of the system alarms by using the alarm

bypass connection.
D. Conduct annual testing of the main drain connection to verify the

availability of water to the deluge valves.
B-21
9/93
E. Deluge valves
1. Trip test each deluge valve annually in warm weather in

a. Observe the water discharge patterns from all open

sprinklers or spray nozzles to ensure that patterns are
not impeded by plugging. Also, observe the sprinklers to
ensure that they are properly positioned and that
obstructions do not prevent discharge patterns from
effectively wetting surfaces to be protected. When
obstructions occur, clean the piping, sprinklers, or
nozzles and retest the system.
b. Record pressure readings at the hydraulically most remote

nozzle or sprinkler to ensure that the waterflow has not
been impeded by partially closed valves, plugged
strainers, or piping. Record a second pressure reading at
the deluge valve to ensure that the water supply is
adequate. Compare these readings to the hydraulic design
pressures to ensure that the original system design is met
and that the water supply is adequate to meet the design
requirements.
Exception: When the hydraulically most remote nozzle or

sprinkler is inaccessible, it is permissible to visually
check nozzles or sprinklers without taking a pressure
reading on the most remote nozzle or sprinkler. However,
when the reading taken at the riser indicates that the
water supply has deteriorated, place a gauge on the
hydraulically most remote nozzle or sprinkler and compare
the result with the required design pressure.
c. Multiple systems - Simultaneously test the maximum number

of systems expected to operate in case of fire to check
the adequacy of the water supply.
Exception: When the nature of the protected property is

such that water cannot be discharged unless protected
equipment is shut down (e.g. energized electrical
equipment), conduct a full flow system test at the next
scheduled shutdown. In all cases, the test frequency
shall not exceed 3 years.
2. Operate manual actuation devices at least annually.
3. After the trip test, return the system to service in accordance

with the manufacturer's instructions.

surfaces of the valve.
B-22
9/93
valve was last tripped and the name and organization conducting
the test. Maintain records of operating conditions on the
premises for comparing with previous results. Also maintain
D. Deluge system activation fire detection subsystem.
1. Test each initiation device (manual activation stations and

fire detectors) in accordance with manufacturer's requirements
semiannually.
2. Test duration of battery backup power supply on an annual

basis.
3. Conduct bimonthly testing of system output, system activation

signals, and alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain the system in operating condition. Repair or replace any

components failing a test or inspection in accordance with the
B. Sprinklers

for the application intended. These include
a. Style
d. Coating, if any
e. Deflector type
f. Design requirements.

sprinklers of each type and temperature rating. Stock spare
sprinklers as follows:

at least 6.
B-23
9/93

least 12.

least 24.




exist:

from open bodies of water

tests

valves

plugging of inspector's test connections
e. Plugging of sprinklers

building alterations

following new installations or repairs
h. A record of broken public mains in the vicinity
i. Abnormally frequent false tripping of dry-pipe valves

(greater than 1 year)

B-24
9/93
C. Control valve
1. Annually lubricate the operating stems of OS&Y valves. Then,

oil should be used.

D. Deluge valves
1. During the annual trip test, thoroughly clean the interior of

the deluge valve, and replace or repair parts as necessary.
2. Drain the low points in deluge systems after each operation and
before the onset of freezing weather conditions.
6.1 Impairment

the following.

6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
open.
B-25
9/93

7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 13
D. NFPA 25
E. NFPA 72
F. NFPA 72E
B-26
9/93
(WITH SUPERVISORY AIR PRESSURE)
1.0 PURPOSE
A. This procedure establishes a method for inspecting, testing, and

maintaining pre-action sprinkler systems with supervisory air
pressure.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION

pipe hangers, sprinkler heads, name plate, head obstructions, and
unprotected spaces) to verify that it is in good condition and free
of mechanical damage.

c. Accessible
B-27
9/93

instructions.
D. FDC - Inspect monthly. The inspection shall verify the following.

a. Obstructions

full range.
9. Clean, repair, or replace components as necessary in accordance

E. Deluge valve

heating equipment for deluge valves subject to freezing to make
sure that the temperature is at least 40 F.

2. Visually inspect gauges weekly. The gauge on the supply side

of the valve shall indicate that the normal supply water
B-28
9/93
Exceptions:
a. Monthly, test the gauge monitoring the pre-action system

supervisory air pressure, if provided, to indicate that
the normal pressure is being maintained.
b. Monthly, test the gauge monitoring the detection system

pressure, if provided, to indicate that normal pressure is
being maintained.
c. Semiannually, test gauges that are connected to systems,

which are monitored by an approved fire alarm system.

position
4. Inspect the interior of the deluge valve annually when the trip
test is conducted. Clean, repair, or replace parts as
5. Inspect strainers, filters, and restricted orifices internally

is required.
4.0 TESTING

Exceptions:


B. Control valves - Fully close and reopen the control valves annually.
B-29
9/93
bypass connection.

E. Deluge valve
1. Quarterly, test the priming water level in supervised pre-

action systems for compliance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
2. Annually, trip test each deluge valve in warm weather in


that water cannot be discharged into the piping for test
purposes, conduct the trip test in a manner that will not
require discharge into the piping area.
3. Operate manual actuation devices at least semiannually.


premises for comparison with previous results. Also, maintain
7. Semiannually, test low air pressure alarms, if provided, in

8. Test automatic air pressure maintenance devices, if provided,

at the time of the annual pre-action or deluge valve trip test,
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
F. Pre-action system activation fire detection subsystem.
1. Semiannually, test each initiation device (manual activation

stations and fire detectors) in accordance with the
manufacturer's requirements.

basis.

B-30
9/93
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain the system in operating condition. Replace or repair any

components failing a test or inspection in accordance with the
B. Sprinklers

for the application intended. This includes
a. Style
d. Coating, if any
e. Deflector type

sprinklers of each type and temperature rating. Stock spare
sprinklers as follows:

at least 6.

least 12.

least 24.


5. Annually, replace sprinklers and automatic spray nozzles used

B-31
9/93

exist:


tests

valves





C. Control valves
1. Annually, lubricate the operating stems of OS&Y valves. Then

close and reopen the valve completely to test its operation and
oil should be used.

D. Deluge valves
1. Locate and repair leaks that cause drops in supervisory

pressure and create electrical malfunctions, both of which
cause alarms to sound.
B-32
9/93
the deluge valve and replace or repair parts as necessary.
3. Drain low points in pre-action systems after each operation and

6.1 Impairment

the following.

6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
open.
7.0 RECORDS
Maintain records showing the system inspection, testing, and maintenance

B-33
9/93
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 13
D. NFPA 25
E. NFPA 72
F. NFPA 72E
B-34
9/93
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining pre-action sprinkler systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION

condition and free from mechanical damage.

c. Accessible
B-35
9/93

instructions.
D. FDC - Inspect monthly. The inspection shall verify the following.

a. Obstructions

full range.

E. Deluge valve

heating equipment for deluge valves subject to freezing. Make
Exception: Valve enclosures equipped with low temperature

alarms shall be inspected weekly.

of the valve shall indicate that the normal supply water
Exception: The gauge monitoring the detection system pressure,

if provided, shall be tested monthly to indicate that normal
B-36
9/93
3. Weekly, inspect the deluge valve to ascertain that

position
4. Annually, inspect the interior of the deluge valve when the

Exception: Internal inspection of valves that can be reset

without removal of a faceplate shall be conducted every
5 years.

is required.
4.0 TESTING
A. Sprinklers - Replace sprinklers that have been in service for

laboratory acceptable to the AHJ for operational testing.
Thereafter, repeat test procedures at 10-year intervals.
Exceptions:
1. Test any fast response sprinklers in service for 20 years.

Retest them at 10-year intervals.

B. Fully close and reopen the control valves annually.

bypass connection.

E. Deluge valve
1. Annually, trip test each deluge valve in warm weather in

B-37
9/93

that water cannot be discharged into the piping for test
purposes, conduct the trip test in a manner that will not
require discharge into the piping.
2. Operate manual actuation devices at least annually.


5. Attach to the valve a tag or card showing the date on which the
premises for comparing with previous results. Also maintain
F. Pre-action system activation subsystem.
1. Semiannually, test each initiation device (manual activation

stations and fire detectors) in accordance with manufacturer's
requirements.

basis.

5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain the system in operating condition. Repair or replace any

components that fail a test or inspection in accordance with the
B. Sprinklers

for the application intended. This includes
a. Style
d. Coating, if any
e. Deflector type
B-38
9/93


at least 6

least 12

least 24.
Provide a sprinkler wrench(es) and keep it (them) in the

cabinet, to be used in the removal and installation of
sprinklers. Provide a sprinkler wrench for each type of
sprinkler installed.

daily when deposits or residue accumulate.


exist:


tests

valves

B-39
9/93




C. Control valve
1. Annually lubricate the operating stems of OS&Y valves. Then

distribution of the lubricant. Use graphite or graphite in
light oil.
2. Clean, repair, or replace internal components as necessary, in

D. Deluge valve
1. During the annual trip test, Thoroughly clean the interior of

the pre-action of deluge valve and replace or repair parts as
necessary.
2. Drain low points in pre-action systems after each operation and

6.1 Impairment

the following.
B-40
9/93

6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
open.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 13
D. NFPA 25
E. NFPA 72
F. NFPA 72E
B-41
9/93
B-42
9/93
116 - FOAM-WATER EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining foam-water extinguishing systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Visually inspect the entire system quarterly (including all system

piping, fittings, hangers, discharge devices, pressure gauges, name
plates, valves, proportioners, etc.).

c. Accessible
B-43
9/93

components as necessary, in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
D. Backflow preventers - Inspect and maintain, in accordance with the

manufacturer's instructions, specialized backflow prevention
devices, such as the following: (1) reduced pressure principle
backflow preventers, (2) double check valve assemblies, (3) backflow
preventers with intermediate atmospheric vents, and (4) atmospheric
vacuum breakers. In addition, inspect OS&Y isolation valves weekly
to ensure that they are in the normal positions. Monthly, inspect
valves secured with locks or that are electrically supervised.
Inspect reduced pressure backflow preventers weekly to ensure that
the differential sensing valve relief port is not continuously
discharging.

a. Obstructions

full range.

F. Deluge valve

heating equipment for deluge valves subject to freezing to make
B-44
9/93
Exception: Weekly, inspect valve enclosures equipped with low

temperature alarms.

of the valve should indicate that the normal supply water
Exception: Monthly, inspect the gauge monitoring the detection

system pressure, if provided, to verify that normal pressure is
being maintained.

position
4. Annually, inspect the interior of the deluge valve when the

Exception: Every 5 years, conduct an internal inspection of

valves that can be reset without removal of a faceplate.

is required.
G. Foam-water discharge devices - Visually inspect monthly to ensure

that they are in place, continue to be aimed or pointed in the
direction intended in the system design, and are free from external
loading and corrosion. Where caps and plugs are required, the
inspection should confirm they are in place and free to operate as
intended.
If the devices are misaligned, adjust them (aimed) by visual means,

and check the discharge patterns at the next scheduled flow test.
Discharge devices are listed and approved with particular foam

concentrates. Inspect to verify that unlisted combinations of
discharge devices and foam concentrate have not been substituted.
H. Strainers - Flush the mainline strainer (basket or screen) until

clear after each operation or flow test. Remove, clean, and inspect
individual water spray nozzle strainers after each operation or flow
test. Inspect and clean all strainers in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions. Replace or repair damaged or corroded
B-45
9/93
parts.
I. Drainage - Monthly, visually inspect the area beneath and

surrounding a foam-water spray system to determine that drainage
facilities, such as trapped sumps and drainage trenches, are not
blocked, and retention embankments or dikes are in good repair.
J. Inspect the concentrate tank monthly to verify that there is an

adequate quantity of foam concentrate to satisfy the system's
original design requirements.
K. Semiannually, visually inspect all fire detectors in the system's

fire detection subsystem to verify that the detector is in good
physical condition and that there have been no changes that would
affect its performance. Follow the guidelines in Procedure 151 for
further maintenance and inspection.
4.0 TESTING
A. Sprinklers - Replace sprinklers after 50 years of service or submit

representative samples to a recognized testing laboratory acceptable
to the AHJ for operational testing. Repeat test procedures
thereafter at 10-year intervals.
Exceptions:
1. Test fast response sprinklers that have been in service for

20 years. Retest at 10-year intervals.

B. Preparation - Take care to prevent foam-water damage by verifying

that there is adequate drainage. Provide protection for any devices
that may be damaged during tests by the discharge of the system or
run-off.
C. Fully close and reopen system control valves annually.
D. Operation performance test - Conduct operation tests annually to

ensure that the foam-water system(s) will respond as designed, both
automatically and manually. The test procedures simulate, wherever
possible, anticipated emergency events so the response of the foam-
water system(s) can be evaluated.
Exception: Where discharge from the system discharge devices will

create a hazardous condition or conflict with local requirements, an
approved alternate method to achieve full flow conditions is
acceptable.
B-46
9/93
1. Response Time: Under test conditions, operate automatic

detection systems, when exposed to a test source, within the
requirements of NFPA 72E. This time shall be recorded.
2. Discharge Time: The system and foam-water supplies are

designed to discharge effective foam-water from all nozzles
within 30 seconds following operation of the detection system.
These times shall be recorded.
Exception: Closed head foam-water sprinkler systems.
3. Discharge Patterns: Observe the discharge patterns from all of

the discharge devices to ensure that patterns are not impeded
by plugging of the discharge devices, discharge devices are
properly positioned, and obstructions do not prevent discharge
patterns from effectively covering surfaces to be protected.
When internal obstructions occur, clean the piping and
discharge devices and retest the system. These discharge
devices may be of different orifice sizes and types. Some
discharge devices may be more subject to internal obstruction
than others.
Exception: Closed head foam-water sprinkler systems.
4. Pressure Readings: Record pressure readings at the highest,

most remote discharge device to ensure solution flow has not
been impeded by partially closed valves or by plugged strainers
or piping. Record a second pressure reading at the main
control valve to ensure the water supply is adequate. Compare
these readings to the hydraulic design pressures and volumes to
ensure the original system design is met and the water supply
is adequate to meet the design requirements. Loss of pressure
of more than 10% should be immediately investigated to
determine its cause.
5. Multiple System: Simultaneously, test the maximum number of

systems expected to operate in case of fire to check the
adequacy of the water supply and concentrate pump.
6. Manual activation: Test devices at least annually.
7. Concentration Testing: During the full flow foam test, take a

foam sample. This sample should then be placed in a 1 pint
container; labeled with the name of the person to contact, the
system location, address, telephone number, and date the sample
was taken; and sent to the manufacturer for qualitative
testing. Concentration should be within 10% of the acceptance
test results, but in no case more than 10% below minimum
design.
8. After the full flow test, return the foam-water systems to

service, and replenish the foam concentrate tank to the
required level.
B-47
9/93
C. Test waterflow alarms bimonthly by opening the alarm bypass

connection.
Exception: There is no inspector's test connection on a deluge

foam-water sprinkler system.
D. Annually, trip test the deluge valve. Conduct the tests without
discharging foam from the system or diluting the foam concentrate
supply.
E. Conduct annual testing of the main drain connection to verify the

F. Test the fire detection subsystem for proper operation under the
procedures and frequencies stated in Procedure 151.
G. Semiannually, drain approximately 5 gal of foam liquid from the

bottom of the concentrate tank through the tank drain. Let it stand
for several hours so that any scale (rust) will settle to the bottom
of the container. Return the sample to the tank top by pouring it
through a strainer. By this method, the quantity of scale can be
determined, and one can decide if the tank should be cleaned.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Follow the manufacturer's maintenance recommendations for all

components of the foam-water extinguishing system.
B. Sprinklers
1. Replacement sprinklers must have the proper characteristics for

the application intended. These include the following:
a. Style
d. Coating, if any
e. Deflector type
B-48
9/93


at least 6.

least 12.

least 24.

in the removal and installation of sprinklers. Provide
a sprinkler wrench for each type of sprinkler installed.

5. Annually, replace sprinklers and automatic spray nozzles used


exist:


tests.

valves.



B-49
9/93


C. Control valve
1. Annually, lubricate the operating stems of OS&Y valves using

graphite or graphite in light oil. Then, completely close and
reopen the valve to test its operation and distribution of the
lubricant.

D. Deluge valve

the deluge valve and replace or repair parts as necessary.
2. Drain low points in systems after each operation and before the
onset of freezing weather conditions.
6.0 PROPORTIONER EQUIPMENT INSPECTION, TESTING, AND MAINTENANCE
A. Verify valve position monthly (open or closed) in accordance with

specified operating requirements.
B. Vacuum vents are to be serviced annually as follows.
1. Remove vent from expansion dome. While vent is removed, make

certain that the opening is not blocked and that dirt or other
foreign objects do not enter the tank.
2. Remove vest bonnet and lift out vacuum valve and pressure
valve.
3. Flush vent body internally and wash vacuum valve and pressure
valve thoroughly. Water should be adequate for normal
cleaning. Make sure the screen is not clogged and avoid the
use of any hard, pointed objects to clear the screen.
4. If liquid has become excessively gummy or solidified, soak vent

body and parts in hot, soapy water.
5. Turn vent body upside down and drain thoroughly. Dry parts by
B-50
9/93
placing them in a warm and dry area or by using an air hose.
6. Spray parts with a light Teflon1 coating and reassemble vent.

Avoid the use of any type of oil for lubrication purposes as
oil is harmful to the foam liquid.
7. Replace vent bonnet and slowly turn vent upside down a few
times to ensure proper freedom of the moveable parts.
8. Attach vent to the liquid storage tank expansion dome.
C. Standard pressure proportioner
1. Inspection
This is a pressure vessel. To prevent injury, remove pressure

before monthly inspection. Inspect as follows:
a. Ball drip valves (automatic drains) are free and opened
b. External corrosion on foam concentrate storage tanks is

not present.
2. Testing
a. Operation test will verify whether or not the proportioner

is functioning properly.
3. Maintenance
a. Ball drip (automatic type) drain valves be disassembled,

cleaned, and reassembled every 5 years.
b. Inspect the foam liquid tank for internal and external

corrosion and hydrostatically test to the specified
working pressure every 10 years.
c. Drain the foam liquid storage tank of foam liquid and

flush every 10 years. Foam liquid may be salvaged and
reused.
D. Bladder Tank Proportioners
1. Inspection
Inspect monthly as follows:
a. Water control valves to the foam concentrate tank are

open.
1
Teflon is a trademark of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours Company.
B-51
9/93
b. No external corrosion is present on the foam concentrate

storage tanks.
2. Testing
a. The operation test will verify whether or not the

proportioner is operating properly.
3. Maintenance
a. Remove and clean the sight glass, when provided, every

10 years.
b. Hydrostatically test the foam concentrate tank to the

specified working pressure every 10 years. Consult the
manufacturer for appropriate procedures.
E. Line proportioner
1. Inspection
Inspect monthly as follows.
a. Flush mainline strainer (basket or screen) until clear

after each operation or flow test. Inspect and clean all
strainers in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions. Replace or repair damaged or corroded
parts.
b. Pressure vacuum vent operates freely.
c. No external corrosion is present on the foam concentrate

storage tank.
2. Testing

proportioner is functioning properly.
3. Maintenance
a. Inspect the foam concentrate tank for internal corrosion

every 10 years. Inspect pickup pipes inside the tank for
corrosion, separation, or plugging every 10 years.
b. Drain and flush the foam concentrate tank every 10 years.

Foam concentrate may be salvaged and reused.
F. Standard balanced pressure proportioner
1. Inspection
B-52
9/93

parts.
b. Ensure pressure vacuum vent operates freely.
c. Ensure gauges at pump unit and individual proportioner

operate properly.
d. Keep sensing line valves at the pump unit and individual

proportioner stations open.
e. Ensure power is available to the foam liquid pump.
2. Testing
a. The operation test will verify that the proportioner is

3. Maintenance
a. Run the foam concentrate pump every 5 years. Circulate

foam concentrate back to the tank. Also, refer to the
manufacturer's instructions and frequencies.
b. At least every 5 years, service foam pumps, drive train,

and drivers in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions and frequency.
c. At least every 5 years, flush the balancing valve

diaphragm through the diaphragm section with water or foam
concentrate until fluid appears clear.
d. Inspect the foam concentrate tank internally every

10 years for corrosion and sedimentation. Excessive
sedimentation requires draining and flushing of the tank.
G. In-line balanced pressure proportioner
1. Inspection

parts.
b. Ensure the pressure vacuum vent operates freely.
B-53
9/93
c. Ensure gauges at pump unit and individual proportioner

operate properly.
d. Sensing line valves at the pump unit and individual

proportioner stations be open.
e. Power be available to the foam liquid pump.
2. Testing

proportioner is operating properly.
3. Maintenance
a. Run the foam concentrate pump every 5 years. Circulate

foam concentrate back to the tank. Also, refer to the
manufacturer's instructions and frequencies.
b. Service the foam pumps, drive train, and drivers in

accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and
frequency at least every 5 years.
c. Flush the balancing valve diaphragm through the diaphragm

section with water or foam every 5 years.
f. Inspect the foam concentrate tank internally every

10 years for corrosion and sedimentation. Excessive
sedimentation requires draining and flushing of the tank.
7.1 Impairment

the following.
E. Begin repair operations within 8 hours or A and B or C or D will be

B-54
9/93
7.2 Inspection
7.3 Testing
open.
D. Consult the AHJ to determine whether or not a full flow test should
be conducted on the repaired system.
E. Hydrostatic and flush test any repaired parts of the system before
F. Test the fire detection subsystem to verify that all of the fire
detectors are in place and will operate the deluge valve.
8.0 RECORDS
9.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 11
D. NFPA 13
E. NFPA 16
F. NFPA 25
G. NFPA 72
H. NFPA 72E
B-55
9/93
B-56
9/93
121 - WET STANDPIPE SYSTEM
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining wet standpipe systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



acceptance to the AHJ.
3.0 INSPECTION
A. Monthly, visually check all components of the system, including

piping, valves, hose connection, pipe supports, and allied
equipment, to ensure that the system is free of corrosion, foreign
material, physical damage, tampering, or other conditions that would
prevent operation.

c. Accessible
B-57
9/93

instructions.
D. Backflow preventers - Inspect and maintain specialized backflow

prevention devices, such as reduced pressure principle backflow
preventers, double check valve assemblies, backflow preventers with
intermediate atmospheric vents, and atmospheric vacuum breakers, in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. In addition,
inspect OS&Y isolation valves weekly to verify that they are in the
normal positions. Valves secured with locks or that are
electrically supervised should be inspected monthly. Reduced
pressure backflow preventers should be inspected weekly to ensure
that the differential sensing valve relief port is not continuously
discharging.
E. Hose valves - Visually inspect all hose valves weekly. Verify the
following:
1. Hand wheel is not broken or missing
2. Outlet hose threads are not damaged
3. There are no leaks
4. The reducer and cap is not missing.
Clean, repair, or replace internal components as necessary in

F. Pressure regulating valves - Inspect all pressure regulating valves

weekly to verify that they are:
1. Open
2. Not leaking
3. Maintaining downstream pressure per design criteria
4. In good condition with handwheels installed.
Conduct a flow test on each valve initially, and at 5-year intervals

thereafter, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Tag
the valves with the most recent testing and pressure setting.

B-58
9/93
G. FDCs - Inspect monthly. The inspection shall verify the following.

interior of the connection for:
a. Obstructions

full range.

H. Hose Systems
1. Visually inspect hose cabinets monthly for drainage and to make

sure that the hose is properly racked in the cabinet and that
the nozzle is attached. Existing unlined hose may continue in
use; however, all new or replacement hose should be lined and
listed in accordance with NFPA 14. (does the last part read
correctly?)
2. Monthly, visually inspect hose cabinet signs to verify proper

signage.
3. Annually test nozzles on standpipe systems through their full

range of operation.
4. Annually remove and rerack the 1-1/2-foot hose connected to

standpipe systems so that it will not deteriorate at the bends.
When the hose is reracked, different parts of the hose should
be located at the bends. The gaskets at the hose connections
should also be checked for deterioration and replaced if
necessary. Hose on reels do not have to be reracked annually.
5. Lubricate swing-out hose racks and hose reels annually with

graphite so they operate easily.
B-59
9/93
6. Clean, repair, or replace components as necessary in accordance

4.0 TESTING
A. Fully close and reopen the control valve annually.
B. A qualified person shall conduct an initial flow test by flowing the

required volume of water at the hydraulically most remote, highest,
or dead-end hose connection of each zone of the standpipe system.
When a flow test of the most hydraulically remote outlet is not
practical, consult the AHJ for the appropriate location of the test.
Conduct a flow test every 5 years thereafter.
Use the design requirements in effect at the time of the

installation for all testing. The AHJ must approve the actual test
method(s) and performance criteria in advance.
C. Conduct hydrostatic tests every 5 years at no less than 200 psi for
2 hours, or at 50 psi in excess of the maximum pressure when maximum
pressure is in excess of 150 psi, on all dry portions of a wet
standpipe system. Measure the hydrostatic test pressure at the low
elevation point of the individual system or zone being tested. The
inside pipe should show no leakage.
Conduct hydrostatic tests on any system that has been modified or

repaired.
D. Flush test system initially and after any repairs. The minimum rate
of flow should not be less than the water demand rate of the system,
which is determined by the system design, or not less than that
necessary to provide a velocity of 10 ft/s, whichever is greater.
For all systems, continue the flushing operations for a sufficient
time to ensure thorough cleaning. When planning the flushing
operations, give consideration to disposing the water issuing from
the test outlets.
E. When provided, test waterflow alarms on a bimonthly basis. Test

supervisory signals on a semiannual basis.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Control valves
1. Lubricate the operating stems of OS&Y valves annually. Then

close and reopen the valve to test its operation and
oil should be used.

B-60
9/93
B. The following Table 121-1 is recommended for the inspection and

maintenance of all standpipe systems.
C. Provide additional maintenance as recommended by the manufacturer's

instructions for all components of standpipe systems.
6.1 Impairment

the following.
B. Stop all hazardous operations, and/or
D. Begin repair operations within 24 hours. The AHJ decide if B and/or

C will be required until the repairs are complete.
6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
B. Conduct a hydrostatic test on any repaired portions of the system.
C. Flush test any repaired piping before returning the system to

service.
7.0 RECORDS
B-61
9/93
Table 121-1. Inspection and Maintenance of Wet Standpipe Systems.

(sheet 1 of 2)
Check Points Components Corrective Action

______________________________________________________________________________
Hose Valve Outlets

______________________________________________________________________________
1. Cap missing 1. Replace

2. Fire hose connection damaged 2. Repair
3. Valve handles missing 3. Replace
4. Cap gaskets missing or 4. Replace
deteriorated
5. Valve leaking 5. Close or repair
6. Visible obstructions 6. Remove
7. Restricting device missing 7. Replace
Piping
______________________________________________________________________________
1. Damaged piping 1. Repair

2. Control valves damaged 2. Repair or replace
3. Missing or damaged support 3. Repair or replace
device
4. Damaged supervisory devices 4. Repair or replace
Hose (if installed)

______________________________________________________________________________
1. Inspect 1. Remove and inspect the hose, including

gaskets, and rerack or rereel at
intervals in accordance with NFPA 1962
2. Mildew, cuts, abrasions, and 2. Replace with listed lined, jacketed
deterioration evident hose.
3. Coupling damaged 3. Replace or repair
4. Gaskets missing or 4. Replace
deteriorated
5. Incompatible threads on 5. Replace or provide thread
coupling adaptor
6. Hose not connected to hose 6. Connect
rack nipple or valve
7. Hose test date outdated 7. Retest or replace in accordance with
NFPA 1962.
B-62
9/93
Table 121-1. Inspection and Maintenance of Wet Standpipe Systems.

(sheet 2 of 2)

______________________________________________________________________________
Hose Nozzle
______________________________________________________________________________
1. Hose nozzle missing. 1. Replace with listed nozzle

2. Gasket missing or 2. Replace
deteriorated
3. Obstructions 3. Remove
4. Nozzle does not operate 4. Repair or replace
smoothly
Hose Storage Device

______________________________________________________________________________
1. Difficult to operate 1. Repair or replace

2. Damaged 2. Repair or replace
3. Obstruction 3. Remove
4. Hose improperly racked or 4. Remove
rolled
5. Nozzle clip in place and 5. Replace if necessary
nozzle correctly contained?
6. If enclosed in cabinet, will 6. Repair or remove any
hose swing out at least 90 obstructions
degrees?
Cabinet
______________________________________________________________________________
1. Check overall condition for 1. Repair or replace parts.

corroded or damaged parts Replace entire cabinet if
necessary.
2. Difficult to open 2. Repair
3. Cabinet door will not open 3. Repair or move obstructions
fully
4. Door glazing cracked or 4. Replace
broken
5. If cabinet is break-glass 5. Repair or replace
type, is lock functioning
properly?
6. Glass break device missing 6. Replace or attach
or not attached.
7. Not properly identified as 7. Provide identification
containing fire equipment
9. All valves, hose, nozzles, 9. Remove any material not
fire extinguisher, etc., related.
easily accessible
B-63
9/93
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 14
D. NFPA 25
B-64
9/93
122 - DRY STANDPIPE SYSTEM
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining dry standpipe systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A Monthly, visually check all components of the standpipe and hose

systems, including piping, valves, hose connections, pipe-clamp
supports, and allied equipment, to ensure that the system is free of
corrosion, foreign material, physical damage, tampering, or other
conditions that would prevent operation.
B. Hose valves - Weekly, visually inspect all hose valves. The

inspection shall verify that the following:
1. Hand wheel is not broken or missing
2. Outlet hose threads are not damaged
3. There are no leaks
4. The reducer and cap is not missing.

B-65
9/93
C. Pressure regulating valves - Weekly, inspect all pressure regulating

valves to verify that they are
1. Open
2. Not leaking
3. Maintaining downstream pressure per design criteria
4. In good condition with handwheels installed.
Conduct a flow test on each valve initially and at 5-year intervals

thereafter in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Tag
the valves with the most recent testing and pressure setting.

D. FDCs - Inspect monthly to verify the following:

a. Obstructions

full range.

E. Hose systems
1. Visually inspect hose cabinets monthly for drainage and to make

sure that the hose is properly racked in the cabinet and that
the nozzle is attached. Replace any unlined hose with all new
listed, lined fire hose.
2. Visually inspect hose cabinet signs monthly to verify proper

signage.
B-66
9/93
3. Test nozzles on hose connected to standpipes through their full

range of operation annually.
4. Annually remove and rerack the 1-1/2-in. lined hose in the

connected dry standpipe system so that it will not deteriorate
at the bends. When the hose is reracked, different parts of
the hose should be located at the bends. Check the gaskets at
the hose connections for deterioration and replace if
necessary. Hose on reels does not have to be reracked
annually.
5. Annually lubricate swing-out hose racks and hose reels with

graphite so they operate easily.
6. Clean, replace, or repair components as necessary in accordance

4.0 TESTING
A. A qualified person shall conduct an initial flow test by releasing

the required volume of water at the design pressures to the
hydraulically most remote, highest, or dead-end hose connection of
each zone of the standpipe system. When a flow test of the most
hydraulically remote outlet is not practical, consult the AHJ for
the appropriate location of the test. Conduct a flow test every
5 years thereafter.
Use the design requirements in effect at the time of the

installation for all testing. Approve the actual test method(s) and
performance criteria in advance with the AHJ.
B. Every 5 years, conduct hydrostatic tests of not less than 200 psi
for 2 hours, or at least 50 psi in excess of the maximum pressure
when the maximum pressure is in excess of 150 psi. Measure the
hydrostatic test pressure at the low elevation point of the
individual system or zone being tested. The inside standpipe piping
shall show no leakage. Take care to thoroughly drain the standpipe
after each test.
Conduct additional hydrostatic tests on any system that has been

modified or repaired.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. The following Table 122-1 is recommended for the inspection and

maintenance of all standpipe systems.
B. Perform additional maintenance as recommended by the manufacturer's

instructions on all components of the dry standpipe and hose system.
B-67
9/93
Table 122-1. Inspection and Maintenance of Dry Standpipe Systems.

(sheet 1 of 2)

______________________________________________________________________________
Hose Valve Outlets

______________________________________________________________________________
1. Cap missing 1. Replace

2. Fire hose connection damaged 2. Repair
3. Valve handles missing 3. Replace
4. Cap gaskets missing or 4. Replace
deteriorated
5. Valve leaking 5. Close or repair
7. Restricting device missing 7. Replace
Piping
______________________________________________________________________________
1. Damaged piping 1. Repair

2. Control valves damaged 2. Repair or replace
3. Missing or damaged support 3. Repair or replace
device
4. Damaged supervisory devices 4. Repair or replace
Hose (if installed)

______________________________________________________________________________
1. Inspect 1. Remove and inspect the hose, including

gaskets, and rerack or rereel at
intervals in accordance with NFPA 1962
2. Mildew, cuts abrasions, and 2. Replace with listed lined, jacketed
deterioration evident hose
3. Coupling damaged 3. Replace or repair
4. Gaskets missing or 4. Replace
deteriorated
5. Incompatible threads on 5. Replace or provide thread
coupling adaptor
6. Hose not connected to hose 6. Connect
rack nipple or valve
7. Hose test date outdated 7. Retest or replace in accordance with
NFPA 1962
B-68
9/93
Table 122-1. Inspection and Maintenance of Dry Standpipe Systems.

(sheet 2 of 2)

______________________________________________________________________________
Hose Nozzle
______________________________________________________________________________
1. Hose nozzle missing. 1. Replace with listed

nozzle
2. Gasket missing or 2. Replace
deteriorated
3. Obstructions 3. Remove
4. Nozzle does not operate 4. Repair or replace
smoothly
Hose Storage Device

______________________________________________________________________________
1. Difficult to operate 1. Repair or replace

2. Damaged 2. Repair or replace
3. Obstruction 3. Remove
4. Hose improperly racked or 4. Remove
rolled
5. Nozzle clip in place and 5. Replace if necessary
nozzle correctly contained?
6. If enclosed in cabinet, will 6. Repair or remove any
hose swing out at least obstructions
90 degrees?
Cabinet
______________________________________________________________________________
1. Check overall condition for 1. Repair or replace parts

corroded or damaged parts Replace entire cabinet if necessary
2. Difficult to open 2. Repair
3. Cabinet door will not open 3. Repair or move obstructions
fully
4. Door glazing cracked or 4. Replace
broken
5. If cabinet is break-glass 5. Repair or replace
type, is lock functioning
properly?
6. Glass break device missing 6. Replace or attach
or not attached.
7. Not properly identified as 7. Provide identification
containing fire equipment
9. All valves, hose, nozzles, 9. Remove any material not
fire extinguisher, etc., related
easily accessible
B-69
9/93
6.1 Impairment

the following.

and/or C will be required until repairs are complete.
6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
A. Conduct a hydrostatic test on any repaired portions of the system.
B. Flush test any repaired piping before returning the system to

service.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 14
D. NFPA 25
B-70
9/93
123 - MANUAL WATER SPRAY SYSTEM
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining manual water spray systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Control valves - Visually inspect all control valves of the system

c. Accessible
B-71
9/93
B. Weekly inspection - Visually check the following:
1. Nozzles for blockage
2. That no machinery or equipment has been changed so it now

blocks nozzle discharge
3. Nozzle positioning.
C. Annual inspection
1. Visually inspect all piping, fittings, and hangers for

corrosion and proper drainage.
4.0 TESTING
A. Follow manufacturer's instructions for specific component testing

procedures.
B. Fully cycle the control valve annually.
C. At least annually, make a full system flow test to evaluate the

nozzle arrangement, discharge pattern, and obstructions to spray
patterns, and to check for nozzle blockages. When more than one
system might operate in the event of a fire, all such systems should
be simultaneously flow tested. Measure the pressure at the highest,
most hydraulically remote nozzle to ensure that it meets the design
pressure. This pressure measurement can be taken by removing the
nozzle, installing a tee with a pressure gauge attached, and
replacing the nozzle in the tee. At the end of the test, the gauge
and tee should be removed and the nozzle replaced. The system
piping shall show no leakage during the test. (Strainers should be
inspected after each operation and cleaned if necessary.)
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Control valves
1. Annually lubricate the operating stems of OS&Y valves. Then,

oil should be used.

B. Clean strainers annually. This will generally involve shutting off

the water supply and removing the strainer to clean it. Some
strainers are self-cleaning and merely require rotating the
operating wheel.
B-72
9/93
C. Perform additional maintenance according to the manufacturer's

instructions on all components of the water spray system.
6.1 Impairment

the following.
B. Start a recorded fire watch within 1 hour of the outage, or

6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
B. Hydrostatic and flush test any repaired parts of the system before
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 15
D. NFPA 25
B-73
9/93
B-74
9/93
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining Halon 1301 fire extinguishing systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Visually inspect the entire system weekly.
B. Check weekly to make sure that the space being protected has not
been altered.
C. Visually inspect all openings (doors, dampers, etc.) of the space

being protected to verify that they are closed or are connected for
releasing automatically upon system operation.
D. Check containers monthly for physical damage and proper mounting.
E. Check the container pressure gauges (if required) monthly for proper
operating pressures. If the readings shows more than a 10% loss in
required pressure, refill or replace the cylinder.
F. For fire detection system inspection, see Procedure 151.
4.0 TESTING
A. Weigh each Halon container with discharge control head semiannually.

If a container shows a loss in net weight of more than 10%, it
shall be refilled or replaced. The weight and pressure of the
B-75
9/93
container shall be recorded on a tag attached to each container.
B. Operate control activation devices at least annually (except

explosive squibs).
C. Conduct an operating test of the system annually. Control heads are

to be removed before starting the test. Test all auxiliary
functions, such as the damper release and door release.
D. Conduct all tests with trained personnel according to the

E. See Procedure 151 for fire detection system testing.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. At 20-year intervals, perform a hydrostatic test on the cylinders

and hoses. When a system has been discharged and it has been a
minimum of 5 years since the last hydrostatic test, another
hydrostatic test is required before refilling the cylinders.
B. Conduct any other maintenance in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions.
C. See Procedure 151 for fire detection system testing.
6.1 Impairment

the following.

C. Start a recorded fire watch within 1 hour of the outage, and
E. Immediately begin repair operations or B or C and D shall be

6.2 Inspection
B-76
9/93
6.3 Testing
A. Weigh Halon containers and check pressure before returning them to

service.

service.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 12A
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
B-77
9/93
B-78
9/93
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining a Halon 1211 fire extinguishing system.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Visually inspect the entire system weekly.
B. Check weekly to make sure that the space being protected has not
been altered.
C. Visually inspect all openings (doors, dampers, etc.) of the space

being protected to verify that they are closed or are connected for
releasing automatically upon system operation.
D. Check containers monthly for physical damage and proper mounting.
E. Check the container pressure gauges monthly for proper operating

pressures. If the readings show more than a 10% loss in pressure
from that required, refill or replace the cylinder.
F. See Procedure 151 for fire detection system testing.
4.0 TESTING
A. Weigh each Halon container with discharge control head semiannually.

If a container shows a loss in net weight of more than 10%, it
should be refilled or replaced. Record the weight and pressure of
B-79
9/93
the container on the attached tag.
B. Operate control activation devices at least annually (except

explosive squibs).

to be removed before starting the test. Test all auxiliary
functions, such as damper release, door release, etc.
D. Conduct all tests with trained personnel according to the

E. See Procedure 151 for fire detection system testing.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. At 20-year intervals, perform a hydrostatic test on the cylinders

and hoses. When a system has been discharged and it has been a
minimum of 5 years since the last hydrostatic test, another
hydrostatic test is required before refilling the cylinders.
B. Conduct any other maintenance in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions.
C. For fire detection system testing, see Procedure 151.
6.1 Impairment

the following.

E. Immediately begin repair operations, or B or C and D shall be

6.2 Inspection
B-80
9/93
6.3 Testing
A. Weigh Halon containers and check pressure before returning them to

service.

service.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 12B
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
B-81
9/93
B-82
9/93
133 - DRY CHEMICAL SYSTEM
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining the dry chemical fire extinguishing systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. If the system is designed to have nozzle caps, check them weekly to

ensure that they are in place.
B. Weekly, check to make sure that no foreign substances are

accumulating on the fusible links and nozzles.
C. Weekly, check to make sure that corrosive cleaning solutions are not
being used on links, cables, or nozzles.
D. Weekly, check the protected area for alterations that may have
occurred.
E. Weekly, check the nozzles for physical damage and proper alignment.
F. If the dry chemical agent is stored in a pressurized container,

check the pressure semiannually. If the gauges show more than a 10%
loss in pressure from that required, refill or replace the
container.
B-83
9/93
G. If the system has a separate expellent gas cartridge, check

cartridge for proper operation semiannually. For nitrogen
cartridges, this requires checking of pressure. For CO2 cartridges,
this requires weighing the cylinder and comparing it with the
manufacturer's minimum. If the cartridge shows a 10% loss, refill
or replace.
H. Annually, check the dry chemical agent for lumping or caking in

systems having a separate expellent gas cartridge. If lumping or
caking is noted, discard and replace the dry chemical agent.
I. For fire detection subsystems other than a fusible link, refer to

Procedure 151.
J. Weekly, check openings (doors, dampers, etc.) of the space being

protected to verify that they are closed or connected for automatic
releasing upon system operation.
K. Check fuel and power shutdown devices on an annual basis.
4.0 TESTING
A. Conduct an operating test of each dry chemical system annually.

This involves testing all system components without discharging dry
chemical agent. Refer to Procedure 151 for fire detection system
testing.
B. Conduct a discharge (bag test) where required by the AHJ every

6 years for each dry chemical system. Securely place bags over each
nozzle and then activate the system. Weigh the amount of dry
chemical agent discharged from each nozzle and compare it to that
required by the design's minimum conditions. If any of the nozzles
do not release enough dry chemical agent, the system needs to be
checked for blockage. After the discharge test, blow out the system
with air before resetting it.
C. Conduct a hydrostatic test every 12 years on the following:
1. Dry chemical chambers
2. Auxiliary pressure containers
3. Valve assemblies
4. Hoses and fittings
5. Check valves
6. Directional valves
7. Manifolds.
B-84
9/93
All equipment passing the test should be thoroughly dried before

recharging.
D. For fire detection system testing, see Procedure 151.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Perform maintenance promptly on any components that fail to operate

properly during the annual operating tests.
B. Blow out the entire system with air after any operation.
C. Conduct any other maintenance recommended in the manufacturer's

instructions.
D. For fire detection system maintenance, see Procedure 151.
6.1 Impairment

the following.

B. Stop all hazardous operations or

6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
A. If the dry chemical agent is stored in a pressurized cylinder, check

the pressure before returning to service.
B. If the system has a separate expellent gas cartridge, check each

cartridge for proper operation before returning to service:
1. Nitrogen cartridges - check pressure
B-85
9/93
2. CO2 cartridges - weigh cylinder
C. Conduct an operating test of the system before returning to service.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 17
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
B-86
9/93
134 - WET CHEMICAL SYSTEM
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining the wet chemical fire extinguishing systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. On a monthly basis, conduct inspections in accordance with the

manufacturer's listed installation and maintenance manual. As a
minimum, this "quick check" or inspection should include the
following:
1. The extinguishing system is in its proper location
2. Manual activation devices are unobstructed
3. Tamper indicators and seals are intact
4. Maintenance tag or certificate is in place
5. No obvious physical damage or condition exists that may prevent

operation
6. Pressure gauge(s), if provided, are in operable range
7. Nozzle blow-off caps are intact and undamaged
8. The protected area contains no alterations
B-87
9/93
9. Fuel and power shutdown devices are in good condition
10. Piping, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
B. Check each expellent gas cartridge semiannually for proper

operation. For nitrogen cartridges, this requires checking of
pressure. For CO2 cartridges, this requires weighing the cylinder
and comparing it with the manufacturer's minimum. If the cartridges
show a 10% loss, refill or replace.
C. Inspect wet chemical containers that are pressurized semiannually.

If the container has lost more than 10% of its design pressure,
refill or replace it.
D. For fire detection subsystem inspection, refer to Procedure 151.
4.0 TESTING
A. Conduct an operating test of each wet chemical system annually.

Include a check of the detection system, alarms, and releasing
device, including manual stations and other associated equipment
(see Procedure 151 and manufacturer's instructions).
B. For fire detection system testing, see Procedure 151.
C. Subject the following parts of wet chemical extinguishing systems to

a hydrostatic pressure test at intervals not exceeding 12 years:
1. Wet chemical containers
2. Auxiliary pressure containers
3. Hose assemblies.
Exceptions:
1. Auxiliary pressure containers not exceeding 2 in. in outside

diameter and less than 2 ft in length.
2. Auxiliary containers bearing the U.S. Department of

Transportation (DOT) "3E" marking.
Note: DOT or Canadian Transportation Commission (CTC) marked

cylinders may require more frequent test intervals.
All tested equipment shall be thoroughly dried before reuse.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Perform maintenance promptly on any components that fail to operate

properly during the annual operating tests.
B-88
9/93
B. Recharge all wet chemical systems after use or as indicated by an

inspection in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
C. Conduct any other maintenance recommended in the manufacturer's

instructions.
D. For fire detection system maintenance, refer to Fire Alarm

Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance procedure.
6.1 Impairment

the following:


6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
A. Conduct an operating test as mentioned previously before returning

B. Check the level of wet chemical and expellent gas containers as

mentioned previously before returning the system to service.
7.0 RECORDS
B-89
9/93
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 17A
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
B-90
9/93
135 - HIGH EXPANSION FOAM SYSTEM
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining high expansion foam fire protection systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Control valves - Visually inspect all control valves of the system

1. Sealed valves - weekly
2. Locked valves and valves with tamper switches - monthly
3. Verify that each control valve has the proper signage

indicating what system or portion of system it controls -
monthly
4. Fully close and reopen the control valve - annually
5. Annually, lubricate the operating stems of OS&Y valves with

graphite or graphite in light oil. Then completely close and
lubricant

B-91
9/93
B. Make weekly visual inspections to verify the following:
1. Foam concentrate pumps, tanks, and lines are not damaged or

leaking. Concentrate level in tanks is normal.
2. Concentrate pumps operate properly.
3. All valves for the foam system are properly positioned.
4. Control panel lights are operating properly.
5. All disconnects in the control panel are in the ON position.
6. Water supply pressure is normal.
7. Piping, ducts, fittings, and hangers are in good repair.
C. Refer to Procedure 151 for fire detection system inspection.
D. Check strainers after each use and test.
E. Inspect foam chambers annually for obstructions such as beehives and

bird nests. Also verify that the vapor seal is in place.
4.0 TESTING
A. Test the entire detection system semiannually for proper operation

(see Procedure 151).
B. Semiannually, drain about 5 gal of foam liquid from the bottom of

the tank. Let this foam liquid stand for several hours so any scale
settles to the bottom of the can. Return the sample to the tank by
pouring it through a strainer. The presence of scale can then be
noted and a decision made as to whether the tank should be cleaned.
C. Check the quality of the foam concentrate annually. The concentrate

should be checked for evidence of sludging or deterioration. Send
samples to the manufacturer for qualitative testing.
D. Conduct a system test each year. Preferably, this should include

discharge of foam to make sure that all parts work properly.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Monthly, operate the foam liquid pump for 30 to 60 seconds. Follow

the manufacturer's instructions for other pump maintenance.
B. Service the pressure-vacuum vent on the foam concentrate storage

tank semiannually (see manufacturer's instructions).
C. Maintain the system in full operating condition at all times.
B-92
9/93
Correct any troubles or impairments discovered during inspection or

testing at once.
D. For fire detection system maintenance, see Procedure 151.
6.1 Impairment

the following.

6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
is available at the system connection.
B. The AHJ shall decide whether or not a discharge test should be

conducted on the repaired system.
C. Hydrostatic and flush test any repaired piping of the system before
D. Test the fire detection subsystem to verify that all of the fire
detectors are in place and will activate the high expansion foam
controls.
7.0 RECORDS
B-93
9/93
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 11A
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
B-94
9/93
136 - CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM (HIGH PRESSURE)
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining high pressure CO2 fire extinguishing systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Visually inspect the entire system weekly for any physical damage.
B. Weekly inspect all openings of the room(s) being protected to make

sure self-closing or automatic releasing devices will function on
CO2 extinguishing system operation.
C. Check weekly to make sure that the space being protect has not been
altered.
D. For fire detection subsystem inspection, see Procedure 151.
E. Annually, examine all system hoses for damage, including those used
as flexible connectors. If visual examination shows any deficiency,
replace the hose.
4.0 TESTING
A. Weigh CO2 cylinders with discharge control valve semiannually. If a

container shows a loss in net weight of more than 10%, refill or
replace it. Record the weight and pressure of the cylinder on the
attached tag.
B-95
9/93
B. Operate control heads at least annually.

to be removed before starting any testing.
D. Test all hoses, including those used as flexible couplings, every

5 years.
E. All tests shall be conducted by trained personnel in accordance with

F. For fire detection subsystem testing, see Procedure 151.
G. Test supervisory devices in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. At 12-year intervals, perform a hydrostatic test on the cylinders,

tanks, and hoses. When the system has been discharged and it has
been at least 5 years since the last hydrostatic test, perform a
hydrostatic test before refilling the storage containers.
B. For fire detection subsystem maintenance, see Procedure 151.
C. Conduct any other maintenance in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions.
6.1 Impairment

the following.

E. Begin repair operations immediately or B or C and D shall be

B-96
9/93
6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
A. Weigh CO2 cylinders and check pressure before returning to service.

service.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 12
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
B-97
9/93
B-98
9/93
137 - CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM (LOW PRESSURE)
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining low-pressure CO2 fire extinguishing systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning

2. Make arrangements with operations to make the protected area

available for the time needed to conduct the inspection,
testing, and maintenance.

3.0 INSPECTION
A. Visually inspect the entire system weekly for any physical damage.
B. Weekly, inspect all openings of the room(s) being protected to make

sure self-closing or automatic releasing devices will function on
CO2 extinguishing system operation.
C. Weekly, check to make sure that the space being protected has not
been altered.
D. Check the liquid level weekly in each low-pressure container by

observing the liquid-level gauges. Refill the container if the
container is 10% above the minimum capacity.
E. For fire detection subsystem inspection, see Procedure 151.
F. Annually, examine all system hoses, including those used as flexible

connectors, for damage. If visual examination shows any deficiency,
replace the hose.
B-99
9/93
4.0 TESTING
A. Operate control heads at least annually.
B. Conduct an operating test of the CO2 discharge system annually.
C. Test all hoses, including those used as flexible couplings, every

5 years.
D. Conduct all tests by trained personnel in accordance with the

E. For fire detection subsystem testing, see Procedure 151.
F. Test supervisory devices in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. At 12-year intervals, perform a hydrostatic test on the storage

tank.
B. For fire detection subsystem maintenance, see Procedure 151.
C. Conduct any other maintenance in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions.
6.1 Impairment

the following:


6.2 Inspection
B-100
9/93
6.3 Testing
A. Conduct an operating test of the system before returning it to

service.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 12
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
B-101
9/93
B-102
9/93
138 - WATER SPRAY SYSTEM (LOCAL APPLICATION)
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining local application water spray systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Conduct a weekly inspection to verify the following.
1. The entire system is free of physical damage.
2. Nozzles are unobstructed and free of grease buildup.
3. Fusible links are in place and free of grease buildup.
4. Corrosive cleaning agents have not been used on nozzles or

system piping.
5. The system's water supply is in service.
6. The protected hazard has not been altered.
B. Control valves - Visually inspect all control valves at regular

intervals as follows:
B-103
9/93

monthly.

lubricant.

4.0 TESTING
A. Conduct a bimonthly test of the system alarms and automatic fuel

shutdowns by using the bypass valve.
B. Conduct a test of the main drain annually to verify that the control
valve is open and that water is available to the system.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Correct any deficiencies discovered during inspections or tests

immediately.
B. Conduct all other maintenance in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions.
6.1 Impairment

the following.
A. Place a tag on the control valve indicating what portion of the

B. Remove all protected equipment from service until repairs are

complete.
6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
A. Test the water supply to verify that an adequate water quantity and
pressure is available at the system's connection.
B-104
9/93
B. Conduct a test of the bypass valve to verify that the system local
alarm and fuel shutdown devices are functioning properly.
C. Hydrostatic and flush test any repaired portions of the system

before returning it to service.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 13
D. NFPA 15
E. NFPA 96
B-105
9/93
B-106
9/93
141 - POND OR LAKE WATER SUPPLY
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining the pond or lake water supply.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Inspect the water level and condition of the water in the pond
daily.
B. Inspect the wet pit, where installed, and suction crib weekly to
make sure they are clear of debris that may affect the intake water.
During cold weather, inspect the wet pit daily to make sure the
temperature is maintained at a minimum of 40 F.
C. Inspect the screens for the suction crib monthly and clean, repair,
or replace as necessary.
D. Annually, inspect foundations supporting fire pumps over wet pits

for corrosion and physical damage.
E. Control valves - Visually inspect all control valves of the system

2. Locked valves and valves with taper switches - monthly.

B-107
9/93
monthly.
4. Fully close and reopen the control valve - annually.

lubricant.

F. Check valves - Internally inspect all check valves at least every

instructions.
G. Backflow preventers - Inspect and maintain specialized backflow

pressure backflow preventers should also be inspected weekly to
ensure that the differential sensing valve relief port is not
continuously discharging.
4.0 TESTING
No requirements.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain all equipment in proper working condition, consistent with

B. Maintain valve pit and valve or heater houses at a minimum

temperature of 40 F, weather tight, and free of water
accumulations.
C. Ensure repair work and replacement parts meet the original design
criteria and installation standard of NFPA 22.
D. Flush strainers until clear after each operation or flow test.

Inspect and clean all strainers in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions. Replace or repair damaged or corroded parts.
E. Maintain wet pits free of debris and at a minimum temperature of
B-108
9/93
40 F.
F. Maintain the reservoir water at the full level or at the designed

water level, sufficient to provide proper submergence for the pump.
6.1 Impairment

the following.
A. Place tags at all control valves, FDCs, and hydrants dependent upon
that particular system.
C. Start a recorded fire watch within 1 hour of the outage if the

system supplies an automatic suppression system, or

6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
A. Conduct a flow test as per DOE Fire Protection Inspection, Testing,

and Maintenance Procedures (Appendix B) before returning the system
to service.

7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 1231
B-109
9/93
142 - TANK WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining the tank water supply system.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. At least monthly, visually inspect the water level and the condition
of the water in the tank to verify that the quality and quantity of
stored water meets minimum design conditions.
B. At least monthly, visually inspect the exterior of the tank,

supporting structure, sway bracing, and the catwalks or ladders,
where provided, for signs of obvious damage or weakening.
C. Control valves - Visually inspect all control valves of the system

3. Verify monthly that each control valve has the proper signage
indicating what system or portion of system it controls.
B-110
9/93

lubricant.

D. Check valves - Internally inspect all check valves at least every

instructions.
E. Backflow preventers - Inspect and maintain specialized backflow

pressure backflow preventers should be inspected weekly to ensure
that the differential sensing valve relief port is not continuously
discharging.
F. Inspect the interior of the tank at least every 5 years.
G. At least monthly, inspect the area surrounding the tank and

supporting structure, where provided, to ensure the area is free of
the following:
1. Combustible storage, trash, debris, brush, or material that

could present a fire exposure.
2. Accumulations of material on or near parts that could result in

accelerated corrosion.
3. Ice build up.
4. Erosion (embankment-supported rubberized fabric [ESRF] water

tanks only).
H. Visually inspect exterior seams and rivets (steel tanks) for leakage
at least annually. Caulk any leaking seams. If there is not enough
metal at the caulking edge, judicious welding can be used unless the
rest of the steel plates are so badly corroded that replacement is
needed.
I. Visually inspect the roof of storage tanks for structural stability

and signs of rust annually.
J. Annually, inspect the hoops and grillage of wooden tanks.
B-111
9/93
K. Annually, inspect exterior painted, coated, or insulated surfaces of

tanks and supporting structures, where provided, for signs of
degradation.
L. Check the drain outlet for leaks in ESRF water tanks annually.
M. Check the fabric for wear in rubberized water tanks annually. Patch
worn or torn sections of ESRF tanks as needed.
N. Check fabric outer protective paint for oxidation or weather

checking in ESRF water tanks annually.
O. At least monthly, inspect the air pressurized water in pressure

tanks.
P. Annually, have the interior of pressure tanks inspected by a

qualified pressure-vessel inspector.
Q. During the heating season, check the heating system of a water

storage tank within 2 months before starting the heating system and
at least daily during the heating season.
R. Inspect and record the water temperature daily (cold weather only).
The coldest temperature should not be less than 40 F unless
supervised.
S. At least annually, inspect expansion joints, where provided, for

leaks and cracks. If they leak, repack and adjust them.
T. Examine all paint at least every year for flaking or cracking.
4.0 TESTING
A. Flow tests need to be conducted annually for all water supply

systems. Record these tests and compare with previous tests to make
sure that equipment is performing properly and that all valves that
should be open are open.
1. For gravity tanks and pressure tanks, this test consists of

opening a drain for the tank or sprinkler system. Record both
the static (no flow) pressure and full flow pressure. Compare
these pressures with those from previous tests; the results
should be within 2 to 3 lb of being identical. If full flow
pressures are significantly lower, check all valves between the
water supply and the test point to ensure that they are fully
open.
2. For ground level or underground tanks, the annual test is

accomplished in conjunction with the fire pump full flow tests.
B. Semiannually, test level indicators for accuracy and freedom of
B-112
9/93
movement.
C. Test low water temperature supervisory signals, where required,

weekly during cold weather and semiannually if temperatures do not
drop below 40 F.
D. Monthly, test high water-temperature limit switches on tank heating

systems, where installed, whenever the heating system is in service.
If supervised, then test semiannually.
E. Test high and low water-level supervisory signals at least

semiannually.
F. Test pressure gauges with a calibrated gauge in accordance with the

manufacturer's instructions at least every 5 years. Recalibrate or
replace gauges not accurate to within 3% of the scale of the gauge
being tested.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain the tank at the full or designed water level.
B. Maintain the interior and exterior of any tank, along with the
supporting structure, where provided, free of peeling paint, aquatic
growth, sediment, foreign matter, tools, painting equipment, or any
other material that may interfere with proper operation of the tank.
Access to the interior of ESRF tanks can be achieved by draining
the water and inflating the tank as if it were an air-supported
structure.
C. Drain or flush the sediment from the tank annually.
D. Protect the tank and supporting structure, where provided, from rot,
corrosion, rust, mechanical damage, accumulation of debris, and
sediment. Maintain the tops of foundation piers at least 6 in.
above ground level.
E. Replace the horizontal, radial spider rods, usually at the top of

upper, cylindrical tank plates, if broken or badly corroded, making
sure that no pieces drop into the water tank.
F. Maintain cathodic protection, where installed, in accordance with

G. Keep the roof hatch cover and the door at the top of front proof
castings fastened to prevent wind damage and to keep out birds.
H. Maintain tank thermometers in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions.
I. At least annually, fully cycle all tank drain valves.
B-113
9/93
J. Clean screened or open vents in tanks at least annually.
K. Maintain valve pits and valve or heater houses at a minimum

temperature of 40 F, and keep weather-tight and free of water
accumulation.
L. Maintain tank heating systems in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions. The coldest water in the tank shall not be less than
40 F.
M. Repair work and replacement parts must meet the original design
criteria and NFPA 22.
N. Repair work and replacement parts must be made only with materials
that will not become loose or dislodged and obstruct the outlet.
O. Complete and test all welding performed on the tank in accordance

with AWWA D100 (AWS D5.2).
P. Paint steel and iron work every 5 years or as necessary to prevent

corrosion.
Q. Repaint only on dry surfaces that are thoroughly cleaned of all

loose paint, rust, scale, or other surface contamination.
R. During interior tank maintenance and painting activities, use a

protective cover of no more than a few sheets of paper to cover the
outlet opening. Remove this protective covering before returning
the tank to service.
S. Repainting of steel tanks:
1. Clean all interior surfaces of steel tanks exposed to water

immersion or the vapor phase zone above the high water level by
near white blasting per Steel Structures Painting Council
(SSPC)-SP10 or pickling per SSPC-SP8. Prime surfaces in
accordance with the requirements for Inside Painting System
No. 2 (wash primer per SSPC-PT3, plus one coat of vinyl per
SSPC-Paint No. 9) or Inside Paint System No. 4 (one coat of
vinyl paint per Bureau of Reclamation Specification VR-3) of
AWWA Standard D102.78.
2. Clean all exterior surfaces and inside dry surfaces (pedestal

tanks) by commercial blasting per SSPC-SP6 or pickling per
SSPC-SP8. Prime with one coat of red lead alkyd per Type II or
III of Federal Specification TT-P-86 or a suitable proprietary
primer. These procedures should be done in accordance with the
requirements for Outside Paint System No. 1 of AWWA Standard
D102.78.
3. The appropriate primers for other interior and exterior paint

systems may be used, provided permission is first obtained from
the AHJ.
B-114
9/93
4. During repainting, all weld seams, unprimed margins, and any

areas on which the primer (if preprimed) has been damaged shall
be cleaned and patch primed with the same primer.
5. All finish coat painting for interior (wet) surfaces shall be

in accordance with the requirements for Inside Paint Systems
No. 2 or No. 4 of AWWA Standard D102.78, using the same basic
system throughout. For System No. 2, use one complete field
coat of vinyl per SSPC-Paint No. 9 and two complete coats of
vinyl aluminum per SSPC-Paint No. 8 to provide a minimum total
system dry film thickness of 4.5 mils (112 microns). As an
alternate, the two final coats may be white vinyl per Bureau of
Reclamation Specification VR-3 to provide a minimum total
system dry film thickness of 5.0 mils (125 microns). A 5.0-mil
(125-micron) minimum total thickness with one additional coat
may be specified by the purchaser. For System No. 4, use three
complete field coats in contrasting colors of vinyl paint per
Bureau of Reclamation Specification VR-3 to provide a minimum
total system dry film thickness of 6.0 mils (150 microns).
6. All exterior and inside dry finish coat painting must be in

accordance with the requirements for Outside Paint System No. 1
of AWWA Standard D102.78. Use two coats of aluminum or alkyd
enamel in a color specified by the purchaser to provide a
minimum total system dry film thickness of 3.5 mils
(87 microns) for aluminum finishes and 4.5 mils (112 microns)
for alkyd enamels. As provided by Outside Paint System No. 4
of AWWA D102.78, permit the purchaser to specify an extra
complete coat of primer for a total minimum system dry film
thickness of 5.0 mils (125 microns) for aluminum finishes and
6.0 mils (150 microns) for alkyd enamels for the more severe
atmospheric exposures.
7. Other finish coats may be used, provided they are compatible

with the primers and permission is first obtained from the AHJ.
8. Painting application. All painting shall be accomplished in

accordance with the appropriate requirements of SSPC Paint
Application Specification No. 1 ("Shop, Field, and Maintenance
Painting").
T. The top surface of ESRF tanks must be repainted periodically with

frequency dependent upon the material used (consult AHJ).
U. Repainting ESRF tanks. Complete the preparation and repainting of

ESRF tanks in accordance with the particular tank manufacturer's
instructions.
B-115
9/93
6.1 Impairment

the following.
B. Start a recorded fire watch if the system supplies automatic

suppression systems within 1 hour of the outage, or

E. Place a tag at all FDCs, applicable hydrants, and control valves

stating what portions of the system are out of service.
6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
A. Conduct a flow test per 4.0, "Testing," before returning the system
to service.

7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 22
D. NFPA 25
B-116
9/93
B-117
9/93
143 - FIRE PUMPS
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining the fire pumps.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Check the pressure on all fire pump gauges weekly.
B. Check for automatic indication of controller lights.
C. Check all valves weekly to make sure they are open.
D. Weekly inspect the pump room to make sure it is clean, dry, orderly,
and free of miscellaneous storage.
E. During cold weather, daily inspect the pump room to see that it is
kept at least at 40 F.
F. Control valves - Visually inspect all control valves of the system


monthly.
B-118
9/93

lubricant.

G. Check valves - Internally inspect all check valves at least every

instructions.
H. Backflow preventers - Inspect and maintain specialized backflow

accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Also, inspect
reduced pressure backflow preventers weekly to ensure that the
differential sensing valve relief port is not continuously
discharging.
I. Fire pump pressure relief valves
1. Inspect all circulation relief valves weekly. The inspection

shall verify that sufficient water flows through the valve when
the pump is operating at shutoff pressure (churn) to prevent
pump overheating. During the annual fire pump test, verify
that this valve closes in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications.
2. Inspect all pressure relief valves weekly. The inspection

shall verify that the pressure downstream of the relief valve
fittings in the fire pump discharge piping does not exceed the
pressure for which the system components are rated. During the
annual fire pump flow test, verify that this valve is correctly
adjusted and set to relieve at the appropriate pressure and
closes below that pressure setting.
4.0 TESTING
A. Perform a fire pump running test weekly by reducing the water

pressure. Do this with a test drain on the sensing line or with
flow from the fire protection system. Qualified operating personnel
should attend during the weekly pump operation to observe and record
satisfactory performance of the pump driver, controller, and alarms.
B. Test packing gland tightness weekly.
B-119
9/93
C. Weekly, check to see that the suction and discharge pressure gauges
are operable and that readings are appropriate.
D. Check the steam trap on steam turbines weekly.
E. Operate the speed governor for internal combustion drivers weekly.
F. Operate the overspeed trip for internal combustion drivers weekly.
G. Check the steam relief valve on steam turbines weekly.
H. Check the controller timer weekly.
I. Conduct a performance test annually. Water outlets on the test

header, flow meter, or elsewhere in the discharge piping and hose
network must be opened so that water is discharged at various flows.
The test consists of determining that the pump will perform to
discharge at no flow (churn), and 100% and 150% of rated flow. The
water pressure gauges on the intake and discharge sides of the pump
must be observed with readings recorded and pitot readings made at
the discharge nozzle(s). These tests are repeated and recorded for
all required flows. Results are plotted and compared to the
manufacturer's pump test curve, past pump history, and the required
flow.
J. During the annual performance test, check all valves in the suction
and discharge lines to make sure that they are fully open. Verify
the setting of the pressure relief valve, if installed, by actual
flow test. The setting should be correctly adjusted and set to
relieve at the appropriate pressure.
K. Report any significant reduction (10% net flow or pressure) in the

operating characteristics of fire pump assembly to the AHJ and
immediately start repairs.
L. Test supervisory signals semiannually.
M. Clean, inspect, and repair strainers as necessary after each

performance test.
N. Verify correct valve positions before and after each performance

test.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Repair work and replacement parts must meet the original design
criteria.
B. Perform maintenance promptly on any components that fail a test or

inspection. Use the manufacturer's instructions and the data sheet
included below:
B-120
9/93
Table 143-1. Fire Pump System Maintenance Schedule.

(sheet 1 of 3)
Complete as Applicable 1 2 3 4 5 6
A. Hydraulic System
Lubricate pump bearings X A
Check shaft end play and adjust X

if necessary A
Check accuracy of pressure When 15%

sensor X out of
calibra-
tion
B. Mechanical Transmission
Lubricate coupling X A
Lubricate right-angle gear X A

drive
C. Electrical System
Exercise isolating switch and X M

circuit breaker
Trip circuit breaker (if X A

mechanism provided)
Operate manual starting means X S

(electrical)
Inspect and operate emergency

manual starting means (without
power) X X A
Tighten electrical connections

as necessary X A
Lubricate mechanical moving

parts (excluding starters and
relays) X A
Calibrate pressure switch

settings X A
Grease motor bearings X A
B-121
9/93

(sheet 2 of 3)
1 2 3 4 5 6
D. Diesel Engine System
1. Fuel
Tank level X X W
Tank float switch X X W
Solenoids valve operation X X W
Strainer, filter, and/or

dirt leg X Q
Water in system X X W
Flexible hoses and connectors X R W
Tank vents and overflow

piping unobstructed X X A
Piping X A
2. Lubrication System - Oil X X W

level
Oil change R 50? or A
Oil filter(s) X 50? or A
Lube oil heater X W
Crankcase breather X R X Q
3. Cooling System - Level X X W
Antifreeze protection level X S
Antifreeze X A
Adequate cooling water to

heat exchanger X W
Rod out heat exchanger X A
Water pump(s) X W
Condition of flexible hoses

and connections X X W
Jacket water heater X W
Inspect duct work, clean X X X A

louvers (combustion air)
B-122
9/93

(sheet 3 of 3)
1 2 3 4 5 6
4. Exhaust System - Leakage X X W
Drain condensate trap X W
Insulation and fire hazards X Q
Excessive back pressure X A
Exhaust system hangers and

supports X A
Flexible exhaust section X S
5. Battery System -
Electrolyte Level X W
Terminals clean and tight X X Q
Remove corrosion, case

exterior clean and dry X X M
Specific gravity or state

charge X M
Charger and charge rate X M
Equalize charge X M
6. Electrical System - General

Inspection X W
Tighten control and power

wiring connections X A
Wire chafing where subject

to movement X X Q
Operation of safeties and

alarms X X S
Boxes, panels, and cabinets X S
Circuit breaker fuses

(every 2 years or ??) X X R X X M
1. Visual Inspection 6. Frequency
2. Check W - Weekly
3. Change M - Monthly
4. Clean Q - Quarterly
5. Test S - Semiannually
# - Indicates operating hours
R - Change or repair
B-123
9/93
6.1 Impairment

the following.
A. Post a tag at each control valve indicating what system or part

thereof has been removed from service.
C. Start a recorded fire watch within 1 hour of the outage if automatic

systems are supplied by the pump, or
D. Provide an alternate means of water supply to protect the hazardous

operations.
E. Begin repair operations within 8 hours, and the AHJ shall determine
if B, C, and D shall be required until repairs are complete.
6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
A. Conduct a performance test before returning to service to verify

that an adequate volume and pressure of water is available.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 20
D. NFPA 25
B-124
9/93
B-125
9/93
144 - FIRE SERVICE MAINS
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining the fire service mains.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Exposed piping - Visually inspect quarterly to verify the following:
1. There is no leakage
2. There is no physical damage to the piping or supports
3. There is no sign of corrosion
4. Supporting devices are securely in place.
B. Hydrants
1. Inspect dry barrel and wall hydrants semiannually and after each
operation. Hydrants shall be inspected and the necessary corrective
action taken as follows.
B-126
9/93
Table 144-1. Dry Barrel Hydrant Inspection.
Characteristic Dry Barrel Hydrant Action
1. Accessibility. 1. Make accessible.
2. Barrel contains water or ice 2. Repair and drain. For high

(Presence of water or ice may groundwater, it may be
indicate a faulty drain, a leaky necessary to plug the drain
hydrant valve, or high groundwater and pump out the barrel
table). after each use.
3. Improper drainage from barrel. 3. Repair drain.
4. Leaks in outlets or at top of 4. Repair or replace gaskets,

hydrant. packing, or parts as
necessary.
5. Cracks in hydrant barrel. 5. Repair or replace.
6. Tightness of outlets. 6. Lubricate if necessary;

tighten if necessary.
7. Worn nozzle threads. 7. Repair or replace if worn.
8. Worn hydrant operating nut. 8. Repair or replace.
9. Availability of operating wrench. 9. Make sure wrench is

available.
B-127
9/93
2. Inspect wet barrel hydrants annually and after each operation.

Inspect hydrants and take the necessary corrective action as
follows.
Table 144-2. Wet Barrel Hydrant Inspection.
Characteristic Wet Barrel Hydrant Action
1. Accessibility 1. Make accessible.
2. Leaks in outlets or at top of 2. Repair or replace gaskets,

hydrant. packing, or parts as
necessary.
3. Cracks in hydrant barrel. 3. Repair or replace.
4. Tightness of outlets. 4. Lubricate if necessary;

tighten if necessary.
5. Worn nozzle threads. 5. Repair or replace.
6. Worn hydrant operating nut. 6. Repair or replace.
7. Availability of operating wrench. 7. Make sure wrench is

available.
C. Inspect monitor nozzles semiannually. Check for the following

conditions and take the necessary corrective action as appropriate:
1. Accessibility - make accessible
2. Physical damage - repair or replace
3. Missing equipment - replace equipment.
D. Inspect hose and hydrant houses monthly. Check for the following
conditions and take the necessary corrective action as appropriate:
1. Accessibility - make accessible
2. Physical damage - repair or replace
3. Missing equipment - replace equipment.
E. Inspect FDCs monthly to verify that:
3. Plugs or caps are in place and not damaged. If FDC plugs or

caps are not in place, inspect the interior of the connection
for obstructions and verify that the valve clapper is
B-128
9/93
operational over its full range.
F. Visually inspect isolation or sectional valves at regular intervals

as follows:

indicating what system or portion of the system it
controls - monthly.
4. Fully close and reopen control valves - annually.
5. Lubricate the operating stems of OS&Y valves with graphite or

graphite in light oil. Then completely close and reopen the
valve to test its operation and distribution of the lubricant -
annually.

G. Internally inspect check valves at least every 5 years to verify

that all components operate properly, move freely, and are in good
condition. Clean, repair, or replace the internal components as
H. Backflow preventers - Inspect and maintain specialized backflow

accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Inspect reduced
pressure backflow preventers weekly to ensure that the differential
sensing valve relief port is not continuously discharging.
B-129
9/93
4.0 TESTING
A. Test underground and exposed piping to determine the internal

condition of the piping at minimum 5-year intervals. Perform flow
tests at flows representative of those expected during a fire for
the purpose of comparing friction loss characteristics of the pipe
with that expected for the particular type of pipe involved. Give
due consideration to the age of the pipe and to the results of
previous flow tests.
Investigate any flow test results that indicate deterioration of

available water flow and pressure to the satisfaction of the AHJ to
ensure that adequate flow and pressure are available for fire
protection.
B. Flush test initial and any repaired systems. The minimum rate of
flow must not be less than the water demand rate of the system,
which is determined by the system design, or not less than that
necessary to provide a velocity of 10 ft/s, whichever is greater.
For all systems, continue the flushing operations for a sufficient
time to ensure thorough cleaning. When planning the flushing
operations, give consideration to disposal of the water issuing from
the test outlets.
C. At 5-year intervals, hydrostatically test private fire service

mains, subject to supplemental pressure from a FDC, for 1 hour at a
pressure of 150 psi.
D. Operate hydrants annually to ensure proper functioning. Fully open

each hydrant and let the water flow (1 to 2-1/2-in. outlet) until
all foreign material has cleared; not less than 1 minute.
After operation, observe dry barrel and wall hydrants for proper
drainage from the barrel. Full drainage shall take no longer than
60 minutes. When soil conditions or other factors are such that the
hydrant barrel will not drain within 60 minutes, or when the
groundwater level is above that of the hydrant drain, pump the water
out of the barrel. In areas subject to freezing weather, clearly
identify which dry barrel hydrants that have plugged drains need to
be pumped out after operation.
E. Test monitor nozzles that are mounted on hydrants as described

above. To ensure proper operability, annually move and oscillate
all monitor nozzles throughout their full range.
F. Test all housed fire hydrant hose in accordance with NFPA 1962.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain all equipment in proper working condition, consistent with

manufacturer's recommendations.
B-130
9/93
B. Hydrants
1. Lubricate hydrants at least annually to ensure that all stems,

caps, plugs, and threads are in proper operating condition.
2. Keep hydrants free of snow, ice, or other materials and free

from physical damage so that free access is ensured.
C. Lubricate monitor nozzles at least annually to ensure proper

operating condition.
D. Maintain hose and hydrant houses in a continuous condition that

ensures all fire hose and required components are in usable
condition.
6.1 Impairment

the following:
A. Post a tag at each FDC and system control valve indicating what
system or part thereof has been removed from service.
C. Start a recorded fire watch within 1 hour of the outage if the

system supplies automatic sprinkler systems, or
E. Begin repair operations within 8 hours. The AHJ shall decide if B,

C, and D shall be required until the repairs are complete.
6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
of water is available.
B. Hydrostatically test the system per 4.A, under 4.0, "Testing,"

before returning the system to service.
C. Conduct a flow test per paragraph 4.B before returning the system to
service.
B-131
9/93
D. Flush test any repaired system per paragraph 4.B before returning
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 24
D. NFPA 25
B-132
9/93
B-133
9/93
151 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining the fire alarm and detection systems.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Inspect the entire system semiannually to verify that each device is

in good physical condition and that there are no changes that could
affect its performance.
4.0 TESTING
A. Test the control panel monthly in accordance with manufacturer's

recommendations.
B. Verify bimonthly that each fire sprinkler alarm initiation device

signal is transmitted.
C. Verify semiannually that each supervisory initiation device signal

is transmitted.
D. Test each manual fire alarm station initiation device semiannually

to verify that the signal is transmitted.
E. Test all pneumatic line-type detectors for leaks and proper

operation semiannually.
F. Every 5 years, test each fire (restorable heat) detection device.

B-134
9/93
G. Using a calibrated light source, test each fire (radiant energy

type) detection device on a semiannual basis. If outside this
design range, recalibrate or replace the unit.
H. Annually test each fire (smoke) detection device to verify proper

operation of the detector and transmission of the alarm.
I. On a semiannual basis, test each fire, gas, or other detector.
J. Check the sensitivity of each smoke detector within 1 year of

installation and every 2 years thereafter. Sensitivity testing must
be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and use
manufacturer-approved equipment. Clean smoke detectors found
outside 0.25% per foot obscuration per manufacturer's
recommendations and recheck for correct sensitivity before
reinstallation.
K. Check each duct type smoke detector annually to verify that it is

properly sampling the air stream.
L. Check each audible or visual alarm indicating appliance on an annual

basis to verify that the alarm can be heard and/or seen in all
required locations. Record and evaluate audible alarming sound
pressure levels to determine if the level can be adequately heard by
all occupants.
M. Check each remote annunciator, emergency voice, and/or two-way alarm

communication system on an annual basis to verify each is operating
according to system requirements.
N. Operate each engine-driven generator dedicated to the signaling

system each week under load by disconnecting the normal power to the
system and operating it under load for at least 30 minutes,
continuous.
O. Annually operate each system battery supply under load by

disconnecting the normal power to the system and operating it under
supervisory load for 4 hours and full load for 5 minutes,
continuous.
P. Replace 2% of the nonrestorable heat detectors after 15 years and 2%

every year thereafter. Submit the removed detectors to an approved
testing laboratory for verification. If the detectors fail in the
laboratory, remove and replace an additional 2%.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Repair or replace any device that fails a test or inspection in

B-135
9/93
6.1 Impairment

the following.
A. Place a tag at the fire alarm control panel indicating what portion
of the system is out of service.

6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
A. Test the fire detection devices to verify that they are operating
properly.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 72
D. NFPA 72E
B-136
9/93
B-137
9/93
152 - CENTRAL MONITORING (FIRE) SYSTEM
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining the central monitoring (fire) system.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. None required.
4.0 TESTING
A. Test the control panel weekly in accordance with manufacturer's

recommendations.
B. Check each audible and visual alarm supervisory-indicating appliance

on an annual basis to verify that the alarm can be heard and/or seen
in all required locations. Record and evaluate audible alarming
sound pressure levels to determine if the level is adequate to be
heard by all occupants.
C. Check each printer, off-premises alarm, remote terminal, emergency

voice, and/or two-way alarm communication system on an monthly basis
to verify each is operating according to system requirements.
D. Operate each engine-driven generator dedicated to the signaling

system each week under load by disconnecting the normal power to the
system and operating it under load for at least 30 minutes,
continuous.
B-138
9/93
E. Operate each system battery supply annually under load by

disconnecting the normal power to the system and operating it under
supervisory load for 4 hours and full load for 10 minutes,
continuous.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Repair or replace any component that fails a test or inspection in

6.1 Impairment

the following.
A. Place a tag at the control panel indicating what portion of the


6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
A. Test the fire alarm subsystem devices to verify that an alarm or

supervisory signal can be received and recorded.
7.0 RECORDS
B-139
9/93
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 71
D. NFPA 72
E. NFPA 72E
B-140
9/93
B-141
9/93
161 - FIRE DOORS AND WINDOWS
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining fire doors and fire windows.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Conduct a monthly inspection to verify that fire doors and windows

are not blocked open, releasing devices are operable, and that
latching mechanisms are functioning properly.
4.0 TESTING
A. Annually test closing mechanisms.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Correct any deficiencies in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions.
B-142
9/93
6.1 Impairment
following.
A. Post a sign at the fire door or window indicating that door and
opening protection are not in service. The AHJ shall specify the
size and location of the sign.

6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 80
B-143
9/93
162 - FIRE DAMPERS
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining fire dampers.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Conduct a semiannual inspection to verify that fire dampers are not

blocked open, releasing devices are operable, and that latching
mechanisms are functioning properly.
4.0 TESTING
A. Annually test closing mechanisms.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Correct any deficiencies in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions.
B-144
9/93
6.1 Impairment
following.
A. Post a sign at the fire damper indicating that duct protection is

not in service. The AHJ shall specify the size and location of the
sign.

6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 90A
B-145
9/93
163 - PENETRATIONS IN FIRE WALLS
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining wall penetrations - fire rated.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning



3.0 INSPECTION
A. Conduct a monthly visual inspection to verify that the fire barrier

is not breached.
4.0 TESTING
A. No destructive testing required.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Repair any deficiencies in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions.
B-146
9/93
6.1 Impairment
following.
A. Post a sign at the penetration indicating that penetration

protection is not in service. The AHJ shall specify the size and
location of the sign.

6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
A. None required.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
B-147
9/93
171 - EMERGENCY AND EXIT ILLUMINATION
1.0 PURPOSE

and maintaining emergency lights and exit illumination.
2.0 PROCEDURE
A. Preplanning


3.0 INSPECTION
A. Visually inspect each fixture on a monthly basis to verify that it

is operational and aimed correctly. The light should illuminate for
a minimum of 30 seconds.
B. Visually inspect the emergency power supply systems (EPSS) weekly.
C. Inspect the stored electric energy emergency and standby power

systems (SEPSS) every month. The inspection shall include the
following.
1. Check that the battery and associated charger and control

equipment are in a clean and satisfactory condition. Also,
check that no exceptional environment or other condition exists
that could damage or affect performance.
2. Check battery electrolyte levels, where applicable, and refill

as necessary. Clean and regrease terminals and intercell
connectors, if necessary, and clean cell tops.
3. Check and record individual cell voltages where practical.
4. Check and record specific gravity of pilot cells, where

applicable.
5. For free-electrolyte lead acid batteries in transparent

containers, note condition of plates and sediment.
6. Perform load test and record at the beginning and end of test
for each battery set: output voltage, battery voltage, and
test duration.
B-148
9/93
7. Check that all indicator lamps, meters, and controls are

operating correctly.
8. Check load value to ensure that it is within the equipment

rating.
4.0 TESTING
A. Annually, each fixture should be load tested for 90 minutes to

determine if the battery is carrying an adequate electrical charge.
B. EPSS
1. Exercise generator sets under operating temperature conditions,

and at a capacity not less than 50% of the total connected EPSS
load (not less than 30% of EPS nameplate rating and preferably
at least 50% of EPS nameplate rating), at least monthly for a
minimum of 30 minutes.
2. Automatically replace equivalent loads used for testing with

the emergency loads in case of failure of the primary source.
3. Include complete cold starts with load tests of generator sets.
4. Set time delays as follows.
a. Time delay on start: Minimum 1 second (.5 seconds for gas

turbine cycle).
b. Time delay on transfer to emergency: No minimum required.
c. Time delay on restoration to normal: 5 minutes minimum.
d. Time delay on shutdown: 5 minute minimum.
5. Test the transfer switch monthly by electrically operating it

from normal position to alternate position and returning it to
normal.
6. Annually exercise EPSS circuit breakers for Level 1 usage,

including main and feed breakers between the EPSS and the
transfer switch load terminals.
Exception: Exercise medium and high voltage circuit breakers

every 6 months and test them under simulated overload
conditions every 2 years.
C. SEPSS
1. Exercise equipment at least quarterly under connected load for

a minimum of 5 minutes.
B-149
9/93
2. Once per year, check the SEPSS at full load for the full
duration for its class.
5.0 MAINTENANCE
A. Annually, each fixture should be cleaned, realigned if necessary,

and the battery connections checked.
B. Conduct routine maintenance, and that deemed necessary by

inspections, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for
EPSS and SEPSS equipment.
6.1 Impairment
following:
A. Evacuate all occupants.
B. Begin repair operations within 24 hours. The AHJ shall decide if A

is necessary.
6.2 Inspection
6.3 Testing
A. Operation test each fixture when a unit is returned to service.
7.0 RECORDS
8.0 REFERENCES
A. DOE Order 5480.4
C. NFPA 101
D. NFPA 110
E. NFPA 110A
B-150
9/93
SAMPLE DATA SHEETS
111 Wet Pipe System Testing....................................... B-153
111 Wet Pipe System Testing....................................... B-154
112 Dry Pipe System Testing....................................... B-155
112 Dry Pipe System Testing....................................... B-156
113 Deluge System Testing......................................... B-157
113 Deluge System Testing......................................... B-158
114 Pre-Action Systems Testing.................................... B-159
114 Pre-Action Systems Testing.................................... B-160
116 Foam Water Extinguishing System Testing....................... B-161
116 Foam Water Extinguishing System Testing....................... B-162
121 Wet Standpipe System Testing.................................. B-163
121 Wet Standpipe System Testing.................................. B-164
122 Dry Standpipe System Testing.................................. B-165
122 Dry Standpipe System Testing.................................. B-166
131 Halon 1301 System Testing..................................... B-167
137 High Pressure CO2 Extinguishing System Testing................ B-171
137 High Pressure CO2 Extinguishing System Testing................ B-172
138 Low Pressure CO2 Extinguishing System Testing................. B-173
138 Low Pressure CO2 Extinguishing System Testing................. B-174
143 Fire Pump Testing............................................. B-175
143 Fire Pump Testing............................................. B-176
151 Fire Alarm System Testing..................................... B-177
151 Fire Alarm System Testing..................................... B-179
B-151
9/93
DATA SHEET 111

WET PIPE SYSTEM TESTING
SYSTEM LOCATION: YEAR:
VALVES MAKE MODEL SIZE SUPERVISION
Control
Check
Alarm
FDC
SYSTEM DESIGN:
Pipe Schedule ________ Hydraulic _______ gpm ft2
Hose Allowance ________ Water Demand: ________ gpm @ ________psi
Location ____________________
Building Modification Since Design? Yes _____ No _____
Design Water Supply: Static __________psi Residual __________psi
Flow __________ gpm Location and Elevation _________________
Fire Pump: Yes _____ No _____
NOTES:
B-152
9/93
DATA SHEET 111
WET PIPE SYSTEM TESTING
DATE:
CONDUCTED BY:
Control Valve Cycled
Static Water Pressure
Main Drain Connection
Residual Water Pressure
Building Heated Adequately
Inspector's Test
Local Alarm
Water Flow Alarm
Relocked or Seals Replaced
Antifreeze Freeze Level
Supervisory Signals
NOTES:
B-153
9/93
DATA SHEET 112
DRY PIPE SYSTEM TESTING
Control
Check
FDC
Dry Pipe
SYSTEM DESIGN:
Location ____________________
NOTES:
B-154
9/93
DATA SHEET 112
DRY PIPE SYSTEM TESTING
DATE:
CONDUCTED BY:
Dry Pipe Priming Level
Trip Test
Time to Trip
Air Pressure Trip Point
Water Flow Alarm
Local Alarm
Supervisory Signals
Air Pressure Controller
System Drained
NOTES:
B-155
9/93
DATA SHEET 113
DELUGE SYSTEM TESTING
Control
Check
Deluge
SYSTEM DESIGN:
Location ____________________
Actuation System: HAD __________ Smoke Detectors __________
Linear Beam Detectors __________ Thermal Detectors __________
NOTES:
B-156
9/93
DATA SHEET 113
DELUGE SYSTEM TESTING
DATE:
CONDUCTED BY:
Trip Test
Time to Trip
Water Flow Alarm
Local Alarm
Discharge Patterns
Duration of Discharge
Supervisory Signals
System Drained
Manual Activation Devices
Automatic Detection Devices
Battery Backup
NOTES:
B-157
9/93
DATA SHEET 114
PRE-ACTION SYSTEMS TESTING
Control
Check
Deluge
SYSTEM DESIGN:
Location ____________________
NOTES:
B-158
9/93
DATA SHEET 114
PRE-ACTION SYSTEMS TESTING
DATE:
CONDUCTED BY:
Deluge Valve Priming Level
Trip Test
Time to Trip
Water Flow Alarm
Local Alarm
Air Pressure Trip Point
Supervisory Signals
System Drained
Battery Backup
NOTES:
B-159
9/93
DATA SHEET 116
FOAM WATER EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM TESTING
Control
Check
Deluge
SYSTEM DESIGN:
Location ____________________
Foam: Type _____________ Concentration ___________
Proportioner Type __________________
NOTES:
B-160
9/93
DATA SHEET 116
FOAM WATER EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM TESTING
DATE:
CONDUCTED BY:
Main Drain Residual
Operation Performance Test
Detection Response Time
Discharge Time
Discharge Patterns
Foam Concentration
Remote Head Pressure

Reading
Deluge Valve Trip Time
Water Flow Alarm
Local Alarm
Supervisory Signals
Battery Backup
NOTES:
B-161
9/93
DATA SHEET 121
WET STANDPIPE SYSTEM TESTING
Control
Check
Alarm
Pressure
Relief
SYSTEM DESIGN:
Classification: I _____ II _____ III _____
Hose Valves _________________ Hose Cabinet Assemblies
Water Demand: ________ gpm @ ________psi
Location ____________________
NOTES:
B-162
9/93
DATA SHEET 121
WET STANDPIPE SYSTEM TESTING
Use standard Hydrostatic Test Form in NFPA 13 for initial hydrostatic

tests and 5-year tests on dry portions of wet standpipes.
B-163
9/93
DATA SHEET 122
DRY STANDPIPE SYSTEM TESTING
Control
Check
Deluge
Dry Pipe
Pressure
Relief
SYSTEM DESIGN:
Classification: I _____ II _____ III _____
Hose Valves _________________ Hose Cabinet Assemblies
Water Demand: ________ gpm @ ________psi
Location ____________________
NOTES:
B-164
9/93
DATA SHEET 122
DRY STANDPIPE SYSTEM TESTING
Use standard Hydrostatic Test Form in NFPA 13 for 5-year hydrostatic

tests.
B-165
9/93
DATA SHEET 131
HALON 1301 SYSTEM TESTING
Room or Area Designation ___________________________________
Volume Protected: Above Ceiling ________ Below Raised Floor ______
Between Floor and Ceiling ______
System Manufacturer: __________ System Concentration __________
Weight of Halon Agent with Cylinder __________
Weight of Cylinder (tare) __________
Weight of Halon Agent __________
Normal Pressure __________ psi
Detector Manufacturer ______________________________________
Control Panel ______________________________________________
Detection System: Ion. _____ Photo. ______ ROR ______
FT ______ ROR/FT ______ Inhibit Switch ______
Type of Detection for System Operation:
Single Zone ______ Two Detectors (Cross-Zoned) ______
Two Detectors on Any Zone ______ Other ______
Equipment Interlocks:
HVAC ______ Damper Close ______ Door/Window Release ______
NOTES:
B-166
9/93
DATA SHEET 131
DATE:
CONDUCTED BY:
Weight of Halon with Cylinder
Weight of Cylinder
Weight of Halon Agent
Activation Control Device Operation
Operation Test
Detectors
Time to Discharge
Equipment Interlocks
Local Alarm
Audible Alarm
Visual Alarm
Central Alarm
Battery Backup
NOTES:
B-167
9/93
DATA SHEET 132
Weight of Halon Agent with Cylinder __________
Weight of Halon Agent __________
Control Panel ______________________________________________
NOTES:
B-168
9/93
DATA SHEET 132
DATE:
CONDUCTED BY:
Weight of Halon with Cylinder
Weight of Cylinder
Weight of Halon Agent
Operation Test
Detectors
Time to Discharge
Local Alarm
Audible Alarm
Visual Alarm
Central Alarm
Battery Backup
NOTES:
B-169
9/93
DATA SHEET 137
HIGH PRESSURE CO2 EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM TESTING
Weight of CO2 Agent with Cylinder __________
Weight of CO2 Agent __________
Control Panel ______________________________________________
NOTES:
B-170
9/93
DATA SHEET 137
HIGH PRESSURE CO2 EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM TESTING
DATE:
CONDUCTED BY:
Weight of CO2 Container
Operation Test
Detectors
Time to Discharge
Local Alarm
Audible Alarm
Visual Alarm
Central Alarm
Battery Backup
NOTES:
B-171
9/93
DATA SHEET 138
LOW PRESSURE CO2 EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM TESTING
Weight of CO2 Agent with Cylinder __________
Weight of CO2 Agent __________
Control Panel ______________________________________________
NOTES:
B-172
9/93
DATA SHEET 138
LOW PRESSURE CO2 EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM TESTING
DATE:
CONDUCTED BY:
Weight of CO2 Container
Operation Test
Detectors
Time to Discharge
Local Alarm
Audible Alarm
Visual Alarm
Central Alarm
Battery Backup
NOTES:
B-173
9/93
DATA SHEET 143
FIRE PUMP TESTING
Location (Area-Building-Pump Number)
PUMP
Make Rated Capacity - gpm
Model, Type Rated Head - psi
Serial No. Rated Speed - rpm
Driver (Make-Model)
DRIVER
rpm hp Volts Amps Service
Factor
SUCTION From Capacity - gal Alarm at Low

SUPPLY
Head or Lift, psi Alarms - Low Level
CONTROLLER Make-Model Type UL Approved
Set to Start Pump at - psi Cut out at - psi
After Delay - Min. or Manual Stop
JOCKEY Capacity Cuts in at - psi Cuts out at - psi

PUMP gpm
Type
Local Pump Running Power Failure
ALARMS
Overspeed Selector Sw. Overcrank
in Auto
Low Oil Pressure High Engine Temp
POWER Overhead-Underground-Lightning Protection

SUPPLY
Transformer (No. - Location)
OTHER
B-174
9/93
DATA SHEET 143
FIRE PUMP TESTING
FIRE PUMP TEST REPORT
Date No. and Pump Pressure Pitot gpm rpm Volt Amps Corrected
Time Size of Press to Rated
Nozzles rpm
Dis Suc Net Net gpm

Head
NOTES:
B-175
9/93
DATA SHEET 151
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TESTING
SYSTEM TYPE:
Local ______ Proprietary ______ Central ______ Auxiliary ______
System Location: ___________________________________________
Control Panel: Make __________ Model __________
Addressable __________ Location ___________
Initiating Circuit Style: __________
Indicating Circuit Style: __________
Signaling Circuit Style: __________
Supervisory Circuit Style: __________
Backup Power: Battery ________ hrs. Generator ________ hrs.
Off-premises Signaling: Direct Connection __________
Central Station ___________ Auxiliary Street Box: __________
Telephone Line __________ DACT __________
Transmitted To: __________
Manual Fire Alarm Stations: Partial Coverage ______
Full Coverage ______ Coded ______ Noncoded ______
Automatic Fire Alarm Stations: Partial Coverage ______
Full Coverage ______ Ion ______ Photo. ______
Linear Beam ______ Flame ______ Other ________________
FT ______ ROR ______ FT/ROR ______ DS _______
Waterflow Alarm Initiating Devices:
Location(s): _____________________________________
Type(s): _________________________________________
Other Initiating Signals (Halon, Hood, etc.) _______________
B-176
9/93
DATA SHEET 151 (cont.)
Alarm Signaling Devices
Bell ______ Horn ______ A/V ______ Speaker ______
Siren ______ Full Coverage ______ Partial Coverage ______
ADA ______
Voice Communication System:
Location of Panel: ____________________________________
Location of Speakers: _________________________________
B-177
9/93
DATA SHEET 151
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TESTING
Date: Pass Fail N/A

Conducted By:
Control Panel
Manual Pull Stations
Pneumatic Line-Type Detectors
Fire (Restorable Heat) Detector
Fire (Radiant Energy) Detector
Fire (Smoke) Detector
Other Fire Detectors
Duct-Type Smoke Detector
Waterflow Alarms
Supervisory Devices
Smoke Detector Sensitivity
Alarm Indicating Appliances
Remote Annunciator
Emergency Voice
Two-Way Alarm Communication
Generators
Battery
Off-Premises Communication
NOTES:
B-178
9/93
B-179
9/93
APPENDIX C
FIRE PREVENTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES
C-1
9/93
C-2
9/93
CONTENTS
C.1 Fire Watch Requirements....................................... C-5

C.2 Portable Heaters.............................................. C-7
C.3 Cutting, Welding, and Open Flame Work......................... C-9
C.4 Maintenance for Ventilation, Exhaust, and Blower Systems..... C-11
C.5 Flammable and Combustible Liquids............................ C-13
C.6 Employee Training............................................ C-17
C.7 Control of Combustibles...................................... C-19
C.8 Compressed Gas Cylinders..................................... C-21
C.9 Smoking Policy............................................... C-23
C.10 Construction Sites........................................... C-25
C-3
9/93
C-4
9/93
APPENDIX C
FIRE PREVENTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES
The following procedures serve as examples and may be used to any degree
to assist in developing new or improving existing programs.
C.1 Fire Watch Requirements
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements for a fire watch in facilities

where automatic fire protection or alarm systems are installed but are out of
service and the affected area is unattended. (see Section D.5, "Fire
Protection System Impairments")
When developing this procedure, the Atomic Energy Commission Fire

Protection Guide for Watchman Service may be useful in determining the
appropriate frequencies and level of fire watch recommended based on the
importance of the facility, occupancy hazard, loss potential, and the
protection impaired.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
Management shall ensure the following are accomplished:
1. Fire watches understand the specific nature of the impairment and

the specific area affected.
2. Fire watches for fire system impairments shall rove all areas
affected by the impairment.
3. Fire watches have been instructed in the appropriate emergency

actions, including best method to sound the alarm, procedure to
manually trip suppression systems if they are in service, or use of
portable extinguishers.
4. Fire watches have been instructed in the frequency of the fire watch
tours.
5. Fire watches have had portable fire extinguisher training.
6. Frequency of tours are as follows:
a. Continuous, when required by facility process standards or

process controls
b. Hourly, when automatic suppression systems are out of service
C-5
9/93
c. Once every 2 hours if only automatic alarm capability is out of

service
d. As amended by Fire Protection Engineering.
7. A log or documentation system is used to provide an audible record

that ensures compliance.
8. Fire watches for welding, cutting, grinding, or open flame activity

shall be performed per Section C.3, "Cutting, Welding, and Open
Flame Work."
C-6
9/93
C.2 Portable Heaters
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the minimum requirements for the safe use of
portable heaters.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
Management shall ensure the following are accomplished.
1. Fire Protection Engineering is consulted regarding size and spacing

of heaters.
2. Manufacturer's recommendations are observed for the following:
a. Adequate clearance to combustible furnishings, surfaces, or

materials
b. Adequate ventilation for fuel-fired heaters to prevent products

of combustion buildup and to maintain stable flame quality.
3. Heaters are Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed or American Gas

Association (AGA) certified.
4. Fuel for heaters is stored and handled in accordance with the

requirements for Section C.5, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids."
5. Fuel-fired heaters are located outside and heat is ducted indoors,

unless otherwise approved by Fire Protection Engineering.
6. Indoor use of liquid petroleum gas fired heaters is temporary and

only under the following conditions:
a. In buildings under construction, or undergoing repairs or

modifications.
b. As temporary heat in noncombustible industrial occupancies.
c. In other buildings for temporary emergency heating purposes, if

necessary, to prevent damage to the building or contents.
A fire watch must be provided.
7. Portable electric heaters are equipped with tip-over protection,

which automatically shuts the unit off when the unit is tipped from
its upright position.
C-7
9/93
C-8
9/93
C.3 Cutting, Welding, and Open Flame Work
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements and responsibilities for cutting

and welding with electric arcs, oxygen-fuel gas flames, and other forms of hot
work such as open flames, grinding, or brazing activities. The scope of this
procedure also requires compliance with NFPA 51B and the applicable Compressed
Gas Association publications.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
Management and craft supervisors shall ensure the following are

accomplished.
1. Cutting and welding are done by authorized personnel in designated

cutting and welding areas (shops) to the greatest extent practical.
2. Adequate ventilation is provided for all cutting and welding work.
3. Torches, regulators, pressure-reducing valves, and manifolds are UL

listed or Factory Mutual (FM) approved.
4. Oxygen-fuel gas systems (e.g., oxygen or acetylene welders) are

equipped with listed and/or approved backflow valves and pressure-
relief devices.
5. Eye protection and protective clothing are worn by all cutters,

welders, helpers, and fire watches, as appropriate. Workers
adjacent to arc welding areas are protected from the rays by screens
or shields.
6. When cutting and welding are done outside of designated areas, the
following actions are performed.
a. A permit is completed for each shift.
b. A continuous fire watch is maintained by instructed employees.

The fire watch shall be stationary at the hazard area, and in
addition, a roaming watch shall be provided when warranted.
A fire is attacked only when obviously within the capability of
the portable extinguisher. See Section C.1, "Fire Watch
Requirements."
c. A member of supervision (i.e., craft supervisor) inspects the

job site at least once before the start of each job and at
least once every 24 hours until the completion of the job.
d. A craft supervisor determines the best locations(s) for the

fire watch and verifies that automatic fire protection is in
service, that precautions taken are adequate, and that
C-9
9/93
information on the permit is correct.
e. Combustible materials, equipment, or building surfaces within

20 ft of or below the work must be either covered with fire-
resistant welding blankets, moved, or wetted down. Openings in
ducts, tanks, or other confined spaces within 20 feet of the
work are also covered or plugged. Fire-resistant welding
blankets are used for electric arc operations instead of
wetting the work down.
7. Cutting or welding is prohibited in the following situations.
a. In sprinklered areas while sprinkler protection is out of

service
b. In explosive atmospheres of gases, vapors, or dusts or where

explosive atmospheres could develop from residues or
accumulations in confined spaces (see item 8)
c. On metal walls, ceilings, or roofs built of combustible

sandwich-type panel construction or having combustible
covering.
8. Confined spaces such as tanks are tested to ensure that the

atmosphere is not in excess of 10% of the lower flammable limit
before cutting or welding in or on the tank. Tests are repeated as
conditions warrant, once each shift as a minimum. Mechanical
ventilation is continuous when cutting or welding in or on a
confined space.
9. When cutting or welding must be done on small tanks, piping, or

containers that cannot be entered, they are cleaned, purged, and
tested before starting the work. For work on combustible liquid,
gas piping, or tanks, intermittent testing is done during the work
and a Job Safety Analysis provided.
C-10
9/93
C.4 Maintenance for Ventilation, Exhaust, and Blower Systems
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements for inspecting and cleaning

building ventilation, exhaust, and blower systems to mitigate potential fire
hazards. This standard applies to ventilation systems (including intake and
exhaust openings, plenums, etc.) for changerooms, exhaust and blower systems
in laboratories, paint booths, metal and woodworking areas, and other similar
areas where flammable or combustible vapors, residues, lint, and/or fibers
accumulate. The scope of this procedure also requires compliance with the
applicable sections of the following NFPA standards:
NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems"

NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning
Systems"
NFPA 91, "Installation of Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust,
Stock, and Vapor Removal or Conveying"
NFPA 96, "Installation of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke and
Grease-Laden Vapors from Commercial Cooking Equipment"
NOTE: Ducts with known radiological contamination are excluded from this
standard, except where the potential fire hazard is severe. Fire Protection
Engineering requirements for HEPA filtration systems are provided in the "Fire
Protection Criteria for Containment Ventilation Filter Plenum Systems" located
in the DOE Fire Protection Resource Manual.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
Management shall ensure that:
1. All building ventilation, exhaust, and blower systems where

flammable or combustible vapors, residues, lint, and/or fibers
accumulate are identified and documented.
2. All systems identified in item 1, above, are included in a minimum,

annual preventive maintenance (PM) program. The frequency must be
increased when conditions warrant.
3. The PM includes an inspection of all components of the systems and

is documented for auditing purposes.
4. The PM includes, but is not limited to, cleaning grill plates,

replacing filter media if design permits, and removing any buildup
of foreign material from the duct interior if conditions warrant.
5. A list of all systems, identified in item 1 above, is forwarded to

Fire Protection Engineering.
C-11
9/93
C-12
9/93
C.5 Flammable and Combustible Liquids
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements for the use, storage, and
handling of flammable and combustible liquids. The scope of this procedure
also requires compliance with NFPA 30, NFPA 45, and NFPA 395.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
Management shall ensure that the following are accomplished.
1. Users of flammable and combustible liquids are familiar with the

hazard classification for the purpose of complying with this
standard.
NOTE: Flammable and combustible liquids are classified as

follows.
a. Flammable Liquid. A liquid having a flash point below 100 F

(37.8 C) and having a vapor pressure not exceeding 40 psi
(absolute) (2,068 mm Hg) at 100 F (37.8 C) is known as a
Class I liquid.
Class I liquids are subdivided as follows.
Class IA liquids include those having flash points below

73 F (22.8 C) and having a boiling point below 100 F
(37.8 C).
Class IB liquids include those having flash points below

73 F (22.8 C) and having a boiling point at or above
100 F (37.8 C).
Class IC liquids include those having flash points at or

above 73 F (22.8 C) and below 100 F (37.8 C).
b. Combustible Liquid. A liquid having a flash point at or above

100 F (37.8 C).
Combustible liquids are subdivided as follows.
Class II liquids include those having flash points at or

above 100 F (37.8 C) and below 140 F (60 C).
Class IIIA liquids include those having flash points at or

above 140 F (60 C) and below 200 F (93 C).
C-13
9/93
Class IIIB liquids include those having flash points at or

above 200 F (93 C).
2. The following storage requirements are implemented.
a. In industrial facilities, not more than a 1-day supply of

flammable or combustible liquid may be stored in a single fire
area outside of an approved flammable liquid storage cabinet;
or not more than 25 gal of Class I liquids in containers and
120 gal of Class IB, IC, II, or III liquids in containers.
b. If quantities of liquids exceeding the above limits are

required, they must be stored in approved flammable liquid
storage cabinets.
3. When flammable liquid storage cabinets are used, not more than
120 gal of Class I, II, and IIIA liquids are stored in the cabinet.
Of this total, not more than 60 gal may be of Class I and II
liquids.
4. When flammable liquid storage cabinets are used, not more than three
cabinets may be stored in a single fire area. In industrial
facilities, additional cabinets (limited to a maximum group of
three) may be stored in the same fire area, provided the groups of
cabinets are separated by 100 ft.
5. When flammable liquid storage cabinets are used, the vent openings
must be sealed with properly fitted metal bungs; or when the
cabinets are required to be vented, they must be vented to the
outside.
6. When storage quantities exceed that permitted in items 2 and 4

above, the liquids are stored in rooms or facilities complying with
NFPA 30 and 29 CFR 1910.106, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids."
7. All flammable and combustible liquids (except Class IIIB) in nuclear

facilities are stored in approved flammable liquid storage cabinets,
rooms, or buildings complying with NFPA 30 and 29 CFR 1910.106.
NOTE: This requirement does not apply to laboratories.
8. When dispensing from drums, the drums are equipped with UL-listed or
FM-approved dispensing devices.
9. When transferring liquids between conductive containers, the

containers are bonded with a wire. The bonding wire or one of the
containers must be grounded.
10. Class IA and IB liquids may be stored in glass containers of not

more than 1 gal, if required for liquid purity or to avoid excessive
corrosion of metal containers.
11. Stored liquids should not obstruct corridors, aisles, or exit doors,
C-14
9/93
and should not be stored in exit enclosures (e.g., stairwells).
12. When transferring Class I liquids in laboratories from containers of

less than 5-gal capacity, the transfer is made in one of the
following manners:
a. With the use of a laboratory hood
b. In an area provided with ventilation to prevent the

accumulation of a flammable vapor or air mixture exceeding 25%
of the lower flammable limit.
13. When transferring Class I liquids in laboratories from containers of

5-gal capacity or more, the transfer is made in one of the following
manners:
a. From a separate area outside the building
b. In a separate, inside storage room that complies with the

requirements of NFPA 30 and 29 CFR 1910.106.
14. Mechanical ventilation that meets the following criteria is provided

when transferring Class I liquids in nonlaboratory areas.
a. The ventilation flow rate must be 1 ft3 /min/ft2 of floor area

but in no case less than 150 ft3 /min.
b. The intake and exhaust points must be within 12 in. of the

floor and positioned at opposite sides or ends of the room.
c. A flow monitor or equivalent mechanism must be provided so an

audible alarm will sound if the ventilation system fails.
15. Combustible waste and residue is stored in closed, metal containers

for daily disposal.
16. Outdoor storage requirements comply with NFPA 30 and

29 CFR 1910.106. NOTE: Contact Fire Protection Engineering for
assistance.
17. Inside storage rooms comply with NFPA 30 and 29 CFR 1910.106. NOTE:
Contact Fire Protection Engineering for assistance.
C-15
9/93
C-16
9/93
C.6 Employee Training
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure outlines the annual fire protection training requirements

for employees.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. All employees receive basic fire prevention training, which includes

the following items as a minimum:
a. Good housekeeping practices
b. Proper response and notification in the event of a fire
c. Instruction on the use of portable fire extinguishers
d. Recognition of potential fire hazards.
2. Employees who perform fire watches receive hands-on portable fire

extinguisher training.
3. All training is documented for auditing purposes.
C-17
9/93
C-18
9/93
C.7 Control of Combustibles
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements for minimizing and controlling

the use of combustible materials. The scope of this procedure also requires
compliance with the applicable sections of NFPA 1.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Housekeeping inspections are performed monthly in their facilities

to ensure equipment and materials are maintained in an orderly
arrangement at all times.
2. At least 18 in. vertical clearance is maintained between the top of

storage and sprinkler head deflectors.
3. Combustible materials are limited to the quantity required for

current needs and are separated from ignition sources.
4. Workroom floors are maintained clean and dry to the extent

practicable.
5. Noncombustible or fire retardant materials are used whenever

possible.
6. Combustible waste is collected in metal containers and provided with

lids. (Lids are not required for office waste cans.)
7. Combustible waste does not accumulate inside or adjacent to

buildings.
8. In nuclear facilities, wood, plastic, and paper materials are

strictly limited for uses that are essential to the facilities
operation and to uses that do not have a noncombustible substitute.
C-19
9/93
C-20
9/93
C.8 Compressed Gas Cylinders
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements for the storage, transportation,

identification, and use of compressed gas cylinders. The design, use, and
storage of compressed gas cylinders and systems shall comply with the
following standards as applicable:
NFPA 50, "Bulk Oxygen Systems at Consumer Sites"

NFPA 51, "Design and Installation of Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems for Welding
Cutting and Allied Processes"
NFPA 51A, "Acetylene Cylinder Charging Plants"
NFPA 51B, "Cutting and Welding Processes"
NFPA 52, "Compressed Natural Gas Vehicular Fuel Systems"
NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code"
NFPA 59, "Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases at Utility
Gas Plants"
NFPA 59A, "Production, Storage and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas"
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Cylinders in transit or storage are provided with protective valve

caps and secured in the upright position.
2. All storage areas are clearly identified.
a. The storage of compressed gas cylinders within buildings shall

be limited to the quantity required for daily operations unless
additional quantities are permitted by the applicable NFPA
standard.
b. The storage of compressed gas cylinders outside of buildings

shall be in accordance with the applicable NFPA standard.
3. Flammable and oxidizing compressed gas cylinders are separated by

20 ft or with a minimum 5-ft-high, 30-minute fire rated wall.
4. Empty and full gas cylinders are segregated, and empty cylinders are
tagged "empty."
5. Compressed gas cylinders are not exposed to temperatures above

125 F and are protected from direct sun and weather elements.
6. Compressed gas cylinders are identified regarding their contents;
C-21
9/93
they are free of defects and are within their hydrostatic test date.
7. Gases are not mixed or transferred from one compressed gas cylinder
to another and are refilled only by trained personnel.
8. Cylinders are not lifted by magnetic devices or by their protective

caps. They must be secured to a cradle or platform and never
dragged, dropped, or struck.
9. Compressed gas cylinders do not come in contact with electrical

circuits, open flames, or arcs.
10. Compressed gas cylinders are not used for any purpose other than
compressed gas containment.
11. Gas is not used from compressed gas cylinders without approved
reducing regulators.
12. Connecting devices are free of oil, grease, and dirt and have
threads corresponding to the cylinder valving.
13. Valves must be closed when cylinders are transported, moved at

sites, and connected for use.
14. All devices used on compressed gas cylinders comply with the
American National Standards Institute and Compressed Gas Association
standards.
15. All compressed gas manifolds are designed in accordance with the
applicable NFPA standard.
C-22
9/93
C.9 Smoking Policy
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the company's smoking policy. The scope of this
procedure also requires compliance with the applicable sections of NFPA 1.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Smoking is prohibited in the following Government owned, leased, or

controlled areas:
a. All indoor rooms and offices
b. All government vehicles
c. Near hazardous or toxic materials.
2. Adequate resources shall be supported by the company to aid

employees in smoking cessation or curtailment should they request
this assistance.
3. Designate areas where smoking is permitted.
C-23
9/93
C-24
9/93
C.10 Construction Sites
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the fire prevention requirements for construction

sites. The scope of this procedure also requires compliance with the
applicable sections of NFPA 241 and 29 CFR 1926.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
The project manager shall ensure that the following are accomplished.
1. Access is always maintained to the site for Emergency Response

vehicles.
2. The site or project is provided with two-way communications for the

purpose of emergency notification.
3. The site or project is secured against unauthorized entry.
4. Welding, cutting, and open flame is performed in a designated area

whenever possible.
5. The site or project is provided with portable firefighting

equipment.
6. When water is available, the site or project is provided with an

adequate supply (including an adequate number of fire hydrants
strategically located at the site) for firefighting capability.
7. Projects involving multiple level buildings are provided with dry

standpipe systems. (Consider the limitations of the site fire
department or brigade when determining the need for dry standpipes
in multiple level buildings during construction.)
8. Construction site safety inspections are conducted weekly and

documented, and any unsafe conditions identified are tracked until
corrected.
C-25
9/93
APPENDIX D
FIRE PROTECTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES
D-1
9/93
D-2
9/93
CONTENTS
D.1 Portable Fire Extinguishers.................................... D-5

D.2 Nonemergency Use of Fire Hydrants.............................. D-7
D.3 Building Exits................................................. D-9
D.4 Building Emergency Lights..................................... D-11
D.5 Fire Protection System Impairments............................ D-13
D.6 Fire Protection System Winterization.......................... D-15
D.7 Fire Barriers................................................. D-17
D.8 Building Standpipe Systems.................................... D-19
D-3
9/93
D-4
9/93
APPENDIX D
FIRE PROTECTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES
D.1 Portable Fire Extinguishers
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements and responsibilities for the

installation and maintenance of portable fire extinguishers. The scope of
this procedure also requires compliance with NFPA 10.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. The location and type of portable fire extinguisher are in

accordance with the requirements of NFPA 10. The relocation of any
portable fire extinguisher must be approved by Fire Protection
Engineering.
2. Portable fire extinguishers are inspected and maintained.
3. Before purchase, portable fire extinguishers are approved by Fire

Protection Engineering.
4. Portable fire extinguishers are inspected monthly. If inspection

forms are used, they shall be maintained for 1 year and be available
on request.
5. Portable fire extinguishers are within their hydrostatic test date

and maintained in a fully charged and operable condition.
6. Portable fire extinguishers are mounted on hangers or in cabinets,

unless they are the wheeled types. Portable fire extinguishers that
are used for welding and cutting operations are not required to be
secured at the location of the welding or cutting.
7. Portable fire extinguishers that are provided for vehicles are

mounted or secured to prevent physical damage to the extinguisher
and injury to passengers.
8. Portable fire extinguishers are conspicuously marked and identified.
9. Portable fire extinguishers are not obstructed or obscured from

view, and clear access to the portable fire extinguisher is
maintained.
D-5
9/93
10. Immediate corrective action is taken for portable fire extinguishers

identified as having a deficiency (e.g., empty, not mounted or
missing, broken seal, etc.).
11. Employees receive fire extinguisher training upon initial

employment. Thereafter, employees who may use a portable fire
extinguisher must be given a documented refresher class annually.
D-6
9/93
D.2 Nonemergency Use of Fire Hydrants
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements and responsibilities for

nonemergency use of fire hydrants.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Prior permission is obtained from the Fire Department and the site
Water Department before nonemergency use of fire hydrants.
2. The hydrant user installs one valve (4 1/2-in. American national

fire hose connection screw thread (NH) with a 4-in. Storz-type,
i.e., sexless quick coupling) to a 4 1/2-in. port on each fire
hydrant being used. This 4 1/2-in. port with the valve installed is
reserved for fire department use only.
3. One or both 2 1/2-in. fire hydrant ports are used for nonemergency
use only; the 4 1/2-in. port is used only by the fire department.
The hydrant user provides an approved 2 1/2-in. gate valve (NH both
ends) on one or both of the 2 1/2-in. fire hydrant ports, reduced
down to 1 1/2 in. (i.e., a 2 1/2-in. NH gate valve followed by a
2 1/2-in. X 1 1/2-in. NH reducer).
4. The user provides and uses only approved fire hydrant wrenches when
opening or closing a fire hydrant (i.e., no pipe wrenches are to be
used).
5. The user keeps the fire hydrant in a fully open or fully closed
configuration.
6. An approved portable backflow device or air gap is used to protect

the potable water system from potential backflow conditions, where
water for purposes such as flushing drains, filling tankers, etc.,
is drawn from a fire hydrant that is connected to a potable water
system.
7. Special precautions are taken during freezing weather conditions to

prevent fire hydrant damage. Do not leave the fire hydrant and any
attached hoses pressurized in a nonflowing condition for an extended
length of time.
D-7
9/93
D-8
9/93
D.3 Building Exits
1.0 SCOPE

maintaining safe building exits. The scope of this procedure also requires
compliance with NFPA 101. Compliance with 29 CFR 1910, Subpart E is
considered satisfied when the requirements of NFPA 101 are met.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Every building exit and path to an exit is kept clear and

unobstructed.
2. Building exit doors are not locked and do not require more than one
action to open.
3. Exit doors are maintained in good operating condition.
4. Material is not stored in stairwells or corridors of buildings.
5. Emergency lights, exit signs, and other exit marking systems are
maintained in good operating condition.
6. Fire doors are not blocked open.
7. Exit discharges including exterior building stairs are kept clean

and unobstructed.
8. Radiation barriers (e.g. roped areas, etc.) do not affect egress

routes.
9. Security features are in compliance with NFPA 101.
D-9
9/93
D-10
9/93
D.4 Building Emergency Lights
1.0 SCOPE

battery-operated and emergency-generator-operated emergency lighting systems.
The scope of this procedure also requires compliance with the applicable
sections of NFPA 101, NFPA 70, and NFPA 110.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. All emergency light tests are documented and written records

maintained.
2. Emergency lights that are found deficient are repaired within

24 hours, or portable emergency lights are provided at the affected
area(s) until the permanent lights are restored to service.
3. Emergency lights are inspected during emergency light tests to

verify the following:
Electrical cords are not damaged or frayed
Lamps are not cracked or damaged
Units are securely mounted
Lamps illuminate within 10 seconds of switching to the backup

power supply.
D-11
9/93
D-12
9/93
D.5 Fire Protection System Impairments
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements and responsibilities to minimize

the duration and impact of modifications or unplanned impairments to fire
protection systems.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Fire protection system modifications are reviewed and approved by

Fire Protection Engineering.
2. Fire protection system operation is not hindered by storage

practices, temporary construction activities, or enclosures.
3. Corrective actions are implemented for all fire protection system

impairments.
4. The craft personnel, Fire Department, and necessary engineering

support are coordinated to properly and expeditiously restore the
fire protection system to service.
5. Fire Protection Engineering and the Fire Department are immediately

notified of all fire protection system impairments.
6. Compensatory measures are implemented as required by Fire Protection

Engineering until the system is restored.
7. When a fire protection system impairment is identified, the facility

manager shall initiate corrective actions as soon as possible.
Corrective actions shall consist of, but not be limited to, the
following.
a. Notify the building occupants affected by the impairment.
b. Determine when any unsatisfactory housekeeping, storage, or

special hazardous conditions need to be corrected.
c. As necessary, terminate hazardous production or maintenance

operations and impose "No Smoking" regulations until
appropriate protection or detection is restored. Cutting,
welding, or other "hot work" shall be prohibited until adequate
protection is assured.
d. With Fire Protection Engineering consultation, determine when

the Fire Department should be present at the facility and/or
provide alternate water supplies to the impaired system.
D-13
9/93
e. Maintain as much of the fire protection system in an operable

status as possible.
f. Establish a fire watch throughout the area that is affected by

the impairment of the fire protection system as required by
Fire Protection Engineering. (See Section C.1, "Fire Watch
Requirements.")
D-14
9/93
D.6 Fire Protection System Winterization
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements for developing a winterization

program to ensure fire systems are protected against cold weather conditions.
The standard applies to all government-owned facilities provided with fire
protection systems and components e.g., sprinkler, deluge, foam systems, smoke
detectors, or standpipes.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. A written winterization program is in place for their facilities.

The program shall require that each facility be inspected annually
during the month of September to ensure all areas are adequately
winterized. The inspection shall include the following items as a
minimum:
a. Condition, operation, and adequacy of heating systems, e.g.,

forced air, radiant heaters, portable heaters.
b. Condition and operation of thermostats and filters
c. Condition/operation/installation of heat tape systems
d. Draining of sprinkler system drip lines and fire pump

hose headers.
Audible inspection results shall be maintained for 2 years.
2. All areas where fire systems are present are provided with
sufficient heat and/or noncombustible insulation to prevent freezing
and/or equipment damage.
3. Heat tape and portable heaters are only used when no other
preventive measures are immediately available. If used, these items
must be listed or approved for their intended use.
4. Heat tape and portable heaters are not used as a permanent means of
preventing system freezes. An engineered solution is provided for
deficient areas, e.g., forced hot air, fixed radiant heaters,
insulation, etc.
D-15
9/93
D-16
9/93
D.7 Fire Barriers
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements to establish and ensure the

integrity and continued operability of building fire barriers. The scope of
this procedure also requires compliance with the applicable sections of
NFPA 101 and NFPA 90A.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. All modifications or additions, which affect new or existing fire

barriers, are reviewed and approved by Fire Protection Engineering.
2. All fire barrier penetrations are provided with approved, through-

penetration firestops and/or are protected by approved operable fire
door(s), fire damper(s), or fire window(s) having the appropriate
fire-resistive rating(s).
3. Drawings for each building provided with fire barriers are prepared
to show the location of all fire barriers.
4. Changes or modifications to installed fire barriers shall be

controlled by administrative procedures.
5. Fire doors are identified and numbered.
6. Fire doors are not chocked or blocked open.
7. Security systems do not interfere with or affect the operation or

integrity of fire doors (e.g., latch mechanisms), fire dampers, fire
windows, or other fire protection system component.
8. Fire or smoke dampers are identified and numbered.
9. Fire or smoke dampers are not blocked open.
10. Inspection records of fire barrier penetration devices (fire doors

and fire or smoke dampers) are maintained by the building
administrator for auditing purposes.
11. Immediate attention is taken to resolve any deficiencies that

involve fire barrier impairments.
D-17
9/93
D-18
9/93
D.8 Building Standpipe Systems
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements for installing fire hose lines,
when fire hose lines are required to meet the fire protection goals of the
program. The scope of this procedure also requires compliance with NFPA 14.
At many DOE sites, building fire hose lines are not installed because
site emergency response personnel and fire departments prefer not to use "in-
house" lines, but would rather bring their own hoses for use in the fire.
Some unique conditions may warrant the installation of hose lines, and these
cases should be coordinated with the local fire department. Some codes
require standpipes and/or hose lines to be installed in selected occupancies.
When required, only the fire hose connections (without the hoses) are
typically provided for fire department use to aid with manual firefighting
efforts.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. The class of standpipe service provided for a facility is

coordinated with the local fire department.
2. Standpipe systems are sized in accordance with NFPA 14.
3. Building fire hose connections are conspicuously identified and

access to them is maintained clear and unobstructed.
4. Standpipes normally filled with water shall be protected against

freezing by ensuring the water in the pipe is at or above 40 F.
D-19
9/93
D-20
9/93
APPENDIX E
SPECIAL HAZARDS PROTECTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES
E-1
9/93
E-2
9/93
CONTENTS
E.1 Temporary Enclosures.......................................... E-5

E.2 Computer Facilities........................................... E-7
E.3 Oxidizing Materials........................................... E-9
E.4 Gloveboxes................................................... E-11
E.5 Explosives................................................... E-13
E.6 Transportation............................................... E-15
E.7 Clean Rooms.................................................. E-17
E.8 Laboratories................................................. E-21
E.9 Pyrophoric Materials......................................... E-23
E.10 Portable Structures.......................................... E-25
E.11 Hazardous Material Storage................................... E-27
E.12 Hydrogen Systems............................................. E-29
E.13 Records Storage.............................................. E-31
E.14 Aircraft..................................................... E-33
E.15 Lightning.................................................... E-35
E.16 Explosion Proof Electrical................................... E-37
E.17 Lasers....................................................... E-39
E.18 Paint Spray Operations....................................... E-41
E.19 Dormitories.................................................. E-43
E.20 Decommissioning of Facilities................................ E-45
E.21 Combustion Controls.......................................... E-47
E-3
9/93
E-4
9/93
APPENDIX E
SPECIAL HAZARDS PROTECTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES
E.1 Temporary Enclosures
1.0 SCOPE

temporary enclosure fire protection. The scope of this procedure also
requires compliance with the applicable sections of NFPA 241.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Temporary enclosures erected within a facility are not structurally

supported by piping arrangements designed for automatic sprinkler
systems and other fire protection equipment.
2. The enclosure supporting structures are constructed of

noncombustible or fire-retardant material approved by Fire
3. The coverings for enclosure walls, ceilings, and floors are of

noncombustible or approved fire-retardant materials. Where plastic
films are used, they must be approved by Fire Protection
Engineering.
4. Enclosures and 10-ft-wide areas on the exterior of the enclosures

are posted as "No Smoking" areas.
5. Combustible materials are not stored within the "No Smoking" areas.
6. Flammable and/or combustible liquids are kept to an absolute minimum

and are stored in and dispensed from UL- or FM-approved safety cans.
Flammable or combustible liquid-soaked clothes, rags, or waste are
stored in UL- or FM-approved safety containers.
7. Combustible materials that are used in the enclosure operations

(e.g., rags, paper products, etc.) are removed from the enclosure
immediately after use or transported and stored in approved metal
containers with lids. All combustible waste is removed from the
enclosure after each work shift.
8. Exits are kept unobstructed at all times.
E-5
9/93
9. Cutting, welding, open flame, or grinding are not performed in

enclosures without an approved permit.
10. Portable fire extinguishers are provided and positioned for easy
visibility and access.
E-6
9/93
E.2 Computer Facilities
1.0 SCOPE

computer facility fire protection. The scope of this procedure also requires
compliance with DOE/EP-0108, Standard for Fire Protection of AEC Electronic
Computer Data Processing Systems. This procedure applies to facilities that
have the following characteristics:
1. Designated as vital to the DOE mission
2. Required for security
3. Valued at $1 million or more
4. Required for operations that could be performed by substitute

methods, but the substitute methods would result in unacceptable
delay or would involve significant additional expenditures for
personnel, facilities, and equipment.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
Management shall assure that the following are accomplished.
1. Computer areas are posted as "No Smoking" areas.
2. Furniture in computer areas is metal and limited to what is required

for efficient operations.
3. Waste containers are noncombustible and equipped with fire safety

lids.
4. Waste containers are emptied daily.
5. Areas under the raised floor are inspected quarterly to ensure no

combustibles have accumulated.
6. Office or computer supplies, forms, stationary, and other

combustible supplies are not stored in the computer area.
7. Maintenance operations are not performed in the computer area,

except for those repairs made directly to equipment that is
impractical to remove from the area.
8. Records and tapes are not stored in the computer area, except
those required for daily operations.
9. Records and tapes required for daily operations are stored in

closed metal cabinets.
E-7
9/93
10. Computer areas have an equipment salvage plan in place for the
reconditioning of equipment that is exposed to smoke and water.
11. Fire protection features are provided in accordance with standards

DOE/EP-0108, Standard For Fire Protection of AEC Electronic Computer
Data Processing Systems and NFPA 75.
12. Employees who normally work in computer facilities are familiar with
the fire protection systems in their work area.
13. Computer facilities with raised floors are provided with floor
lifters that are mounted near the room exit door.
E-8
9/93
E.3 Oxidizing Materials
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the general requirements for storing liquid and
solid oxidizing materials. The scope of this procedure also requires
compliance with NFPA 43A and NFPA 43C.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. An emergency plan is in place for facilities storing oxidizing

materials.
2. Storage facilities are labeled with the "Class" of oxidizer they

contain. (Reference NFPA 43A)
3. Oxidizing material is not stored with noncompatible materials such

as ordinary combustibles, flammable or combustible liquids, greases,
etc. (This does not apply to approved packaging material.)
4. The total amount of oxidizing material for each "Class" does not
exceed 2 tons in nonsprinklered buildings or 4 tons in sprinklered
buildings.
5. Employees involved in the storage operation receive instruction on

handling the material in a safe manner.
6. "No Smoking" signs are posted at the entrance and within the storage
building.
7. Any wood construction in storage buildings that may come in contact

with oxidizers is protected with a compatible material to prevent
the wood from impregnation by the oxidizers.
8. Combustible waste and used or empty containers are not stored with
the oxidizing material.
E-9
9/93
E-10
9/93
E.4 Gloveboxes
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the design and operation requirements and

responsibilities for the prevention of glovebox fires. The scope of this
procedure also requires compliance with the Glovebox Fire Protection Criteria
located in the DOE Fire Protection Resource Manual.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. All new gloveboxes and windows are constructed of noncombustible or

fire retardant materials.
2. Glovebox gloves are of Hypalon1 or neoprene material.
3. Window size is held to a minimum consistent with good operator

vision and maintenance needs.
4. Gloveboxes are equipped with fire protection. Reference the DOE

Glovebox Fire Protection Criteria.
5. Only combustibles required for daily operations are permitted in a

glovebox.
6. Transient combustibles in gloveboxes are kept in closed metal

containers.
7. Combustible waste is removed from gloveboxes daily or placed in

closed metal containers (see item 6).
8. Flammable and combustible liquids used in gloveboxes are stored and

dispensed from approved safety cans.
9. Glovebox exhaust filter openings are equipped with fire screens.
10. Heat-producing equipment in gloveboxes (e.g., calciners, hot plates)

are equipped with high temperature automatic shutoff devices, safety
shutoff valves, or safety tip-over switches.
1
Hypalon is a trademark of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co.
E-11
9/93
E-12
9/93
E.5 Explosives
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the operation requirements and responsibilities

for the manufacturer, storage, and use of explosive materials. The term
explosive includes any material determined to be within the scope of Title 18,
United States Code, Chapter 40 (18 USC 40), "Importance, Manufacture,
Distribution, and Storage of Explosive Materials." It also includes any
material classified as an explosive by the DOT Hazardous Material Regulations.
The scope of this procedure also requires compliance with the following
standards as applicable:

NFPA 498, "Explosive Motor Vehicle Terminals"
49 CFR 100-199, "Transportation"
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. The manufacture, storage, and use of explosive materials are

prohibited unless it can be done in a safe manner.
2. The safety of the explosive workers, general public, and environment

in the vicinity of the explosive materials are the primary
importance of the operations.
3. Smoking and flame producing equipment are not permitted in the

vicinity where explosive materials are produced, handled, stored, or
used.
4. All explosive materials that are not in the process of manufacture,

being transported, or in use are kept in a storage magazine.
5. Storage magazines are of the proper construction and are properly

located for the type and amount of explosive being stored.
6. The area around storage magazines is kept clear of brush, dry grass,
leaves, or similar combustibles for a minimum distance of 25 ft.
7. Combustible materials are not stored within 50 ft of explosive

magazines.
8. All electrical equipment used near explosive material complies with

NFPA 70 for classified hazardous areas.
E-13
9/93
9. Precautions are taken to prevent accidental detonation of explosives

from currents induced by radar and radio transmitters, lightning,
adjacent power lines, dust and snow storms, or other sources of
extraneous electricity. These precautions shall include the
following:
a. Post signs warning against the use of mobile radio transmitters

on all roads within 350 ft of explosive operations, as
required.
b. Construct tools used in the handling of explosives of

nonsparking materials.
c. Discontinue all handling of explosive materials during the

approach and progress of an electrical storm. Move all
personnel to a safe location.
d. Provide bonding and grounding straps for all equipment where

explosive materials are processed and handled.
e. Ensure floorings are of nonsparking materials.
E-14
9/93
E.6 Transportation
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements for transporting flammable and

combustible liquids, compressed gases, explosives, and other hazardous
materials. For the purpose of this procedure, a vehicle is defined as either
a railcar, ship, or highway truck. The scope of this procedure also requires
compliance with the following standards as applicable:

NFPA 59, "Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases at Utility
Gas Plants"
NFPA 59A, "Production, Storage and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas"
NFPA 303, "Marinas and Boat Yards"
NFPA 306, "Control of Gas Hazards on Vessels"
NFPA 307, "Marine Terminals, Piers and Wharves"
NFPA 327, "Cleaning or Safeguarding tanks and Containers"
NFPA 385, "Tank Vehicles for Flammable and Combustible Liquids"
NFPA 386, "Portable Shipping Tanks"
NFPA 495, "Explosive Materials Code"
18 USC 40, "Importation, Manufacture, Distribution, and Storage of
Explosive Materials"
33 CFR 1-199, "Navigation and Navigable Waters"
46 CFR 1-199, "Shipping"
49 CFR 393, 396, 397, "Transportation"
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Flammable and combustible liquids, compressed gases, explosive, and

hazardous materials are transported in the appropriate containers
and vehicles with the proper valving, piping, hose, connectors,
pumps, meters, dispensers, regulators, strainers, and emergency
venting.
2. Materials are not stored or transported in a vehicle that is not in

compliance with the DOT.
3. All vehicles and containers used for transporting any material

covered by this procedure (regardless of quantity being transported,
or whether loaded or empty) are conspicuously and legibly marked in
accordance with the requirements of the DOT Hazardous Material
Regulations.
4. Vehicle drivers and navigators are thoroughly trained and licensed

in the proper method of operating, loading, and unloading the
E-15
9/93
vehicle.
5. Vehicles are not operated unless they are in proper repair, devoid
of accumulation of grease and oil, and free of leaks.
6. Vehicle repairs are not made unless the repairs can be made without
hazard.
7. Vehicle repairs are not performed in a closed building or with the

vehicle loaded or unpurged.
8. Vehicles are bonded and grounded when required during loading and
unloading operations.
9. Vehicles used for transporting materials covered by this procedure

are designated as "No Smoking" areas.
10. Material is not transported from a land-based vehicle unless the

parking brake is securely set, wheels blocked as required, and all
other reasonable precautions have been taken to prevent motion of
the vehicle.
11. Transportation vehicles are provided with at least one 20-B:C rated
fire extinguisher, or two 10-B:C rated fire extinguishers, or one
2A-20B:C rated fire extinguisher.
12. Extinguishers are maintained in good operating condition (See

Section D.1, "Portable Fire Extinguishers") and are accessible in
the vehicle.
13. Material containers used in transportation are chemically compatible

with the material being transported.
14. Transportation vehicles, except in an emergency situation, are not

parked and left unattended adjacent to any building, street,
highway, avenue, alley, water way, pier, wharf, or harbor facility
that is not connected with the normal duties of the vehicle.
15. Vehicles used for transporting explosive materials are not exposed
to spark producing surfaces on the inside of the transporting body.
16. Explosive materials are not transported through any prohibited

vehicular bridge, roadway, or elevated highway.
E-16
9/93
E.7 Clean Rooms
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the fire protection requirements for clean rooms.
A clean room is a controlled environment facility in which all incoming air
particulates, room temperatures, pressures, and humidity are strictly
regulated. The scope of this procedure also requires compliance with NFPA 318
and FM Data Sheets FM 1-56, "Clean Rooms," and FM 7-7, "Semiconductor Plants."
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. The interior finish of clean rooms has a flame spread rating of 25

or less and a smoke development of 50 or less in accordance with
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) E-84, Test Method
for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
2. Carpet and flooring used in clean rooms has a minimum average

critical radiant flux of 0.45 W/cm2 when tested in accordance with
ASTM E-648, Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering
Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source.
3. Clean rooms are constructed of fire resistive or noncombustible

construction and are separated from other occupancies by a minimum
1-hour fire rated construction.
4. All piping, duct work, and cables passing through fire rated
construction are fire stopped or wrapped with the appropriate
materials for the penetration rating. Fire dampers shall not be
installed in exhaust ventilation systems.
5. Clean rooms are subdivided by 1-hour fire rated partitions into the
smallest areas possible to limit damage from fire. The largest
individual clean room should not exceed 10,000 ft2 .
6. Clean rooms have an engineered smoke control system designed to

exhaust 100% air in the fire area and simultaneously provide areas
adjacent to the fire area with a 100% supply. This will ensure that
at least a 0.20-in. water gauge higher pressure is provided in the
adjacent areas.
7. Bench stations handling flammable, combustible, or corrosive

materials are provided with ventilation hood systems.
8. Bench stations and hoods are made of noncombustible materials.
E-17
9/93
9. Ducting in ventilation systems are made of noncombustible materials

or of materials that have a flame spread of 25 or less and smoke
development of 50 or less.
10. All electrical equipment and wiring complies with NFPA 70.
11. Sprinkler protection is provided throughout the clean rooms,

including under work benches and under exhaust hood systems.
12. Automatic smoke detection and alarm systems are provided throughout
clean rooms.
13. Smoke detection is provided on a 200 ft2 maximum spacing due to high
air flows associated with clean rooms.
14. Smoke detection sounds internal evacuation alarms, actuates the

smoke control system, and signals emergency fire department
personnel.
15. CO2 or sprinkler systems are provided for under-floor spaces over
5,000 ft3 where the space contains power, communication, or data
cables that are not located in approved conduit or metallic tubing.
16. HEPA filters used in clean rooms are UL listed.
17. HEPA filters and ducts are inspected frequently, and filters are
cleaned or replaced on a regular schedule.
18. HEPA filters are not patched or plugged to improve their efficiency
as this action adversely affects their fire resistance.
19. Exiting from clean rooms complies with NFPA 101.
20. Combustible or flammable liquids and corrosive liquids are limited

to a 1-day supply in a clean room and are stored in approved safety
containers. A maximum 10-day supply of combustible or flammable
liquids and corrosive liquids may be located in a clean room
provided they are stored in an approved noncombustible storage
cabinet or locker. Separate all other combustible or flammable and
corrosive liquids from the clean room by 1-hour fire rated
construction.
21. Flammable gases used within clean rooms should have the supply
cylinder or bulk tanks located outside the clean room separated by
1-hour fire rated construction.
22. All process and production areas are kept clean and free of all
combustible materials such as cartons, papers, and packaging
materials.
E-18
9/93
23. Portable fire extinguishers are provided per NFPA 10.
24. Detailed emergency procedures are posted in the clean room.

Procedures should included instructions for shutting off all
hazardous gases, maintaining fume exhaust systems, and sounding an
evacuation alarm. Personnel should be trained in the emergency
procedures.
E-19
9/93
E-20
9/93
E.8 Laboratories
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the fire protection requirements for

laboratories. The scope of this procedure also requires compliance with the
applicable sections of NFPA 45l.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Limit the quantity of hazardous chemicals stored in an open

laboratory work area to the amount required for the specific task
being performed.
2. Incompatible materials are segregated to prevent accidental contact

with one another.
3. Containers of materials that may become hazardous over time are

dated and inspected every 6 months to evaluate their condition.
Materials that are safe may be redated, and those that can be made
safe by treating them may be treated and redated. Safely discard
all other materials.
4. Pressure relief systems discharge to a safe location.
5. All permanent piping is identified (as to its contents) at the

supply and discharge points.
6. Operating controls for apparatus are accessible under normal and

emergency conditions.
7. Entrances to laboratory units or areas are identified with signs to

warn emergency personnel of unusual or severe hazards that are not
related to the fire hazard of contents.
8. Documented monthly housekeeping inspections are performed for each

laboratory, and corrective action is initiated immediately to
resolve identified deficiencies.
E-21
9/93
E-22
9/93
E.9 Pyrophoric Materials
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the design and operation requirements, and

responsibilities where pyrophoric materials and combustible metals are stored,
processed, or handled. For the purpose of this scope, a pyrophoric material
is a material that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. The scope of
this procedure also requires compliance with the following standards as
applicable:
NFPA 68, "Explosion Venting"

NFPA 69, "Explosion Prevention Systems"
NFPA 325M, "Fire Hazard Properties of Flammable Liquids, Gases, and
Volatile Solids"
NFPA 480, "Storage, Handling, and Processing of Magnesium"
NFPA 481, "Production, Processing, Handling, and Storage of Titanium"
NFPA 482, "Production, Processing, Handling, and Storage of Zirconium"
NFPA 651, "Manufacture of Aluminum and Magnesium Powder"
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. The appropriate extinguishing agents are used where pyrophoric

materials and combustible metals are processed, stored, or handled.
Most pyrophoric materials react violently with water, foam agents,
halogenated agents, and CO2 . Some combustible metals cannot be
extinguished with water and require special extinguishing powders
(for Class D fires) or special inerting gases.
2. Processes involving pyrophoric materials are performed in an

enclosed oxygen free, oxygen deficient, or inerting atmosphere that
is moisture controlled (dry).
3. Whenever inert gas systems are used, a reserve supply of gas is

available for emergency use.
4. Ordinary combustible materials, such as paper, wood, cartons, or

packing material are not stored or allowed to accumulate near
processes where pyrophoric materials and combustible metals are
handled.
5. Smoking and uncontrolled use of open flames are prohibited where

materials are processed, stored, or handled. Areas shall be clearly
posted with "No Smoking" signs.
6. Nonsparking tools are used when handling combustible metal powders.
E-23
9/93
E-24
9/93
E.10 Portable Structures
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the fire protection requirements for portable

structures.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
Management shall ensure that:
1. The placement and use of all portable structures is reviewed by Fire

2. Portable structures comply with DOE/EV-0043, Standard on Fire

Protection for Portable Structures, when any one of the following
conditions exist:
a. Creates a life hazard
b. Endangers the public or environment
c. Replacement value (structure and contents) exceeds $250,000
d. Is vital to a DOE program.
E-25
9/93
E-26
9/93
E.11 Hazardous Material Storage
1.0 SCOPE

responsibilities for hazardous material storage. Hazardous materials can
include flammable and combustible liquids, gases, corrosives, oxidizers, water
reactives, and radioactive materials. The scope of this procedure also
requires compliance with the following standards as applicable:

NFPA 43A, "Storage of Liquid and Solid Oxidizers"
NFPA 43B, "Storage of Organic Peroxide Formulations"
NFPA 43C, "Storage of Gaseous Oxidizing Materials"
NFPA 59A, "Production, Storage, and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas"
NFPA 231, "General Storage"
NFPA 231C, "Rack Storage of Materials"
NFPA 491M, "Hazardous Chemical Reactions"
NFPA 704, "System for Identification of the Hazards of Materials"
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Hazardous material storage is separated by minimum distances from

other facilities and personnel areas.
2. Incompatible hazardous materials in the same building are separated

by suitable fire rated construction. A material that is
incompatible with another is a material that can cause hazardous
reactions or can promote or initiate combustion with the material.
Examples of materials that require separation between each other are
flammable and combustible liquids, corrosive materials, oxidizers,
and water reactives.
3. Incompatible hazardous materials stored outside of buildings are

separated from one another by minimum distances.
4. Hazardous materials are stored in the appropriate containers.
5. Hazardous material storage areas and buildings are provided with

containment for liquid run-off control.
6. Hazardous material storage buildings and aboveground tanks are

provided with fire protection.
7. Hazardous materials that may cause environmental damage in a fire

are located in separate hazardous material containment buildings or
tanks.
E-27
9/93
8. Separate hazardous material containment buildings are provided with

fire sprinkler systems or other approved fire protection control and
extinguishing systems.
9. Accumulation of combustible materials such as cartons, papers, and

packaging materials is prohibited in and around hazardous material
storage.
10. Weeds or similar combustibles are not permitted within 15 ft of

hazardous material storage areas.
11. Portable fire extinguishers in hazardous storage buildings are

provided for the appropriate hazard per NFPA 10.
12. Personnel involved in hazardous material operations receive

instructions in handling the materials in a safe manner.
13. Smoking is not permitted in or near hazardous storage areas.
14. Storage facilities are not used as dispensing facilities.
E-28
9/93
E.12 Hydrogen Systems
1.0 SCOPE

responsibilities for the prevention of hydrogen fires where hydrogen is
handled, stored, used in piping or in a process, discharged through valves
into pressure containers, or flowing out of containers through nozzles. The
scope of this procedure also requires compliance with the following standards
as applicable:

2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Gas or liquid hydrogen is stored in approved containers equipped

with pressure relief devices.
2. Piping, tubing, fittings, valves, gauges, and regulators in hydrogen

systems are suitable for hydrogen service.
3. Hydrogen storage is not permitted inside buildings other than in

separate, specially designed buildings or rooms.
4. Storage containers, piping, valving, regulating equipment, and other

accessories are readily accessible to authorized personnel and
emergency fire department apparatus and are protected against
physical damage.
5. Hydrogen systems are electrically bonded or grounded before

discharging hydrogen.
6. Legible instructions are maintained at locations that require

operation of hydrogen equipment by the user.
7. A qualified person is in attendance at all times when mobile

hydrogen supply equipment is unloading hydrogen.
8. Each hydrogen system installed is inspected annually and maintained

by qualified personnel.
E-29
9/93
9. Weeds or similar combustibles are not permitted within 15 ft of

gaseous hydrogen system equipment or within 25 ft of liquefied
hydrogen system equipment.
10. Personnel using hydrogen and hydrogen equipment are provided

documented training on the fire hazards associated with hydrogen,
e.g., the flames are practically invisible.
E-30
9/93
E.13 Records Storage
1.0 SCOPE

responsibilities for fire protection of records storage. This procedure does
not consider requirements that may be part of a security program needed to
prohibit forcible entry. The scope of this procedure also requires compliance
with the following standards as applicable:
NFPA 232, "Protection of Records"

NFPA 232AM, "Archives and Record Centers"
NFPA 910, "Libraries and Library Collection"
36 CFR, Chapter XII, "Records Management"
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Vital and important records (as defined by NFPA 232) are protected
against fire.
2. Records that can be reproduced are duplicated and stored away from
the originals so they will not be subject to the same fire incident.
3. Vital and important records are located and stored in noncombustible

buildings protected with automatic sprinklers.
4. Areas that provide storage of vital and important records are

provided with smoke detection systems.
5. Appropriate fire extinguishers are provided for record storage

vaults, file rooms, and record storage areas.
6. Good housekeeping, orderliness, and maintenance of equipment are

provided for record storage areas.
7. Record storage areas are posted as "No Smoking" areas.
8. File rooms and storage vaults are not used as working spaces.
9. Persons other than those authorized to handle records are not

permitted in file rooms and record vaults.
E-31
9/93
E-32
9/93
E.14 Aircraft
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the requirements for the design, operation, and
responsibility of protecting aircraft fueling facilities and hangars. The
scope of this procedure also requires compliance with the following standards
as applicable:

NFPA 407, "Aircraft Fuel Service"
NFPA 409, "Aircraft Hangars"
NFPA 410, "Aircraft Maintenance"
NFPA 415, "Aircraft Fueling Ramp Drainage"
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. When a fire suppression system is required, the system shall comply

with NFPA 16.
2. In hangars housing aircraft having wing areas in excess of

3,000 ft2 , provide supplementary low-level fixed aqueous film-
forming foam (AFFF) oscillating monitor nozzle systems in the main
hangar area.
3. Foam concentrate tanks, proportioning equipment, and deluge valves

shall be separated from main hangar areas by construction having a
minimum 1-hour fire resistance rating.
4. Office areas located in hangar buildings shall be separated from

main hangar areas by construction having a minimum 1-hour fire
resistance rating.
5. Automatic wet-pipe sprinklers are provided in all areas of the

hangar facility not provided with overhead AFFF sprinkler
protection.
6. All hangars are provided with floor drains to accommodate liquid

run-off from fire systems or spills.
7. Drainage systems are flushed thoroughly with high volumes of water

at least annually, to ensure their operability.
8. Light and electrical fixtures in the main hangar area are rain
tight.
E-33
9/93
9. Operation instructions for fire protection are permanently posted at

each monitor nozzle station and at each manual deluge activation
station.
10. Portable and wheeled fire extinguishers are provided in the main
hangar areas and at fuel servicing locations per NFPA 10.
11. "No Smoking" signs are posted throughout main hangar areas and at
aircraft fuel servicing locations.
12. Emergency fuel shutoff and electrical bonding systems are provided
at all fueling locations.
13. Aircraft fuel servicing is done outdoors.
14. Only authorized personnel, trained in the safe operation of aircraft

fuel servicing systems and their emergency controls, fuel and defuel
aircraft.
15. Emergency fuel shutoff devices are inspected and tested at least
every 3 months.
16. Aircraft fueling hoses are inspected daily before use. At least
once a month the hoses shall be completely extended and inspected.
17. Fueling hoses are hydrostatically tested when signs of flattening,

kinking, sharp bending, or crushing by a vehicle are indicated.
E-34
9/93
E.15 Lightning
1.0 SCOPE

responsibilities for lightning protection. The scope of this procedure also
NFPA 70, "National Electric Code"

NFPA 78, "Lightning Protection Code"
FM 5-11, "Lightning Protection"
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Lightning protection systems are provided for facilities that

handle, process, or store radioactive materials, explosives, or
similarly hazardous materials; buildings containing high value
equipment; and structures having a severe lightning risk value per
NFPA 78, Appendix I.
2. Electric power and communication services to all facilities and

underground power cables, where connected by overhead power
distribution lines, have lightning and surge protection.
3. All lightning protection systems are maintained.
4. All lightning protection systems are visually inspected per NFPA 78,
Appendix B, annually.
5. Complete in-depth testing and inspections per NFPA 78, Appendix B,

are performed every 3 years on critical systems providing lightning
protection for facilities involving radioactive or explosive
materials.
6. Inspection and maintenance procedures are in place for personnel

performing lightning protection system maintenance and inspections.
7. Inspection and maintenance records of the lightning protection

systems are documented and maintained for auditing purposes.
E-35
9/93
E-36
9/93
E.16 Explosion Proof Electrical
1.0 SCOPE

responsibilities for explosion proof electrical installations. The scope of
this procedure also requires compliance with the applicable NFPA standard
addressing the specific operation or process, as well as the following
standards:

NFPA 493, "Intrinsically Safe Apparatus and Associated Apparatus for
Use in Class I, II, III, Division 1 Hazardous Locations"
NFPA 496, "Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment"
NFPA 497A, "Classification of Class I Hazardous Locations for Electrical
NFPA 497B, "Classification of Class II Hazardous Locations for Electrical
NFPA 497M, "Classification of Gases, Vapors, and Dusts for Electrical
Equipment in Hazardous Locations"
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Explosion proof electrical equipment of the proper classification is

provided in locations where flammable vapors, liquids, gases, or
combustible dusts or fibers may be present in concentrations
sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures.
2. All explosion proof electrical equipment used is UL listed or FM

approved for use in the appropriate hazardous atmosphere.
3. No alterations or modifications are made to listed or approved

equipment for hazardous locations. If modifications are made, the
equipment shall be void for use in a classified hazardous location.
E-37
9/93
E-38
9/93
E.17 Lasers
1.0 SCOPE

responsibilities for laser operations. The scope of this procedure also

American National Standards Institute ANSI/Z136.1, Safe Use of Lasers
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. All class lasers and laser systems have protective housings,

interlocks, circuit breakers, insulation, switching devices, and the
appropriate affixed warning labels.
2. When a high-valued laser system is located in a building, the

building is protected by automatic fire detection and fire sprinkler
systems.
3. All electrical equipment is installed in accordance with NFPA 70.
4. All laser system frames, enclosures, and other accessible non-

current-carrying metallic parts are grounded.
5. Lasers and laser systems are operated and maintained only by

authorized employees.
6. Employees involved with lasers and laser systems are properly

trained.
7. Procedures are developed for the proper installation and use of all
laser systems.
8. Beam target areas of Class IV lasers (per ANSI Z136.1) are free of
combustible and flammable materials.
9. Lasers using flammable liquids are provided with effective means of

controlling liquid fires.
10. Experimental lasers that (1) are not listed or approved for use in
classified hazardous locations and (2) have unique electrical
components are provided with the necessary precautions to control
all fire hazards.
E-39
9/93
E-40
9/93
E.18 Paint Spray Operations
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the general requirements for the spray

application of flammable and combustible materials. The scope of this
procedure also requires that the design, installation, and protection of spray
application systems comply with the following standard:
NFPA 33, "Spray Application Using Flammable and Combustible Materials"
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Spray operation areas are provided with continuous mechanical

ventilation systems that are adequate to confine overspray and keep
concentrations of flammable vapors below 25% of the lower flammable
limit.
2. Spray areas are protected with an approved automatic fire protection

system.
3. Procedures are established to ensure the following.
a. Collection filters are replaced before there is an excessive

restriction in air flow, and used filters are disposed of at a
location detached and outside of the building or in a water-
filled metal container.
b. Overspray at the work area, in the plenum behind the filters,

and in the exhaust duct is cleaned. (The cleaning solvent
should have a flashpoint above 100 F except for cleaning spray
nozzles.)
c. Rags and waste impregnated with overspray are disposed of in

approved metal containers.
4. "No Smoking" signs are posted in spray areas and paint storage
rooms.
5. Employees involved with the spray operations receive instruction in

potential safety and health hazards, and operational and emergency
procedures.
6. The quantity of flammable and combustible liquid stored in the

vicinity of spray operations is in accordance with the requirements
in C.5, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids."
E-41
9/93
E-42
9/93
E.19 Dormitories
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides requirements for DOE-owned and -leased

dormitories. The scope of this procedure also requires compliance with the
applicable sections of NFPA 70.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Dormitories are designed in accordance with NFPA 101.
2. Dormitories over 20,000 ft2 are provided with 2-hour fire separation
barriers, so no single fire area exceeds this size.
3. Nonmetallic sheathed cable is not used in steel stud partitions or

concrete construction.
4. Dormitory exits are maintained in accordance with Section D.3,

"Building Exits."
E-43
9/93
E-44
9/93
E.20 Decommissioning of Facilities
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the fire protection requirements for facilities

being decommissioned. The scope of this procedure also requires compliance
with the applicable sections of NFPA 241.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Fire suppression systems are maintained operable to the extent

possible during decommissioning activities.
2. During cold weather operations, provide temporary heating equipment

for the facility so installed sprinkler systems can be maintained
operable.
3. If operations require the use of explosives, provide at least two

1 1/2-in. hose lines, or one 2 1/2-in. hose line, at the immediate
vicinity of the site during the actual detonation.
4. Electrical service is reduced to the minimum required for

decommissioning, and all energized circuits are clearly identified.
5. Smoking is prohibited throughout the decommissioning area.
6. Flammable and combustible liquids are removed from the facility

before any demolition is initiated.
7. A means for emergency notification is provided at the

decommissioning area.
8. Free and unobstructed access is maintained at the decommissioning

area for emergency response vehicles.
E-45
9/93
E-46
9/93
E.21 Combustion Controls
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure provides the fire protection requirements for boilers,

ovens, and furnaces.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
1. Boilers, ovens, and furnaces are designed in accordance with the

applicable NFPA standards.
2. The equipment is started using only the igniters designed for the
equipment.
3. All systems are provided with basic interlock systems to prevent

improper operation of the equipment and to limit actions to those
prescribed for the proper operating sequence.
4. All systems are provided with automatic safety features that prevent
the systems from approaching an undesirable or unstable operating
condition.
5. All interlock and automatic safety systems have audible and visual
annunciation to indicate abnormal conditions.
6. All interlock and automatic safety systems are placed on a regular

testing schedule to ensure they function as intended. Report and
correct any defects identified and document the repairs.
7. All equipment have normal and emergency operating procedures in

place, and the procedures are reviewed regularly to ensure they are
current.
8. All operators receive formal training so they are prepared to

operate the equipment safely and efficiently.
E-47
9/93
E-48
9/93
APPENDIX F
FIRE DEPARTMENT OPERATIONS AND EMERGENCY

RESPONSE--SAMPLE PROCEDURES
F-1
9/93
F-2
9/93
CONTENTS
C - PERIODIC RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES................................. F-5

I. PURPOSE...................................................... F-5
II. GENERAL INFORMATION.......................................... F-5
III. ROTATING GROUP ASSIGNMENT SCHEDULES.......................... F-5
IV. GROUP 1 ASSIGNMENT RESPONSIBILITIES.......................... F-5
V. GROUP 2 ASSIGNMENT RESPONSIBILITIES.......................... F-6
VI. GROUP 3 ASSIGNMENT RESPONSIBILITIES.......................... F-6
VII. SPECIAL RESPONSIBILITY ASSIGNMENTS........................... F-7
VIII. VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE............................... F-8
IX. STATION MAINTENANCE.......................................... F-8
X. ANNUAL ACTIVITIES (ALL STATIONS)............................. F-8
XI. SEMIANNUAL ACTIVITIES (ALL STATIONS)......................... F-9
XII. MONTHLY DUTIES............................................... F-9
XIII. WEEKLY DUTIES............................................... F-11
XIV. DAILY ACTIVITIES............................................ F-13
H - NOTIFICATION OF ABSENCES............................................ F-15

I. PURPOSE..................................................... F-15
II. RESPONSIBILITY.............................................. F-15
III. NOTIFICATION................................................ F-15
IV. DOCUMENTATION............................................... F-16
V. VOLUNTEER EMERGENCY SERVICE................................. F-16
K - EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURE........................................ F-17

I. PURPOSE..................................................... F-17
II. SCOPE....................................................... F-17
III. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PERSONNEL................................ F-17
IV. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION.................................................. F-18
V. INCIDENT COMMAND............................................ F-19
VI. SPECIFIC INCIDENT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS....................... F-19
VII. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS......................................... F-19
VIII. SPECIFICATIONS FOR POST-INDICATOR VALVE CONTROL DURING
SPRINKLER SYSTEM ACTIVATIONS................................ F-19
IX. RADIO COMMUNICATION BACKUP.................................. F-20
X. AMBULANCE RESPONSES......................................... F-20
L. FACILITY CONTROL IN EMERGENCY SITUATIONS............................ F-23

I. PURPOSE..................................................... F-23
II. FIRE DEPARTMENT MISSION..................................... F-23
III. AUTHORITIES................................................. F-23
IV. EMERGENCY COMMAND CONTROL................................... F-24
V. BUILDING EMERGENCY DIRECTOR AND DESIGNATED ALTERNATE
SUPPORT..................................................... F-24
VI. COMMAND POST................................................ F-25
VII. COMMAND POST FLAG STANDARD.................................. F-26
F-3
9/93
F-4
9/93
APPENDIX F
FIRE DEPARTMENT OPERATIONS AND EMERGENCY

RESPONSE--SAMPLE PROCEDURES
C - PERIODIC RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES
I. PURPOSE
A. To define the periodic duties and responsibilities of the members of

the department.
B. To divide the duties among the three platoon shifts and the Testing
and Services (T&S) personnel.
I. GENERAL INFORMATION
A. Certain areas of the fire stations, and the department vehicles and
equipment are divided into three groups. Each platoon is
responsible for one group as their responsibility. Groups are
rotated every 6 months. Some functions are assigned to individuals
on a permanent basis.
III. ROTATING GROUP ASSIGNMENT SCHEDULES
Period 'A' Platoon 'B' Platoon 'C' Platoon
3/1/91-9/1/91 1 2 3
9/1/91-3/1/92 2 3 1
3/1/93-9/1/93 3 1 2
9/1/93-3/1/94 1 2 3
IV. GROUP 1 ASSIGNMENT RESPONSIBILITIES
A. All stations
1. Alarm room, all offices, hose tower, hose storage and breathing
air compressor room, boiler room, equipment storage room, and
emergency generator room.
2. Hose on assigned equipment.
B. Station A
1. Engine 1, T-1, lawn mower.

2. 185-N hydrant hose boxes.
F-5
9/93
C. Station B
1. Engine 2, T-2, Unit 1 and Unit 2, lawn mower.

2. Jaws on E-2 (HO-30-3977).
D. Station C
1. Engine 3, T-3
2. Jaws on E-3 (HO-30-3960)
E. Station D
1. Engine 4, T-4, and jaws (HO-30-5033)
V. GROUP 2 ASSIGNMENT RESPONSIBILITIES
A. All stations
1. All bathrooms, bedrooms, hallway, shop, storage rooms,

warehouses, and outside grounds.
2. Hose on assigned equipment.
3. All station ladders (fixed and portable).
B. Station A
1. Engine 11, T-11, Unit 11, slip-in pump (HO-49-8085).
C. Station B
1. Engine 22, Unit 3, and HAZMAT 1.
D. Station C
1. Engine 33, HAZMAT 3, portable pump (HO-49-15819), Unit 31,

slip-in, ambulance 3, auxiliary pump HO-49-18639.
E. Station D
1. Engine 44 and ambulance 4
VI. GROUP 3 ASSIGNMENT RESPONSIBILITIES
A. All stations
1. Kitchen, dining and squad room, and apparatus room.

2. All hose in hose racks, including warehouse.
F-6
9/93
B. Station A
1. Ambulance 1 and ambulance 5, S-1 auxiliary pumps 49-18678 and

49-15818.
2. All hose in hose rack and warehouse.
C. Station B
1. Ambulance 2, Unit 21, and slip-in pump (HO-49-5523), portable

pump, Attack 1 and portable generator (HO-74-5821), chlorine
tank trailer, U-3
2. All hose in hose racks.
D. Station C
1. Portable pump (HO-59-18679), Unit 31, and slip-in pump (HO-49-

5086), T-33
E. Station D
1. Mobile air 1 and auxiliary generator (HO-74-5609), MX-4, Unit

41, and slip-in pump (HO-49-5087)
2. Hose in hose rack
VII. SPECIAL RESPONSIBILITY ASSIGNMENTS
A. Testing and Services (all stations)
1. All T&S vehicles
2. T&S managers will schedule maintenance and repairs on the above

vehicles and on U-1, U-2, and U-4.
B. "A" Platoon (all stations)
1. Maintain laundry and dry cleaning records.
2. Care and upkeep of the foam generator assigned to the 100 Area
Fire Station (HO-50-15802).
C. "B" Platoon (all stations)
1. Maintain all hose records. This includes any necessary

revisions to maintain accurate and current records.
2. Make history card records for all hose.
3. Care and upkeep of foam generator assigned to Station 2 (HO-50-

1927).
F-7
9/93
D. "C" Platoon (all stations)
1. All station filing, as needed.
VIII. VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE
A. The battalion commander, or delegate, will normally schedule vehicle

repair or maintenance work for all platoon vehicles.
B. T&S officers will schedule vehicles assigned to their group.
C. Fire Department Maintenance Request forms must be completed and

accompany each vehicle.
IX. STATION MAINTENANCE
A. Station repair and maintenance will be handled by T&S planners north

of the Wye Barricade and by the T&S captain south of the Wye
Barricade.
B. Maintenance Request forms must be submitted to the above individuals

to schedule repair activity.
X. ANNUAL ACTIVITIES (ALL STATIONS)
A. Perform building tours in all facilities requiring annual

inspections.
B. Perform hydrant flow testing during March and April.
C. Inspect and winterize hydrants during September and October.
D. Perform annual service test on all apparatus during the month of

May. Reports are then forwarded to the deputy chief. An annual
service test log for all equipment will be maintained in each
station.
E. Test hose in racks during the last 2 weeks of April and first 2
weeks of May.
F. Test all other fire hose during May and June.
G. Test all portable ladders in June (officers conduct test; training

officer coordinates).
H. Test all telesquirt ladders in June (performed by offsite vendor;

training officer coordinates).
F-8
9/93
XI. SEMIANNUAL ACTIVITIES (ALL STATIONS)
A. Perform building tours in all facilities requiring semiannual

inspections.
B. Rotate station and equipment assignments on March 1 and September 1.
1. Immediately after rotation of responsibilities, all rooms,

walls, and floors are to be thoroughly cleaned.
2. Immediately after rotation, a thorough vehicle equipment

inventory will be conducted by the responsible shift against
the inventory listed for that vehicle. All equipment must be
listed in alphabetical order on the back of the equipment
inventory sheet along with the appropriate compartment (RF =
right front, LF = left rear, etc.). All shortages will be
noted and referred to the training officer. Any inventory
revision will require deputy chief or training officer's
approval. Complete inventory sheets are to be attached to the
driver's door.
C. Check any first aid kits in suppression vehicles. Ensure they are
complete and replace old or outdated material.
D. Wash and wax all equipment following 6-month assignment rotation.
E. The shift on duty in each station will inspect the fire barriers on
March 1 and October 1.
1. The inspecting shift will document this inspection on the

appropriate form.
XII. MONTHLY DUTIES
A. Each month
1. Shift officer conducts safety and security meetings, including

filling out the documentation form for the meeting. Send a
copy of the form to the training department.
B. First part of each month
1. Perform safety inspection of all stations.

2. Check fire extinguishers in all stations and document.
C. First monthly duty day (all stations)
1. Telesquirt maintenance and records to be completed by

responsible platoons.
2. All drivers licenses will be checked, including state and

government documents.
F-9
9/93
3. Each platoon will check their bunker gear, fill out the
appropriate form, and submit it to their shift officer for
filing. Any off-standard condition must be reported to the
battalion commander on duty.
4. Assigned platoon checks fixed and portable ladders.
a. Document on appropriate form. Check off sticker on beam

of portable ladders; replace sticker if necessary.
5. Wash windows in assigned areas, inside and out.
D. First Sunday each month
1. Make full operational inspection of all masks by putting masks

in service. Document on card.
2. Check all portable radios assigned to platoon against the

master station list and send to the headquarters clerk for
corrections and filing. The clerk will update the inventory
and send a copy to the stations for posting. Missing radios or
changes must be reported to the battalion commander
immediately.
3. Perform monthly inspections on hazardous materials suits.
4. Pocket alarm dosimeter instruments (PADI) are to be tested by

platoon on duty. T&S personnel will test their own units.
E. Second Sunday each month
1. Batteries for portable headset radios in HAZMAT-1 will be

tested and replaced if needed.
2. Two-way head sets on each tanker will be tested and replaced,

if needed.
3. Check all batteries on equipment if they are not the

maintenance-free type, and check emergency power plants.
4. Recharge lanterns, weather station, and explosion meter on

HAZMAT units by plugging into a power source. This equipment
should not be charged for more than 12 hours except when it has
been used and needs recharging.
5. Discharge all SL-20 flashlights and recharge.
6. Inventory all keys assigned to platoon.
F. First monthly Saturday and Sunday
1. Responsible platoons to strip, when necessary, and clean and
F-10
9/93
wax floors in assigned station area.
G. First Tuesday each month
1. Run emergency generators for 7 minutes at Station 1
2. Record liquid petroleum gas level before and after test.

Notify Fire Department clerk if liquid petroleum gas is low
(below 50%).
H. First Wednesday each month
1. Inventory ambulances
I. Last Friday of each month
1. Check first aid kits on T&S vehicles.
2. Check all equipment for lubrication and Class A due dates.

Give information to T&S officer.
J. Last Saturday of each month
1. Check all equipment for lubrication and Class A due dates.

Send completed sheets to battalion commanders.
XIII. WEEKLY DUTIES
A. Each Sunday
1. Visually inspect all masks. Document on records.
2. Roll and rack dry hose in tower. Graphite 2 1/2-in. couplings.
3. Check all breathing air bottles for adequate air supply.

Refill, if necessary. NOTE: Minimum air pressure for high
pressure cylinders is 4,200 psi.
4. Empty, wash out, and refill water and ice containers on tankers
and power wagons during usage months (normally March through
September).
5. After 1,500 hours, prepare soiled uniform and bedding laundry

for vendor pickup.
6. Inventory station supplies (all stations). Send order to

department clerk.
7. Mop and buff floors in assigned areas.
B. Each Monday
F-11
9/93
1. Station 2, fold and properly store laundry.
2. Check and air all tires; visually ensure all lug nuts are in
place and tight.
3. Dip fuel tanks and record on fuel disbursement log. Inventory

credit cards. Deliver paperwork to Fire Department clerk by
8:30 a.m. on Tuesday.
4. Log liquid petroleum gas percentage from tanks at 100 and 200
Stations.
5. Inspect satellite accumulation areas and log the inspection.
6. The eyewash stations in Fire Stations 1 and 3 are to be

inspected each Monday evening.
C. Each Tuesday
1. Stations 1 and 4 fold and properly store laundry.
2. Station 3, check emergency gate operation. If problems are

found, notify Security.
D. Each Wednesday
1. All stations prepare uniform laundry and bedding for Thursday

pickup.
2. Weather permitting, move all apparatus out of the station and

run at ~1,000 rpm until engines come up to normal temperature.
3. Flush apparatus floor and ramps.
4. Assigned platoon cleans warehouses and maintains them in a neat

and orderly manner.
5. Clean locker tops and light fixtures.
6. Check filter masks on tanker equipment. Obtain replacements

from shop technician, if needed. Ruptured bags must be checked
by Health Physics.
E. Each Thursday
1. Clean kitchen cupboards, stove, counter tops, oven, and air

filters. Wash out garbage containers. Scrub and clean
showers.
F. Each Friday
1. Stations 2 and 3 fold towels. Properly store in assigned

location.
F-12
9/93
2. T&S personnel clean assigned vehicles.
3. Dry cleaning to be checked by name and payroll number. Note

and report discrepancies, including repairs.
G. Each Saturday
1. Weather permitting, move all apparatus out of the station and

run at ~1,000 rpm until engines come up to normal temperature.
All specialized equipment such as the chemical truck, HAZMAT
vans, and attack truck are to be driven to ensure reliability.
2. Run and check all motors on equipment. This includes portable

pumps, power plants (including power plant on HAZMAT 2),
tankers, foam generators, and the K-12.
3. Mow lawns.
4. Water lawns after mowing, and water trees.
5. Operate and check AC converters on equipment and jaws.
6. Mop and buff floors in assigned station areas.
7. When assigned, flush apparatus floors and ramps.
8. Operate and check all discharge and intake valves, water

governors, changeover valves, and telesquirt ladders.
XIV. DAILY ACTIVITIES
A. Before 7:30 a.m., off-going platoons clean the offices and kitchen
areas and make them presentable for the days' business activities.
Each shift must leave the station clean and neat for the oncoming
shift. This includes sweeping or mopping; emptying wastebaskets;
and dusting desks, file cabinets, and associated furnishings, if
needed. Remove sheets and make up beds.
B. Incoming shift stores personal belongings neatly (nothing on beds).
C. Check radios, inventories, and vehicle fuel levels. The battalion

commander should be informed of any maintenance needs.
D. Perform radio check with hospital on the following schedule:
Monday - A-1 Tuesday - A-2 Wednesday - A-3

Thursday - A-4 Friday - A-5
E. Check personal alert safety system (PASS) alarms. Report deficient

units to shift officer.
F-13
9/93
F. Officer on duty will make daily assignments, read current clipboard

material, and pass on any other pertinent information.
G. Ice water jugs on tankers and power wagons (during grass fire
season).
H. Clean and mop squad and dining rooms, kitchens, bedrooms, and
bathroom floors.
I. Mop any other station floors, as needed.
J. Damp mop ambulance floors following shift change (and also after
response, if needed).
K. Bleed water accumulation from air tanks on equipment having

compressors.
L. Run and check mounted motors.
M. Water lawn as needed.
N. Wash and sweep Units 1, 2, 3, and 4, as needed.
O. Maintain station and equipment in ready for emergency response.
F-14
9/93
H - NOTIFICATION OF ABSENCES
I. PURPOSE
A. To establish the proper method of notifying the Fire Department

because of absence.
B. To establish a uniform criteria for documenting the reason for

absence.
C. To provide criteria for absence due to voluntary community

firefighting.
II. RESPONSIBILITY
A. All fire department personnel are expected to maintain and promote

good work habits regarding work attendance and productivity.
B. All fire department members are responsible for properly notifying

their immediate supervisor of an absence.
1. This will include personal business (E) time.
C. The on-duty shift officer is responsible for receiving absence

reports and for passing such information to the oncoming duty
officer and battalion commander.
D. The shift officers are responsible for noting absences in the

logbook and completing the Reason for Absence form.
E. The oncoming battalion commander is responsible for tallying an

absence report for the department and for passing that information
to the chief.
III. NOTIFICATION
A. All fire department members must report absences in sufficient time

to allow their officer to arrange for a replacement, when necessary.
1. Platoon firefighters should call by 7:00 a.m. to report an

absence.
2. T&S firefighters should call by 6:50 a.m., using a T&S phone

number.
If absences are to be for a prolonged period of time, the employee

must keep the officer informed as to the firefighter's status and
expected return date.
F-15
9/93
IV. DOCUMENTATION
A. To fairly and evenly account for personal business and personal

illness absence time, the Fire Department will adopt minimum
requirements for completing the Reason for Absence form.
B. The form will be completed for each of the above mentioned absences.
1. The form, when completed, will be sent to the battalion

commander for review.
2. Following the review, the form will be sent to Central Files at

Fire Department headquarters.
C. In a personal illness, the following questions will be answered and

recorded in the remarks section:
1. Was a physician visited?
2. Is there prescription medication being taken? If yes, does the

medication limit work activities?
3. Are there any residual signs or symptoms of the illness that

could limit work activities?
D. The form should be filled out by the immediate supervisor in the

presence of the employee in a short meeting reserved for that
purpose.
E. Failure to fill the form out correctly limits the ability of the
supervisor to manage his employees safely and in a productive
manner.
V. VOLUNTEER EMERGENCY SERVICE
A. Fire Department personnel who are actively involved in volunteer

emergency services, such as a volunteer fire department, will not be
granted absence time.
F-16
9/93
K - EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURE
I. PURPOSE
A. To provide consistent and safe personnel preparation for response to

emergency events.
B. To acknowledge and reinforce certain incident safety requirements

specified in NFPA 1500.
C. To endorse a system of incident command and specify a set of

hazardous materials operational procedures.
II. SCOPE
A. This procedure applies to all Fire Department personnel involved in

emergency response activities.
III. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PERSONNEL
A. Boarding requirements
1. On station receipt of an alarm, firefighters should respond

directly to assigned positions on the apparatus.
2. Bunker gear may only be donned while standing on the apparatus

bay floor. Bunker boots, pants, and helmets with eye
protective face shields are required before boarding. Bunker
coats may be worn at the discretion of each firefighter and
must be donned either before boarding or on arriving at the
scene. If the firefighter decides not to wear full bunker gear
until arriving at the scene, the individual is responsible for
ensuring all gear is secured. Engine drivers are exempt from
wearing bunker gear during responses.
3. It is mandatory that all members, either riding or driving,

buckle their seat belts before the vehicle moves. A thumbs up
indication from the back seat to the cab signals a member's
readiness. The engine operator and officer will work as a team
to verify that back seat personnel give a thumbs up indication.
Only after receiving this signal will the engine operator
place the vehicle in motion.
4. Vehicles must be operated in accordance with standard emergency

vehicle accident prevention safe practices.
F-17
9/93
IV. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RESPIRATORY

PROTECTION
A. Use protective clothing and equipment whenever a potential exists

for exposure to the hazards for which they are provided. It is
required that full protective clothing--which includes coats,
trousers, helmets with face shields, gloves, boots, and hoods--be
worn at all times when involved in or exposed to the hazards of
structural firefighting. Protective clothing requirements for other
situations will be determined by the shift officer, based on the
conditions encountered.
B. During grass firefighting activities, yellow jumpsuits, helmets with

face shields, gloves, and bunker boots will be worn. Bunker pants
and coats may be worn as a backup when a jumpsuit is unavailable.
C. Provide a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) to be used by

all personnel working in areas where the atmosphere
Is hazardous
Is suspected of being hazardous
May rapidly become hazardous.
D. In addition to the above, provide all personnel working inside any

confined space with an SCBA. Have them use an SCBA unless the
safety of the atmosphere can be established by testing and be
continuously monitored.
E. The required use of an SCBA means that the user must have the
facepiece in place, breathing air from the SCBA only. Wearing an
SCBA without the facepiece in place does not satisfy this
requirement and should be permitted only under conditions in which
the immediate safety of the atmosphere is ensured. All members
working in proximity to areas where SCBA use is required should have
an SCBA on their backs or immediately available for donning.
1. Areas where the atmosphere can rapidly become hazardous could

include rooftop areas during ventilation operations and areas
where an explosion or container rupture could be anticipated.
2. A hazardous atmosphere would be suspected in overhaul areas and

above the fire floor in a building. Members working in these
areas are required to use their SCBA unless the safety of the
atmosphere is established by testing and maintained by
effective ventilation. With effective ventilation in
operation, face pieces could be removed, when approved by
supervision, but SCBA should continue to be worn or immediately
available.
F-18
9/93
V. INCIDENT COMMAND
A. The National Fire Academy's Incident Command System (ICS), for

control and coordination of the emergency scene, is used for
incident command.
VI. SPECIFIC INCIDENT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. Members operating in hazardous areas shall work in groups of two or

more. Members outside the hazardous area shall maintain an
awareness of the position and function of all persons operating
within the hazardous area.
B. Whenever members are operating in positions or performing functions

that include special hazards, or that would result in injury because
of equipment failure or other unforeseen event, backup personnel
shall stand by with equipment to provide assistance or rescue.
C. When members are operating in areas or performing functions that

involve an immediate risk of injury, qualified basic life support
personnel shall stand by with medical equipment and transportation
capability.
D. When inexperienced members are working at an incident, more

experienced officers or members shall provide direct supervision.
VII. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A. The Fire Department will conduct operations at the site of a HAZMAT

event in accordance with standard tactical and environmental
practices. Refer to the Hazardous Materials Program for
specifications and description of HAZMAT response procedures.
VIII. SPECIFICATIONS FOR POST-INDICATOR VALVE CONTROL DURING

SPRINKLER SYSTEM
ACTIVATIONS
A. To reduce unnecessary water damage and ensure immediate re-

activation of the sprinkler system should a rekindle occur, a
firefighter will be positioned at the post-indicator valve (PIV) as
part of standard fire scene operations.
B. The battalion commander or senior officer in charge of a fire scene

should direct the second responding engine company officer to
position a firefighter at the appropriate sprinkler system PIV or
OS&Y valve immediately after the determination has been made that
the fire is contained. That firefighter will remain there until
extinguishment and overhaul have been completed.
F-19
9/93
IX. RADIO COMMUNICATION BACKUP
A. Due to the architecture and construction of process plants and

vessels, radio signal communication between interior and exterior
fire department forces may be disrupted or eliminated when working
in certain facilities. If forces are committed to a working
emergency situation in such a locale, incident command will assign a
sufficient number of "runners" to provide a communication link
between interior and exterior forces.
B. When an internal plant frequency is available, the Fire Department

will maintain and use radio equipment to interface with the existing
system.
X. AMBULANCE RESPONSES
A. When ambulance calls are received, the station officer and ambulance
crew are responsible for verifying the location with the radio
operator before responding.
B. Two firefighters will respond on all ambulance runs. One of the two
must be an emergency medical technician (EMT).
C. The ambulance crew will generally pick up the nurse and transport
her or him to the scene.
D. Ambulance reports must be filled out on all ambulance runs, even if

no patient is transported. Information on these reports is
considered confidential and should be released only to the proper
authorities. Patients refusing treatment should sign the ambulance
report to document the refusal. If the patient will not sign the
form, note that information on the form.
E. Patient status information will be transmitted to the hospital by

radio. In general, the EMT should transmit the information,
although the nurse may perform this duty on request. Patient names
must not be transmitted over the radio, although payroll numbers may
be used, when necessary. Status information should include the
following:
1. Description of accident or illness, including mechanism of

injury.
2. Severity and priority information, i.e., immediately life

threatening, urgent, or nonurgent.
3. Radiation concerns, if any.
4. Vital signs, including age, sex, mechanism of injury, blood

pressure, pulse, respirations, level of consciousness,
estimated time of arrival, and any other pertinent information.
5. Any medications or other compounds that may have contributed to
F-20
9/93
the patient's illness. If possible, the bottle or container

should be delivered to the hospital with the patient to aid in
identifying the proper antidote.
G. Should an unattended death occur within the plant boundaries, the

coroner and the Sheriff's Office or local police must be notified.
Permission must also be obtained to move the body, except when
medical personnel determine there may be a possibility of saving the
victim. Transportation of deceased persons will be performed at the
request of the coroner.
F-21
9/93
F-22
9/93
L. FACILITY CONTROL IN EMERGENCY SITUATIONS
I. PURPOSE
A. To identify conditions and periods when Fire Department command

personnel are to assume event scene emergency control.
B. To identify conditions and situations whereby building emergency

directors (BED) delegate control of their facility to the Fire
Department for the sole purpose of terminating fire service related
emergency incidents.
C. To recognize how Fire Department command posts and points are

established and identified.
D. To establish a basis for coordination between, and integration of,

the response elements from the Fire Department and other contractor
emergency command posts and centers.
E. To establish a sitewide contingency plan that describes the overall

Fire Department contingency program to meet the primary objective of
the DOE orders and directions.
II. FIRE DEPARTMENT MISSION
A. The Fire Department provides total fire suppression, emergency

rescue, ambulance, and nonradioactive HAZMAT response services for
all DOE facilities and contractors located within the confines of
the site or under contractual agreement. Other services include
fire alarm system inspection and testing, prefire planning, and SCBA
maintenance and certification.
III. AUTHORITIES
A. Overall responsibility for facility operations, including safety of

building personnel, will always remain with the BED. Transfer of
control of the event scene to the Fire Department will require
coordination with the BED to determine all potential hazards based
on facility knowledge, e.g. criticality and reactor operations.
B. Under emergency fire, rescue, and HAZMAT situations, the Fire

Department will take appropriate actions to control the emergency
and provide emergency medical services to personnel. Specific
emergency control authority will normally be passed from the BED to
the Fire Department under emergency situations only.
F-23
9/93
C. If the BED cannot be promptly contacted, the Fire Department will

assume full authority to control the emergency situation until the
incident is terminated. This delegation of authority is based on
prefire plans, jointly approved by the Fire Department and building
management.
D. Fire command officers will maintain full authority to terminate and

discontinue efforts for human rescue, attempted recovery of vital
equipment, and body recovery, including the discontinuing of
firefighting efforts, using the following self-radiation monitoring
conditions
Maximum Permissible Exposure to Each Firefighter
To effect human rescue - - - - - - - - - - 100 rem

To save vital equipment - - - - - - - - - 10 rem
(25 rem voluntary)
Body recovery - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 rem
IV. EMERGENCY COMMAND CONTROL
A. In fire, medical, and HAZMAT situations, the BED passes control of

the scene to the Fire Department. This allows the Fire Department
to use its knowledge and expertise in controlling and terminating
the emergency.
B. The BED shall maintain total facility responsibility and will

provide support to the Fire Department. However, the Fire
Department is ultimately responsible for putting out the fire,
stabilizing a HAZMAT incident, and rescuing personnel, and will
determine what methods will be used, with consultation with the BED.
C. Once the fire, HAZMAT, or rescue emergency is terminated, control of

the event will be returned to the BED. The Fire Department will
then assume a support role and provide any necessary assistance as
requested by the BED.
D. When assistance is requested on a standby support basis, the Fire

Department will respond and take appropriate action, as determined
jointly by the BED and the officer in charge.
V. BUILDING EMERGENCY DIRECTOR AND DESIGNATED ALTERNATE

SUPPORT
A. On all emergency responses to facilities, a BED is to report to the

first-arriving vehicle to verify conditions.
B. In all fire related situations, the BED will report to the officer
in charge of the fire truck or the Fire Department command post and
senior fire officer.
F-24
9/93
C. The BED is to provide the Fire Department with information about

known conditions and hazards.
D. The BED is to advise the Fire Department if a rescue attempt is

required.
E. If radiological conditions exist, the BED will ensure that

monitoring assistance is provided.
F. The BED will provide any other available assistance, as requested by

the Fire Department.
G. If the BED does not report to the fire truck or command post area,
the officer-in-charge may use his vehicle public address (PA) system
to make an announcement requesting the BED to contact the senior
fire officer on the scene.
H. The BED is free to use the Fire Department vehicle PA system to make
announcements to building personnel, unless such use interferes with
Fire Department emergency operations.
I. The BED shall have the responsibility and the authority to notify
building personnel that the incident is controlled and the affected
area may be reentered.
VI. COMMAND POST
A. The Fire Department command post is to be established at a safe

distance from the event site, out of the way of responding emergency
vehicles.
B. The command post function provides a central location where incident

information is assembled and incident decisions will be made to
control the event as quickly and safely as possible.
1. An ambulance should be located at the command post on any major

emergency and on large grass fires. This will be at the
discretion of the incident commander.
C. The command post must have communication ability with all

organizations working to control the emergency event.
D. If the command post is not identified by flagging, the field contact

point will be at the location of the first-arriving Fire Department
vehicle.
E. Command post flagging will not be initiated until it has been

determined that an actual emergency exists and that control of the
event will require time and/or support.
F-25
9/93
VII. COMMAND POST FLAG STANDARD
A. Only one flag standard with reddish-orange plastic flags will be

used to denote the command post.
B. All Fire Department responding personnel, building emergency

personnel, and security personnel will report to the command post or
another mutually agreed upon staging area.
F-26
9/93
APPENDIX G
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY BASIC FIREFIGHTER CERTIFICATION PROGRAM
G-1
9/93
G-2
9/93
CONTENTS
G.1 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY FIREFIGHTER II CERTIFICATION

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS............................................G-6
G.1.1 Prerequisites for Program Candidates....................G-6
G.1.2 Instructor Requirements.................................G-7
G.1.3 Facility Requirements...................................G-7
G.1.4 Curriculum Requirements.................................G-8
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY FIREFIGHTER II CERTIFICATION PROGRAM

INSTRUCTOR REFERENCE MANUAL.........................................G-11
G-3
9/93
G-4
9/93
APPENDIX G
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY BASIC FIREFIGHTER CERTIFICATION PROGRAM
The Basic Firefighter Certification Program will meet or exceed the

Firefighter II level as identified in the National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA) 1001 training requirements and is a performance-based document. The
Basic Certified Firefighter shall be an operative firefighter requiring an
expected level of supervision.
The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) Basic Firefighter Certification

program consists of three training components with two optional emergency
medical certifications. The following are the required components of the
program:
NFPA Firefighter II Certification training

Hazardous Materials (HAZMAT) First Responder training
Site-specific training.
The Firefighter II program will meet or exceed the standards and

requirements of NFPA 1001. Most states have a certification program in place
that will meet or exceed these requirements. The Firefighter II training
shall be per the certification program of the state where the facility is
located if the state program meets or exceeds NFPA 1001 requirements. If the
DOE facility is located in a state with no program, or with a program that
does not meet or exceed the NFPA 1001 requirements, the DOE Firefighter II
Instructor Reference Manual (Appendix B) shall be used as the guideline for a
structured training program for recruited firefighters (candidates).
The HAZMAT First Responder training is a structured 40-hour program

based on Department of Transportation (DOT) standards and guidelines.
The site-specific training shall cover any special hazards and

conditions that may be found on the site as well as security access
limitations. It is recommended that this training be a structured program of
no less than 40 hours with both a written and practical examination on
completion of the course.
This document outlines the basic level of competency required for those
manual firefighting forces protecting DOE property regardless of how that
service is provided.
It is recognized that local equipment and conditions may require that

some specific functions be modified.
Optional requirements:
Emergency medical technician (EMT) certification

Paramedic certification
If the DOE facility fire department provides ambulance service for the
facility, then there will be additional certifications required for the
G-5
9/93
firefighters. If the ambulance functions only as a basic life support unit

(no drugs, telemetry, or defibrillator), then the EMT-A certification is
required. This class varies for different locations, but the basic DOT course
is usually about 120 hours long and requires both a written and practical exam
for the certification. EMT-A personnel must recertify every 2 years.
If the ambulance service will be an advanced life support unit, then

paramedic certification is required. This training can vary from as little as
400 hours to as much as 750 hours depending upon the requirements of the
hospital responsible for the DOT paramedic program in your area. There are
also substantial continuing education requirements to maintain certification.
Many technical schools and 2-year colleges around the country provide
state certification courses for Firefighter II, EMT-A, paramedic, and HAZMAT
First Responder. These courses usually meet the NFPA Firefighter II, DOT
EMT-A and paramedic, and DOT HAZMAT First Responder requirements. Because of
this, many DOE facilities may have the option of requiring certification and
training before employment. This will eliminate the need for the extensive
300-hour Firefighter II and HAZMAT First Responder programs to be given on
site after the candidate is hired. It will also eliminate the 2-6 months of
training, usually requiring overtime compensation, for EMT-A and paramedic
certification.
Remember, although the DOE Fire Department may be smaller and have less
responses than its municipal counterpart, the training requirements and level
of competence are greater than the municipal counterparts because of the site-
specific hazards that may be encountered during an emergency response. For
this reason, these minimum requirements are established to provide for the
safety of the community, DOE employees, and firefighters who will respond to
site emergencies.
G.1 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY FIREFIGHTER II CERTIFICATION

PROGRAM
REQUIREMENTS
G.1.1 Prerequisites for Program Candidates
A candidate for the Firefighter II certification program must be

employed as a firefighter candidate, recruit, or trainee by the emergency
response organization responsible for providing fire protection for the
facility. Before entering the practical portion of the training program, the
candidate shall have taken and passed a complete physical examination
including an analytical back X ray, lung capacity evaluation, and stress test.
The candidate must have the following qualifications:
High school graduate, or equivalent
At least 21 years old
Vision correctable to 20-20
G-6
9/93
No physical defects (such as chronic back problems, partial

amputation or disability of an arm, hand, or leg) that would
affect the candidate's ability to perform the physically demanding
aspects of the position
5 ft to 6 ft 6 in. tall, weight proportionate to height (tall

enough to ride in and remove equipment from fire engine)
Not claustrophobic (necessary for working in confined spaces and

using a self-contained breathing apparatus [SCBA] in a low-
visibility environment)
High moral and ethical standards
Pass a psychological screening test.
G.1.2 Instructor Requirements
The Firefighter II and HAZMAT First Responder courses shall be

supervised by a Certified Fire Service Instructor, a person who has attended
and passed Educational Methodology I and II at the National Fire Academy, or a
person with a state teaching credential.
The actual instructors may not be certified instructors, but shall be

technically competent, preferably with teaching experience. There shall be
class outlines and/or study guides that provide detailed information on the
content and expected outcome of the class.
EMT-A and paramedic courses require that DOT certified instructors teach
the course (there may be assistants who are not certified).
G.1.3 Facility Requirements
The classroom of the facility will not be subject to the noise and
activity of the fire station (no station alarm, radio monitor, etc. in the
classroom). Facilities should allow for the safe activities of the
certification program. A fire training tower would provide the ideal
environment, but all of the following provide acceptable alternatives:
A three or more story building (with off-street parking for

fire engine and a limited access area for evolutions) that
can be used for ladder access
Ground level roof and window assembly mockups for

ventilation and forcible entry evolutions with manual (axes,
pike poles, etc.) and power tools (chain saws, partner saws,
etc.)
A building that can be used for search and rescue in a

simulated smoke-filled environment
G-7
9/93
A building that can be burned or burned in for live fire

training, or documented access to such a facility.
G.1.4 Curriculum Requirements
The curriculum for the Firefighter II program consists of a course or

series of courses covering knowledge and skill objectives with a depth of
coverage as listed in NFPA 1001, Chapter 4. This standard is incorporated by
reference and includes no later standards or editions.
The curriculum for the HAZMAT First Responder program consists of a

course covering knowledge and skill objectives with a depth of coverage as
listed by the DOT.
The curriculum for the site-specific training consists of a course or

series of courses covering knowledge and skill objectives as they pertain to
specific hazards and security for the specific facility.
The following shows the primary subject areas and manual references for
the Firefighter II training program. The training program should be developed
in a modular format, with each subject area as a separate module. This type
of format will allow the teaching facility to provide the sequence of training
in the order that is most expedient. Complete practical evolution testing can
be accomplished at the end of each module, but the written test and a
practical "spot check" test will occur at the end of the course.
G-8
9/93
International Fire Service

Training Association (IFSTA)
Reference
Subject Areas Manual Chapter
General/orientation IFSTA Orientation, 2nd 3, 4, 6, 8

Ed.
Fire behavior IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 1
Ed.
Portable fire extinguishers IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 2
Ed.
Tools and equipment IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 10, 6
Ed.
SCBA IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 4
Ed.
Ladders IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 5
Ed.
Fire hose, nozzles, and IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 10
appliances Ed.
Personal safety IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 7, 11, 12,

Ed. 14
IFSTA Orientation 2nd 6
Ed.
Ropes and knots IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 3
Ed.
Emergency medical care IFSTA First Responder 2, 4, 5,
(basic first aid) 1st Edition 6, 7
9, 13
Water supply IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 8
Ed.
Forcible entry IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 6
Ed.
Overhaul IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 12
Ed.
Fire streams IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 9
Ed.
Ventilation IFSTA 105, 6th Edition 1, 3, 4
Rescue IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 11

Ed.
Communications IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 15
Ed.
Ventilation IFSTA Essentials, 2nd
Ed. 16
Salvage IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 12
Ed.
Fire inspections IFSTA Essentials, 2nd 17
G-9
9/93
Ed.
International Fire Service
Training Association (IFSTA)
Reference
Subject Areas Manual Chapter

13
Fire cause and origin IFSTA Essentials, 2nd
Ed.
HAZMAT IFSTA Haz. Mat. 1st Ed. 1, 2
The IFSTA Essentials Manual (200), 2nd Edition, is the primary reference
for Firefighter II training. Each candidate should have his/her own copy of
this manual during the Firefighter II training course.
The Instructor Reference Manual in Appendix B is the basis for course

development and lesson plans.
G-10
9/93
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY FIREFIGHTER II CERTIFICATION PROGRAM

INSTRUCTOR REFERENCE MANUAL
G-11
9/93
G-12
9/93
The attached general instructional objectives, specific learning

outcomes, and sample practical exams have been prepared to support educational
activities designed to train fire service personnel to the Firefighter II
level. Each objective is a statement of the skills and/or knowledge a person
must achieve to attain this level of certification, whether through a state
certification program or DOE facility program.
NFPA 1001 has been used as a minimum criteria. Instructional objectives

and learning outcomes have been referenced to this standard, when appropriate.
Written examinations, quizzes, and performance evaluations should be

correlated and referenced to specific learning outcomes or objectives. The
final practical evaluation shall be given and graded by the agency providing
the training. The written examination shall be requested from DOE
___________________________ at least 30 days before the scheduled exam date.
The exam will be given and proctored by the Human Resources Section of the
affected DOE facility or the agency having responsibility for the facility.
The exam shall then be returned to DOE ______________________
___________________________ to be graded. Results will be forwarded to the
fire chief or his/her designate of the facility fire department.
A score of 70% or greater is required to pass each section of the exam.

If it is necessary to retake any portion of the written exam, a reexamination
may be requested from DOE _________________________ a minimum of 90 days after
the original examination was taken. Anyone failing the same section twice
will not be certified.
G-13
9/93
G-14
9/93
CONTENTS
Firefighter I and II
General/Orientation....................................................... G-7
Fire Behavior............................................................. G-9
Portable Fire Extinguishers...............................................G-11
Sample Practical Exam...................................................G-12
Tools and Equipment.......................................................G-13
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus........................................G-15
Sample Practical Exams..................................................G-17
Ladders...................................................................G-19
Hose, Nozzles, and Appliances.............................................G-25
Personal Safety...........................................................G-35
Ropes and Knots...........................................................G-37
Emergency Medical Care....................................................G-41
Water Supply..............................................................G-47
Forcible Entry............................................................G-49
Overhaul..................................................................G-51
Fire Streams..............................................................G-53
Ventilation...............................................................G-57
Rescue....................................................................G-61
Communications............................................................G-65
Sprinkler Systems.........................................................G-67
Salvage...................................................................G-69
Fire Inspections..........................................................G-73
Fire Cause and Origin.....................................................G-75
Hazardous Materials.......................................................G-77
G-15
9/93
G-16
9/93
Section: General/Orientation (NFPA 1001, 3-1 and 4-1)
Goal Statement: On completion of this subject, the student must fulfill the
following objectives and identify all reference materials
used in the training program.
1. Identify the various ranks and general duties assigned to personnel in

the fire department. (NFPA 1001, 3-1.1)
2. Identify the scope of services provided by the fire department.

(NFPA 1001, 3-1.2)
3. Identify sources, and obtain and review standard operating procedures

for Firefighter II. (NFPA 1001, 3-1.2)
4. Obtain and review rules and regulations that pertain to the position of
firefighter. (NFPA 1001, 2-1.3)
5. Identify all training resources record keeping and testing procedures as

they apply to the firefighter.
6. Identify the safety and security restrictions of the training facility,

fire engine, and tools.
7. Define terms related to identification, use, and function of fire

engine; fire department facilities; common types of installed fire
protection systems; and fire ground maneuvers.
8. Identify state and local government agencies and their roles in fire
protection.
9. Identify sequence of events and operations from receipt of alarm to

critique.
( ) Indicates reference to NFPA 1001.
G-17
9/93
G-18
9/93
Section: Fire Behavior (NFPA 1001 4-4 and 5-4)
following objectives.
1. Define the following terms:
1.1 Fire (3-4.1)
1.2 Heat
1.3 Temperature
a) Fahrenheit scale (4-4.1b)
b) Celsius scale (4-4.1c)
1.4 Ignition temperature (3-4.8)
1.5 Flammable limits
1.6 Flash point (3-4.8)
1.7 Fire point (3-4.8)
1.8 British thermal unit (4-4.1a)
1.9 Calorie (4-4.1b)
1.10 Law of specific heat
1.11 Latent heat of vaporization
2. Identify the components of the fire triangle and fire tetrahedron.

(3-4.2)
3. Identify the affect of oxygen concentration on fire. (3-4.9)
4. Identify chemical, mechanical, and electrical heat sources. (3-4.3)
5. Identify products of combustion which create life hazards. (3-4.10)
6. Identify the hazard of finely divided fuels as they relate to the

combustion process. (3-4.7)
7. Identify four classes of fire as they relate to the type of fuel.

(4-5.1)
8. Identify three methods of heat transfer. (3-4.5)
8.1 Law of heat flow
9. Identify the three physical stages of matter in which fuels are commonly
G-19
9/93
found. (3-4.6)
10. Identify the following terms as they relate to a structural fire:
10.1 Flame spread (3-4.4b)
10.2 Steady state (3-4.4e)
10.3 Thermal balance and imbalance (4-4.2)
10.4 Incipient stage (3-4.4a)
10.5 Free-burning stage
10.6 Smoldering stage (3-4.4d)
10.7 Flash over (3-4.4d)
10.8 Back draft (3-4.6)
10.9 Clear burning (3-4.4f)
G-20
9/93
Section: Portable Fire Extinguishers (NFPA 1001, 3-5 and 4-5)
1. Identify the common types of fire extinguishers carried on fire engines

according to NFPA 1901.
2. Identify the symbols and color coding of the fire extinguisher rating
system.
3. Identify the operating characteristics of the extinguishers carried on a

fire engine equipped according to NFPA 1901.
4. When given a representative group of different classes of fire

extinguishers, the firefighter shall identify the appropriate
extinguisher for a stated class of fire. (4-5.2).
5. Explain the portable fire extinguisher rating system. (4-5.3)
6. Explain the operation of all commonly available fire extinguishers and

agents.
7. Demonstrate the extinguishment of a Class A and Class B fire. Where

permitted, live fire situations are to be used. (4-5.4)
8. Identify common defects such as would be found during a visual

inspection of a fire extinguisher.
G-21
9/93
Sample Practical Exam for Portable Fire Extinguishers (NFPA 1001, 3-5
and 4-5)
1. The firefighter standing in front of a pumper, given the class of fire,

shall select, remove, and place the proper extinguisher in front of the
pumper within 45 seconds.
2. Select the correct fire extinguisher type and size for a class "A" or
"B" test fire and demonstrate extinguishing the fire within 45 seconds
in accordance with the situation and test fires as described below.
2.1 Wind condition where prevailing winds do not exceed the 10 mi/h
(and adversely affect free burning).
2.2 The fire extinguisher is to be located 30 ft from the test fire(s)

and where the student shall begin the test.
2.3 Test first to be in a free-burning state, i.e., 2 1/2 minutes for

Class "A," 30 seconds for Class "B," or sufficient free-burning
time to ensure complete test fire area involvement.
2.4 A test fire of the following type and dimension:
a) A deep-seated, Class "A" fire at least 3 ft square, lying

flat, and at least 2 in. deep.
b) A flammable liquid fire using a container at least 3 ft

long, 1 ft wide, and 3 in. deep, with a minimum of 1 in. of
water and 1 gal of flammable liquid.
G-22
9/93
Section: Tools and Equipment
1. Identify and describe the purpose of all hand and power tools, hose
appliances and adapters carried on an NFPA 1901 standard pumper, tanker,
aerial, and salvage and rescue apparatus.
2. Locate, remove, and safely carry hose and tools from a standard pumper
to a designated point 30 ft from the fire engine. Return and remount
all tools, hose appliances, and adapter carried on the fire engine in
the specified time for each item.
3. Demonstrate safe use of all tools, hose appliances, and adapters carried
on a standard pumper apparatus.
4. Identify common defects affecting serviceability and safety of hand

tools, hose appliances, and adapters carried on a pumper. Describe the
measures needed to correct the associated defects.
5. Identify the equipment used to provide lighting at the scene of an

incident. (3-11.4)
6. Demonstrate the safe connection and use of lighting equipment used at

the scene of an incident. (3-11.5)
7. Demonstrate the starting, operation, and maintenance procedures of

electric power generation devices used at the scene of an incident.
(3-11.6 and 4-1.4)
G-23
9/93
Sample Practical Exam for Tools and Equipment
1. The firefighter, given a command while standing in front of a standard

pumper, shall locate, remove, and safely carry the specified tools,
appliance, accessory, or piece of equipment to a point at least 30 ft in
front of the fire engine and return it to its mounting on the fire
engine.
2. The firefighter shall demonstrate the use of selected tools.
3. The firefighter, given a tool, accessory, appliance, or piece of

equipment found on a standard pumper, shall identify component parts,
specify common defects affecting serviceability, and demonstrate or
describe corrective measures as prescribed by department policy, IFSTA
manuals, or manufacturer's technical data.
4. The firefighter, given an electrical generating device, supplies, and

lighting equipment, shall start the generating device and place the
lighting equipment in operation 100 ft from the generator.
G-24
9/93
Section: Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (NFPA 1001, 3-6 and 4-6)
1. Know respiratory hazards. (3-6.1)
1.1 List four major respiratory hazards and their impact on the human
body.
2. Knows SCBA parts and terminology.
2.1 Identify from actual equipment or diagram the basic parts of an

SCBA unit.
2.2 Describe the operating principle of certain types or parts of an

SCBA unit.
3. Identify the physical requirements of the wearer, limitations of the

SCBA, and safety features of all types of SCBA. (3-6.3)
4. Demonstrate donning and doffing of SCBA while wearing full protective

equipment. (3-6.4)
4.1 Don 30- to 60-minute demand-type SCBA from case or holder

according to manufacturer's recommendations or as illustrated in
IFSTA Essentials.
5. Demonstrate the use of all types of SCBA used by the firefighter's

department. (3-6.2)
6. Demonstrate or identify the procedure for cleaning and sanitizing the

SCBA using approved manufacturer's procedures. (3-6.6)
7. Know procedures for daily inspection and maintenance of SCBA. (4-6.1)
7.1 Describe and demonstrate the daily inspection procedures for the
following components of SCBA according to manufacturer's
recommendations or procedures illustrated in IFSTA Essentials:
a) Air cylinder
b) Carrying harness
c) Regulator
d) Facepiece
8. Demonstrate procedures for recharging and exchanging air cylinders.

(4-6.2)
8.1 Demonstrate air cylinder exchange while SCBA is on another

firefighter according to procedures discussed in class or
illustrated in IFSTA Essentials.
8.2 Demonstrate air cylinder exchange while SCBA is off firefighter
G-25
9/93
according to procedures discussed in class or illustrated in IFSTA

Essentials.
8.3 Demonstrate proper procedures for recharging air cylinders used by

the fire department according to manufacturer's recommendations or
procedures outlined in IFSTA Essentials.
9. Demonstrate repositioning of SCBA.
9.1 Demonstrate propping SCBA according to procedures discussed in

class.
9.2 Demonstrate dumping SCBA according to procedures taught in class.
10. Demonstrate emergency procedures while wearing SCBA.
10.1 Demonstrate emergency buddy-breathing techniques as taught in

class or illustrated in IFSTA Essentials.
10.2 Demonstrate restricted use of bypass valves as discussed in class

or illustrated in IFSTA Essentials. (4-6.3)
G-26
9/93
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus Practical Exam, Part 1
OBJECTIVE: To test a candidate's ability to put the SCBA into operation

within a specified time period. The candidate will be given adequate free
time to inspect and ready the apparatus to his or her approval before starting
time begins. (Some of the items to consider checking are position of straps,
valves, connection of high pressure hose, etc. When the inspection is
finished, the apparatus should be in its original condition.) The candidate
should be told to follow the sequence of steps learned in class, and that time
will begin when the candidate is ready and the evaluator says begin. Time
will end when the candidate secures the breathing tube to the regulator and
begins to draw air. On completion of the drill, the candidate will be
required to put the SCBA unit back in service.
Recommended sequence:
1. Check pressure reading on cylinder gauge. (Candidate should notify

evaluator if gauge reads below fire department-approved minimum
pressure.) Start timed maneuver.
2. Check coupling nut for tightness.
3. Open cylinder valve fully.
4. Tighten harness straps in correct order. (Shoulder, waist, chest)
5. Remove regulator outlet protective cap if present. Open main line valve
with right hand and cover regulator outlet with left hand. Check
regulatory gauge, pressure should be the same as cylinder pressure.
(With a difference of over 100 psi, high or low, instructor should be
notified).
6. Tighten facepiece straps in correct order (chin, temple, top).
7. Tighten facepiece for adequate seal and operation of exhalation valve.
8. Crack open bypass valve to clear regulator orifice.
9. Place breathing tube into regulator inhale again.
10. Open main line valve End of timed evolution.
11. Shut off cylinder valve while wearing unit.
12. Bleed down regulator by opening main line and then closing main line.
13. Put harness and/or mask back in service.
G-27
9/93
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus Practical Exam, Part 2
Skills to be Performed
Air Pack Donning
1. Overhead method
2. Coat method
Cylinder Change
1. On firefighter
2. Off firefighter
Air Consumption Exercise
Tank Pressure Time
Start ________________psi Start ________________psi

Finish _______________psi Finish _______________psi
Used _________________psi Used _________________psi
Work Load
Light
Medium
Heavy
Use of Breathing Equipment
1. Actual smoke-filled environment
2. Simulated smoke-filled environment
a. Situation given:
b. Changes in situation:
Emergency Situations
1. Regulatory malfunction
2. Damaged facepiece
3. Buddy breathing (optional)
a. Common regulator
b. Common facepiece
c. Kominsky method
G-28
9/93
Section: Ladders (NFPA 1001, 3-12 and 4-12)
1. Know basic ladder information.
1.1 Identify from pictures or actual ladders the various types of

ladders described in IFSTA Essentials. (3-12.1)
1.2 Define the use of each ladder discussed in IFSTA Essentials.

(3-12.1)
1.3 Describe various components of ladders as described in IFSTA

Essentials.
2. Know ladder cleaning techniques.
2.1 Demonstrate and describe proper ladder cleaning techniques as

illustrated in IFSTA Essentials. (3-12.8)
3. Demonstrate laddering techniques.
3.1 Demonstrate ladder carrying with one through six firefighters.

(3-12.2)
3.2 Demonstrate each type of raise with a variety of ground ladders as

3.3 Demonstrate climbing techniques described in IFSTA Essentials.

(3-12.4)
3.4 Demonstrate tool carries up and down ground ladders and

appropriate aerial devices as described in IFSTA Essentials.
(3-12.5)
3.5 Demonstrate working off ladders using appropriate safety devices

or leg locks as described in IFSTA Essentials. (3-12.7)
3.6 Demonstrate moving "injured" people down a ladder using methods

described in IFSTA Essentials. (3-12.6)
4. Know ladder construction and load factors.
4.1 Identify materials used in ladder construction according to IFSTA

Essentials. (4-12.1)
4.2 Identify load safety features on ground and aerial ladders using
manufacturer's recommendations or IFSTA Essentials. (4-12.2)
4.3 Demonstrate inspection and maintenance procedures for ground and

aerial ladders according to manufacturer's recommendations or
IFSTA Essentials. (4-12.3)
G-29
9/93
5. Demonstrate methods of placing and carrying an unconscious victim on

different types of ladders according to the ladder construction and
IFSTA Essentials.
G-30
9/93
Ladders Sample Practical Exam, Part 1
Ladder Raises
OBJECTIVE: The candidate will be evaluated on the ability to carry, raise,

set, and lower an extension ladder. If one candidate is to be evaluated, then
the 24-ft extension ladder raise will be used. If more than one candidate is
to be evaluated, then the 38-ft extension ladder will be used. A ladder can
be raised more than once for a complete evaluation (Keep in mind that one
evaluator will evaluate one candidate. The candidate will be given points for
proper procedure according to the schedule below).
One-Person Evaluation Four-Person Evaluation

24-ft Extension Ladder 38-ft Extension Ladder
1. Selects correct ladder 1. Selects correct ladder
2. Carries ladder properly 2. Carries ladder properly
3. Proper position for raise (heel 3. Proper position for raise

against building--fly up)
4. Raises ladder correctly 4. Correctly positions hands

and feet
5. Moves heel away from building 5. Watches top of ladder

(approximately 1 ft)
6. Correctly secures ladder with 6. Raises fly correctly and

foot outside beam and knee locks dogs
against beam
7. Fully extends fly 7. Correctly ties safety hitch
8. Sets ladder to right side of 8. Places ladder to right side

opening of opening
9. Correctly ties safety hitch 9. Correctly sets heel
10. Rolls ladder over 10. Correctly removes ladder

from building
11. Sets heel correctly (1/4 length 11. Correctly lowers fly
of raise)
12. Lowers ladder in reverse 12. Correctly lowers and grounds

sequence ladder
G-31
9/93
Ladder Carries
Remove from fire engine and carry 25 ft, return and remount ladder on fire
engine.
1. 16-ft roof, one person
2. 16-ft roof, two persons
a. Under arm
b. Arm's length
c. Shoulder
3. 24-ft extension, two persons
a. Arm's length
b. Under arm
a. Arm's length
b. Under arm
5. 35-ft extension, three persons
a. Arm's length flat

b. Shoulder flat
6. 40 ft or larger pole or bangor, six persons
a. Shoulder
Ladder Raises
Ladders flat on ground at the position at which they are to be raised.

Start time when ladder is picked up. Stop time when ladder touches building,
fully extended.
7. 16-ft roof, one man
8. 16-ft roof, two persons
9. 16-ft roof (beam raise), two persons
10. 24-ft extension, one person
13. 35-ft extension, three persons
G-32
9/93
14. 40-ft pole or bangor, four persons
15. 40-ft pole or bangor, six persons

(parallel to building)
Climbing Ladder
16. Climbing ladder with roof ladder (two persons) and straight ladder in
position at one-story building. Roof ladder in position at the base of
ladder to be climbed. Start time when roof ladder is picked up. Stop
time when roof ladder is in position on the roof.
17. Move vertically positioned 35-ft extension ladder (extended position)

8 ft by rolling. (one person)
18. Move vertically positioned 20-ft ladder 8 ft by lifting and carrying.

(one person)
19. Raise a ladder to compensate for overhead obstacle. (two persons)
20. Carry 35-ft extension ladder through narrow spaces at least 10 ft long.
(two persons)
21. Climb the full length of every type of ladder in the department.
22. Carry a pick head axe to the third floor window level, secure with leg
lock, simulate breaking out a window, and return to the ground.
23. Inspect ground ladders, explaining areas susceptible to damage and

proper procedure for cleaning.
24. Climb 100 ft aerial fully extended, wearing full turnout clothing and
SCBA and carrying a pike pole.
G-33
9/93
Carry and Raise
1. Choose correct type and size of ladder according to instructions.
2. Position persons for carry.
3. Ladder pickup or dismount.
4. End of ladder to use in lead.
5. Position ladder for raise designated.
6. Ladder raise.
a. Butt persons
b. Beam persons
c. Halyard pulled hand over hand
d. Height and position of ladder
e. Tie of halyard
f. Spacing.
7. Carry tool while climbing ladder.
8. Leg lock or "tie-in" as instructed.
9. Lowering ladder to ground position.
10. Returning ladder to designated place.
11. Overall safety.
Move Vertically Positioned Ladder by Rolling or Lifting
1. Select correct position to begin operation.
2. Perform operation designated correctly.
3. Realign ladder properly.
Under Wire Raise
1. Select correct position for raise.
2. Move correctly according to command.
3. Position correctly for raise.
4. Clear obstacles.
5. Lower ladder to correct position.
G-34
9/93
Section: Hose, Nozzles, and Appliances (NFPA 1001, 3-13 and 4-13)
1. Know construction features of fire hose.
1.1 Identify or select from samples, descriptions, or actual items,

various sizes of fire hose as described in IFSTA Essentials.
1.2 Describe construction features of hose as illustrated in IFSTA

Essentials.
1.3 Describe or list uses of fire hose as described in IFSTA

Essentials.
1.4 Identify or select the dimensions of fire hose as described in

2. Know construction features of fire hose couplings.
2.1 Describe construction features of fire hose couplings as

2.2 Identify parts and dimensions of selected hose couplings according

to IFSTA Essentials.
2.3 Demonstrate three coupling procedures as illustrated in IFSTA

3. Know procedures for basic loads (3-13.7).
3.1 Describe general loading considerations as described in IFSTA

Essentials.
3.2 Identify from actual load, diagrams, or pictures the various hose
loads as described in IFSTA Essentials.
3.3 Demonstrate selected loading and unloading of hose loads according

to prescribed procedures illustrated in IFSTA Essentials.
4. Know hose rolls (3-13.8).
4.1 Describe uses of hose rolls illustrated in IFSTA Essentials.
4.2 Demonstrate at least three types of hose rolls described in IFSTA

Essentials.
5. Demonstrate at least two hose carries illustrated in IFSTA Essentials.

(3-13.9)
G-35
9/93
6. Know hose and hose coupling maintenance procedures. (3-13.5)
6.1 List the four main causes of fire hose injuries as described in
IFSTA Essentials.
6.2 Demonstrate cleaning and inspecting couplings as described in

IFSTA Essentials.
6.3 Demonstrate the proper technique for inspecting gaskets used in

fire hose and appliances according to illustrations provided in
IFSTA Essentials.
7. Demonstrate the proper procedure for making hydrant connections as

8. Know procedures for replacing a burst section of fire hose or extending

a line. (3-3.13), (3-13.14)
8.1 Demonstrate procedures for lengthening a line using a hose clamp

or break-apart nozzle as described in IFSTA Essentials.
8.2 Demonstrate procedures for replacing a section of hose using the

kink or clamp method described in IFSTA Essentials.
9. Know procedure for dry line advancement.
9.1 Demonstrate procedures for advancing dry 1 1/2-in. or larger line

in the following situations: (3-13.1)
a) Into a structure
b) Up a ladder into a structure
c) Up an inside stairway
d) Down an interior stairway
e) Up and down an outside stairway
f) To an upper area of a structure.
All procedures will conform to illustrations or practices

described in IFSTA Essentials.
10. Know procedure for charged line advancement.
10.1 Demonstrate procedures for advancing a charged line according to

the following conditions: (3-13.4)
a) Into a structure
b) Up and down an interior stairway
G-36
9/93
c) Up and down an exterior stairway
d) Work from a ladder
e) In an open area environment as described and illustrated in

IFSTA Essentials.
11. Demonstrate procedures for standpipe advancement per IFSTA Essentials or

local standard operating procedures. (3-13.12)
12. Demonstrate, select, or identify any nozzle according to size and usage
in accordance with IFSTA Essentials. (4-13.1)
13. Knows hose lays and loads. (4-13.2)
13.1 Describe the difference between a forward and reverse hose lay as
13.2 Demonstrate loading and unloading of the following hose loads as

illustrated in IFSTA Essentials:
a) Minuteman load
b) Triple layer load
c) Nonconnected wyed lines.
13.3 Demonstrate the shoulder load according to procedures taught in

class or illustrated in IFSTA Essentials.
14. Demonstrate proper maintenance activities for hose, hose appliances, and
nozzles according to IFSTA Essentials. (4-13.3)
15. Demonstrate hose connections to fire engine. (4-13.4)
15.1 Demonstrate "small" intake line connections to fire engine

according to IFSTA Essentials.
15.2 Demonstrate "large soft" intake line connections to fire engine

15.3 Demonstrate "hard" intake line connections to fire engine

16. Demonstrate appliance selection based on specific fireground needs using

descriptions provided in IFSTA Essentials. (4-13.5)
G-37
9/93
G-38
9/93
Hose, Nozzles, and Appliances Sample Practical Exam, Part 1
Attaching Hose Appliance
1. Select correct appliance.
2. Attach appliance by approved method.
3. Determine if appliance is operable as attached.
4. Choose correct operating position(s) for appliance.
Replacing a Section of Hose
1. Place hose clamp properly to remove burst section.
2. Remove burst section.
3. Insert good section.
4. Remove hose clamp.
Securing Hose Jacket
1. Place jacket at correct location for operation.
2. Make necessary adjustments for hose jacket operation.
3. Properly secure hose jacket.
4. Return hose line to operation.
Hydrant Connection
1. Pull off necessary hose to reach hydrant.
2. Take necessary wrenches with hose.
3. Tell driver to proceed.
4. Wrap hydrant correctly.
5. Make connection to hydrant.
6. Charge line by opening hydrant all the way.
Standpipe and Sprinkler Connection
1. Choose correct hose line(s) for connection.
2. Locate specified connection and check for obstructions.
3. Make hose connection.

G-39
9/93
4. Provide for correct hose line position.
Hose Roll Designation
1. Make designated hose roll.
2. Start roll with correct coupling.
3. Arrange hose to be rolled in proper position.
Hose Load or Finish Designation
Loads for maneuver: Horseshoe, reverse horseshoe, accordion, divided

hose bed, skid load finish, donut roll finish.
Each load should be constructed with six sections of hose within time
limits set for each load.
1. Start hose load properly.
a. Reverse
b. Forward.
2. Make designated load or finish.
a. Correct procedure
b. Make dutchman as required
c. Start tier correctly
d. Stagger ends of folds.
3. Attach nozzles and adapters to load as finish requires.
Hose Advances and Carries
1. Unload hose in manner necessary to make designated drag or carry.
2. Advance hose using proper carry or drag designated.
a. Hose pays off the top of shoulder or underarm carry.

b. Backup persons space themselves properly.
c. Hose pays off in proper sequence.
d. Hose pays off on same side of nozzleman and backup persons.
e. Length of hose loop on ladder advancement is between 20-25 ft
f. Hose is lashed to ladder.
g. Bends in hose on stairway advancement not too sharp.
h. Proper amounts of hose removed from hose bed to meet needed
requirements.
G-40
9/93
Pump Intake Connections with Hard Intake Hose
1. Take hydrant wrench, remove hydrant cap, put hydrant wrench on hydrant
away from the outlet used.
2. Remove hard intake hose from fire engine and place it on the ground with
male coupling toward hydrant.
3. The driver elevates the male end of the hose while the other person
connects the nonswivel end of the adaptor to the male coupling.
4. Align the adaptor swivel with the hydrant outlet, and the person at the
hydrant makes the connection.
5. Pick up the female end of the hose and make necessary curves to direct
the end toward pump intake.
6. Finish making connection at the pumper.
Pump Intake Connections with Soft Intake Hose
1. Remove hose, necessary adapters, and hydrant wrench from fire engine.
2. Place cap and hydrant wrench away from hydrant opening being used.
3. Unroll intake hose from hydrant.
4. Make connection to hydrant.
5. Make connection to pump.
G-41
9/93
Skills to be performed:
1. Hose rolls each student uses 150 ft length of 1 1/2-in. hose to make
the following:
Donut roll
Double donut roll
Self-locking hose roll.
2. Appliances - attach the following:
1 3/4-in. line to a solid bore nozzle

1 1/2-in. line to an adjustable stream nozzle
2 1/2-in. line or larger, to an adjustable stream nozzle
2 1/2-in. line or larger, to a distributor nozzle
2 1/2-in. line or larger, to a wye
2 1/2-in. line or larger, to a siamese
2 1/2-in. line or larger, to a double female
2 1/2-in. line or larger, to a double male
2 1/2-in. line or larger, to a reducer
2 1/2-in. line or larger, to a hose jacket.
3. Coupling
Couple two lengths of 3-in. line

- 1 person
- 2 person
Make a storz to storz connection using one section of 5-in. hose

- 1 person
- 2 person
Demonstrate uncoupling 3-in. hose using the knee press method.
4. Hose testing
a. Lay out all hose to be tested--not more than 300-ft sections, no

kinks, record numbers.
b. Connect manifold to water and pressure source.
c. Connect lines to manifold, mark each hose with a line where it

meets each coupling (use a soft pencil).
d. Fill all lines with water.
e. Bleed all air out of the hose.
f. Raise internal pressure to 250 psi, hold the test pressure for
5 minutes, observe hose.
G-42
9/93
g. Reduce pressure slowly, bleed off lines.
h. Observe all marks and observe hose. If any section fails, mark
what is wrong and take it out of service.
5. Fire department connections
a. Connect the 5-in. hose to a fire hydrant with the fire engine in
position as in forward lay (1 person).
b. Connect the 5-in. hose to a fire hydrant with fire engine in

position as in a reverse lay (1 person).
c. Remove two 50-ft sections of hose from the fire engine and connect
to the hydrant and intakes of the fire engine simulating a duel
drop (1 person).
d. Connect the hard suction with the strainer as in drafting

(2 persons).
6. Supply lines
a. Make sprinkler connection, drop duels, and make a hydrant

connection at a distance no shorter than 75 ft (2 persons).
b. Drop a deck gun and duels, and make a hydrant connection at a

distance no shorter than 75 ft to simulate a 600 gpm flow
(2 persons).
7. Anchoring Hose
a. Anchor a 2 1/2-in. hose line in a circle (street loop) for a

one-person operation (1 person).
b. Anchor a 2 1/2-in. line with a nozzle to a ladder using:
A hose strap (1 person)

A rope hose tool (1 person).
8. Tools
a. Hoist one end of 50 ft of 2 1/2-in. fire hose onto a roof, using

the following: (1 person)
Secured hose roller

100 ft of 5/8-in. rope.
b. Place a hose clamp in the following manner: using three lengths

of charged hose, place the clamp on the length nearest the water
supply, replace the center section of hose (simulated burst hose
section, and remove the clamp [2 person]).
G-43
9/93
9. Line advancement all with full gear and air packs
a. Advance a 1 1/2-in. line up a ladder to the roof (1 person).
b. Advance a 1 3/4-in. line up a ladder to the roof (1 person).
c. Advance a 2 1/2-in. line up a ladder to the roof (1 person).
d. From the ground floor, carry the 1 1/2-in. line with 50 ft of

2 1/2-in. hose from the doorway to the second floor (2 person)
e. Up an inside stairway to the second floor landing, carry the

following:
1 1/2-in. dry 1 person

f. Advance a charged 1 1/2-in. line 50 ft into a structure

(1 person).
g. Advance a charged 1 3/4-in. line 50 ft into a structure

(1 person).
h. Advance a charged 2 1/2-in. line 50 ft into a structure

(1 person).
10. Hose loads
a. Demonstrate a horseshoe load with four sections of 2 1/2-in. line.
b. Demonstrate a reverse horseshoe load with four sections of

2 1/3-in. line.
c. Demonstrate an accordion load with four sections of 2 1/2-in.

line.
d. Demonstrate a rural lay.
e. Demonstrate the mall skid finish.
f. Rack 200 ft of 5-in. hose on the hose bed (2 person).
g. Demonstrate the minuteman with two lengths of 1 3/4-in. hose.
G-44
9/93
Section: Personal Safety (NFPA 1001, 3-11 and 4-11) Note: NFPA 101 has no
objectives for safety at the Firefighter II level.
Reference: IFSTA Firefighter Occupational Safety (Current) Chapter 4-6-14
Goal Statement: On completion of this subject, the student shall be able to

fulfill the following objectives.
1. Know dangerous building conditions created by fire. (3-11.1)
1.1 Describe the effects of the following items in a burning building:

[IFSTA 200]
a) Intense heat
b) Dense smoke
c) Large volume of water poured into and on the structure.
1.2 Define the term "building collapse." [IFSTA 200]
2. Describe techniques for action when trapped or disoriented in a fire

situation or in a hostile environment. (3-11.2)
3. Know procedures to be used in any electrical emergency. (3-11.3)
3.1 List electrical emergencies that may be encountered.
3.2 Identify proper actions to take in the case of an electrical

emergency.
4. Know personal protective equipment. (3-11.7)
4.1 Identify components of an approved turn-out coat and the type of

protection supplied by the coat.
4.2 Identify the components of an approved helmet and the protection

supplied to the wearer.
4.3 Identify the proper gloves and the type recommended for fire
service use.
4.4 Identify the components of an approved boot and the protection

supplied to the wearer.
5. Know safety procedures for riding and working around a fire engine.
(3-1.7)
5.1 List and define the proper precautions when riding and working
around a fire engine. (3-11.7)
G-45
9/93
6. Know precautions when working on the fire ground. (3-11.7)
6.1 List and define five precautions to take when working at the fire
scene.
7. Demonstrate proper safety procedures when working at a fire scene.

(3-11.7)
8. Describe and demonstrate safety procedures when using portable tools and
equipment including lighting equipment. (3-11.5 and 3-11.7)
9. Describe procedures for responding to hazardous material incidents.

(3-11.7)
10. Understand the safe use of facilities. [Ref. Chapter 4 - IFSTA 209]
11. Understand the needs and uses of personal protective equipment. [Ref.
Chapter 6 - IFSTA 209]
12. Understand health considerations. [Ref. Chapter 11 - IFSTA 209]
[ ] Indicates IFSTA manual reference.
G-46
9/93
Section: Ropes and Knots (NFPA 101, 3-9 and 4-9)
1. The firefighter, when given the name, picture, or actual knot, will
identify it and describe the purpose for which it would be used. (3-9.1)
2. The firefighter, when given the proper size and amount of rope, shall
demonstrate tying the following knots (need not be limited to these
knots): (3-9.2)
2.1 Bowline knot (tie within 15 seconds)
2.2 Clove hitch (tie within 15 seconds)
2.3 Becket or sheet bend (tie within 15 seconds).
3. The firefighter, given the proper rope, shall demonstrate the bight,
loop, round turn, and half hitch as used in tying knot hitches. (3-9.3)
4. The firefighter, using an approved knot, shall hoist any selected

forcible entry tool, ground ladder, or appliance to a height of at least
20 ft. (3-9.4)
5. The firefighter shall demonstrate the techniques of inspecting rope for

the following: (3-9-5)
5.1 Chemical damage
5.2 Cuts and abrasions
5.3 Internal damage
5.4 Mildew and rot
5.5 Stretch
5.6 Thermal damage.
6. The firefighter shall demonstrate the proper cleaning and maintenance of

rope as illustrated in IFSTA Essentials. (3-9.6)
7. Differentiate rope selection procedures.
7.1 Demonstrate ability to select proper size, construction features,

and length for selected task according to class discussion or
7.2 Select and tie a rope between two objects at least 15 ft apart
that will support the weight of a firefighter. (4-9.2)
7.3 Select and use the rope to tie ladders, hose, and other equipment
G-47
9/93
so as to secure them to immovable objects. (4-9.3)
8. Describe appropriate method(s) of rope storage as described in IFSTA

Essentials.
9. Indicate the method of marking a rope to remove from service according

to manufacturer's recommendations or as illustrated in IFSTA Essentials.
NOTE: Information to the following will be found in the IFSTA Rescue Manual.
10. The firefighter, when given the proper size and amount of rope, shall
demonstrate tying the following knots:
10.1 Rescue knot (tie within 1 minute)
10.2 Figure 8 (tie within 15 seconds).
G-48
9/93
Ropes and Knots Sample Practical Exam, Part 1
OBJECTIVE: The candidate will be tested on the ability to select the correct
size rope, tie the appropriate knot, and use the various knots to their
practical application. The evaluator will select five of the following drills
and/or knots and have the candidate demonstrate the ability in performing the
drill or tying the specific knot.
DRILLS KNOTS
1. Hoisting roof ladder 1. Half hitch
2. Hoisting straight ladder 2. Clove hitch
3. Hoisting axe 3. Guy line
4. Hoisting pike pole 4. Square knot
5. Hoisting hose 5. Becket
6. Tie hose roller 6. Bowline
7. Tie unequal ropes together 7. Running bowline
8. Rescue victim 8. Rescue knot
9. Draw knot
10. Cradle (life) knot
11. Bowline-on-a-bight
12. Greasy Pole (up or down)
G-49
9/93
Ropes and Knots Sample Practical Exam, Part 2
Knots to be Tied as Directed within Time Limits
1. Square knot
2. Becket bend
3. Clove hitch
a. End of line
b. Middle of line
4. Timber hitch
5. Sheepshank
6. Bowline around self or object
7. Bowline on-a-bight
8. Chimney hitch
9. Half sheepshank with a safety
10. Rescue knot
Hoisting, Lowering, Roping Off, and Storage
1. Tie and hoist axe to 3rd floor.
2. Tie and hoist pike pole to 3rd floor.
3. Tie and hoist fire extinguisher to 3rd floor.
4. Tie and hoist roof ladder to 3rd floor.
5. Tie rescue knot on victim and lower from 3rd floor.
6. Rope off area between two immovable objects so that rope supports
firefighter weight.
7. Make rope coil with 100 ft of rope.
8. Bag 100 ft of rope.
G-50
9/93
Section: Emergency Medical Care (NFPA 1001, 3-3 and 4-3)
1. Identify steps in a primary survey.
2. Know procedures for opening an airway.
2.1 (Identify) or (demonstrate) methods to determine if an airway is

open or closed. (3-3.2)
2.2 Demonstrate procedures for opening an airway. (3-3.3)
3. Know bleeding emergencies.
3.1 Identify three types of external bleeding and characteristics.

(3-3.8)
3.2 Demonstrate techniques for controlling external bleeding. (3-3.9)
4. Know ventilation procedures.
4.1 Demonstrate mouth-to-nose ventilation. (3-3.4)
4.2 Demonstrate oro-nasal ventilation. (3-3.5)
4.3 Demonstrate mouth-to-mouth ventilation. (3-3.6)
5. Know cardiac arrest situations.
5.1 Identify three signs of cardiac arrest. (3-3.6)
5.2 Demonstrate cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). (3-3.7)
6. Know injury-producing mechanisms and their relationship to the victim.
6.1 Identify four sources that provide information concerning the

nature of the victims' injuries according to class discussion.
(4-3.1)
6.2 Identify suspected injuries from information provided concerning

the mechanics of the accident plus the obvious injuries. (4-3.2)
6.3 Identify and demonstrate care of traumatic shock victims according

to recognized standards. (4-3.15)
7. Know secondary survey procedures.
7.1 Describe the secondary survey procedures according to class

discussion. (4-3.3)
7.2 Demonstrate a secondary survey on an "injured" person within
G-51
9/93
60 seconds. (4-3.3)
7.3 Demonstrate sequential emergency care for an accident victim

according to recognized procedures. (4-3.7)
8. Know internal bleeding.
8.1 Identify signs and symptoms of internal bleeding according to

standardized practices. (4-3.4)
8.2 Demonstrate emergency care for victims of suspected internal

bleeding according to recognized practice. (4-3.5)
9. Know burns and the distinction between certain types of burns.
9.1 Identify characteristics of thermal burns according to class

discussion or IFSTA Essentials. (4-3.6)
9.2 Identify characteristics of a chemical burn according to class

discussion. (4-3.8)
9.3 Demonstrate procedures for handling thermal burns according to

recognized procedures. (4-3.6)
9.4 Demonstrate procedures for emergency care of chemical burns

according to recognized procedures. (4-3.8)
9.5 Describe and demonstrate the flushing of eyes for suspected

chemical burns according to recognized procedures. (4-3.8)
10. Know fractures.
10.1 Identify from an illustration, diagram, or picture, the type of

fracture according to recognized practices. (4-3.9)
10.2 Describe the difference between certain types of fractures

according to recognized practices. (4-3.9)
10.3 Describe three general signs of a fracture according to recognized

practices. (4-3.10)
10.4 Demonstrate proper splinting techniques illustrated in class.

(4-3.11)
11. Know the basic breathing system used by the human body.
11.1 Identify and describe the anatomical process of breathing

according to class discussion. (4-3.12)
11.2 Describe the heart, lung, and brain relationship according to

class discussion. (4-3.13)
11.3 Demonstrate two-person CPR according to recognized standards.
G-52
9/93
(4-3.14)
11.4 Demonstrate the use of breathing aid equipment in accordance with

recognized standards or manufacturer's recommendations. (4-3.16)
G-53
9/93
G-54
9/93
Emergency Medical Care Sample Practical Exam
Blood pressure
1. Place cuff in correct location.
2. Place stethoscope in correct location.
3. Use inflation bulb and valve correctly.
4. Obtain accurate readings.
Resuscitation Practical
1. Position patient.
2. Check airway.
3. Clear airway.
4. Suction airway.
5. Insert airway.
6. Administer
a. Mouth to mouth
b. Mouth to nose.
7. Apply mask.
8. Perform cardiac massage
a. Hand position
b. Rhythm
c. Compression depth.
9. State correct rhythm or rate (CPR)
a. Child (10 years)

b. Child (3 years)
c. Two rescuers.
Splinting
1. Identify location.
2. Keep extremity in place.
3. Obtain proper material or splint.
G-55
9/93
4. Place splint on correctly.
5. Check circulation.
Bleeding Control
1. Check for foreign body.
2. Use direct pressure.
3. Use correct pressure point.
4. Apply tourniquet correctly.
G-56
9/93
Section: Water Supply (NFPA 1001, 3-15 and 4-15)
1. Indicate knowledge of water distribution systems.
1.1 Identify sources of water used in distribution systems according

to local conditions or as described in IFSTA Essentials. (4-15.1)
1.2 State the parts of a water distribution system including

distributors, primary feeders, and secondary feeders. (4-15.2)
1.3 Identify the various pressures that effect water distribution.

(4-15.4)
2. Indicate knowledge of hydrant operation and maintenance procedures.
2.1 Identify dry and wet barrel hydrants according to descriptions in

2.2 State maintenance procedures that include the following according

to American Water Works Association Standards of IFSTA Essentials.
(4-15.6)
a) Obstruction to use of hydrant
b) Direction of outlets to suitability of use
c) Mechanical damage
d) Corrosion problems
e) Flow ability
f) Ability to drain.
2.3 Identify the following valves according to IFSTA Essentials.

(4-15.5)
a) Indicating
b) Nonindicating
c) Postindicating
d) OS&Y.
G-57
9/93
3. Indicate knowledge of color coding and mapping of water distribution

systems.
3.1 Describe the NFPA system of hydrant color coding relative to flow
capability.
3.2 Interpret a water map describing local water distribution systems.
G-58
9/93
Section: Forcible Entry (NFPA 1001, 3-7 and 4-7)
1. Identify forcible entry tools and their use under direct supervision.
(3-7.1)
2. Demonstrate the safe use of forcible entry tools under direct

supervision. (3-7.1)
3. Identify the methods for the following: (3-7.2)
Cleaning forcible entry tools
Inspecting forcible entry tools.
4. Indicate knowledge of specific features and materials used in building

construction.
4.1 Identify materials and construction features of doors as described

in IFSTA Essentials. (4-7.1)
4.2 Identify materials and construction features of windows as

4.3 Identify materials and construction features of roofs as

4.4 Identify materials and construction features of vertical barriers

as illustrated in IFSTA Essentials. (4-7.1)
4.5 Define the dangers associated with doors, windows, roofs, and
vertical barriers as described in IFSTA Essentials. (4-7.1)
5. Indicate knowledge of forcible entry techniques.
5.1 Identify or describe the procedures to use in forcing doors,

windows, ceilings, roofs, floors, and vertical barriers as
6. Demonstrate the proper techniques in forcing doors, windows, ceilings,

roofs, floors, and vertical barriers as described in IFSTA Essentials.
(4-7.2)
G-59
9/93
Forcible Entry Sample Practical Exam
Forcible Entry Methods and Procedures to be Performed
1. Select proper tool(s) for operation.
2. Carry tool(s) safely and properly.
3. Follow preliminary procedures before forcing entry.
4. Use tool(s) safely and properly.
5. Maintain safe working area after forcing entry.
Forcible Entry or Small Tool Practical Exam
1. Choose correct tool for job assigned or tool designated by evaluator.
2. Carry tools safely and properly.
3. Follow preliminary procedure before forcing entry.
4. Use a particular tool safely and properly.
5. Maintain safe working area after forcing entry.
NOTE: For small tool practice, use a method that involves cutting with an axe
or breaking glass.
G-60
9/93
Section: Overhaul (NFPA 1001, 3-18 and 4-18)
1. Know the purpose of overhaul.
1.1 Identify the term overhaul provided by IFSTA Essentials. (3-18.5)
2. Know safety precautions during overhaul. (4-18.2)
2.2 Identify appropriate safety equipment and clothing for performing

overhaul activities.
2.3 Identify hazards associated with overhaul operations.
3. Demonstrate procedures for searching for hidden fires by sight, touch,

and smell. (3-18.1)
4. Demonstrate techniques for opening walls, ceilings, and floors. (3-18.3)
5. Demonstrate how to separate burned from unburned materials. (3-18.3)
6. Identify duties of firefighters left at the fire scene for fire and
security surveillance. (3-18.4)
7. Indicate knowledge of overhaul procedures. (4-18.1)
7.1 Identify and describe functions of tools and equipment used in

overhaul procedures as described in IFSTA Essentials.
8. Describe factors that influence the structural stability of a building.
8.1 Identify methods of using the senses to determine unsafe

conditions and detect hidden fires.
9. Explain the methods of protecting and preserving evidence during

overhaul operations as described in IFSTA Essentials.
G-61
9/93
G-62
9/93
Section: Fire Streams (NFPA 1001, 3-14 and 4-14)
1. Identify the term "fire stream" described in IFSTA Essentials. (3-14.1)
2. Identify the four purposes of a fire stream.
3. Identify advantages of using water as an extinguishing agent.
4. Identify disadvantages of using water as an extinguishing agent.
5. Identify the three types of fire streams described in IFSTA Essentials.
6. Identify the difference between a straight stream and a solid stream as

defined in IFSTA Essentials.
7. Identify the five categories of fire stream nozzles as described in

IFSTA Essentials.
8. Identify "water hammer" and provide one method of prevention. (3-14.3)
9. Identify nozzle reaction.
10. Demonstrate how to open and close a nozzle as described in IFSTA

11. Demonstrate attacking a Class A and Class B fire under direct

supervision. (3-14.2)
12. Identify methods of preventing damage to a nozzle and associated

equipment as described in IFSTA Essentials.
13. Identify safe procedures in the handling of fire hose and directing fire
streams.
14. Identify all reference material, record keeping procedures, and testing
procedures.
15. Indicate knowledge of nozzle characteristics.
15.1 Identify the characteristics of the following streams in

accordance with illustrations provided in IFSTA Essentials:
a) Solid stream
b) Fog stream
c) Broken stream (4-14.3).
15.2 Identify the flow capacity of hand-held 1-in., 1 1/8-in., and

1 1/4-in. tips; master stream 1 1/4-in. to 2-in. tips; and 3/4-in.
G-63
9/93
to 1-in., 1 1/2-in., and 2 1/2-in. handheld line fog nozzles

15.3 Select the nozzle pressure for solid stream and fog nozzles
according to manufacturer's recommendations or IFSTA Essentials.
15.4 Demonstrate the use of each type of nozzle as illustrated in IFSTA

16. Indicate knowledge of fire stream application.
16.1 Define direct, indirect, and combination methods of applying water

according to definitions provided in IFSTA Essentials. (4-14.1)
16.2 Select appropriate nozzle and hose line for specific fire
situations according to IFSTA Essentials.
16.3 Describe precautions to follow when advancing a hose line

according to IFSTA Essentials. (4-14.4)
16.4 Identify three conditions that result in pressure loss in hose

lines according to IFSTA Essentials. (4-14.5)
16.5 Identify four special purpose nozzles and demonstrate the

application of two according to manufacturer's recommendations or
illustrations provided in IFSTA Essentials. (4-14.6)
17. Indicate knowledge of fire foam application. (4-14.7)
17.1 Identify the three basic types of foam agents.
17.2 Identify and define foam-making appliances.
17.3 Describe or demonstrate foam stream characteristics from various

nozzles.
18. The firefighter will identify three observable results that are obtained
when the proper application of a fire stream is accomplished. (4-14.8)
19. The firefighter will identify and define those items required to develop
three types of fire streams and shall demonstrate each. (4-14.9)
G-64
9/93
Fire Streams Sample Practical Exam
Task: Handling and control of 1 1/2-in., 1 3/4-in., 2 1/2-in., and 3-in. hose
lines. The candidate will be tested on the following.
1. Hold 1 1/2-in. hose alone.
2. Hold 1 1/2-in. hose using two people.
3. Hold 2 1/2-in. hose using high pressure loop.
4. Hold 2 1/2-in. hose using two-person method.
5. Hold 1 1/2-in. hose using three-person method.
6. Maneuver the nozzle.
7. Demonstrate proper handling of 1 1/2-in. and 1 3/4-in. hose line.
8. Demonstrate proper handling of 2 1/2-in. and 3-in. hose line.
9. Correctly apply 1 1/2-in. and 1 3/4-in. fog stream to simulated

structure fire, being careful not to "over fog" the area, thereby
upsetting the thermal balance.
10. Demonstrate the following stream applications:
a. O pattern
b. Z pattern
c. Crisscross pattern
11. Explain the venturi principle for foam systems and demonstrate proper
foam application.
12. Demonstrate the use of streams in the following situations:
a. Ventilation techniques
b. Water curtain
c. Master stream situation
13. Demonstrate proper opening and closing of nozzles so as to avoid a water

hammer.
G-65
9/93
G-66
9/93
Section: Ventilation (NFPA 1001, 3-8 and 4-8)
Goal Statement: On completion of this subject, the student will fulfill the
1. Know basic ventilation theory and practices.
1.1 Identify the principles of ventilation including advantages and

disadvantages as described in IFSTA Essentials. (3-8.1)
1.2 Identify dangers present and precautions to take in performing

ventilation as described in IFSTA Essentials. (3-8.2)
1.3 Identify the theory of a "backdraft explosion" as defined in IFSTA

Essentials. (3-8.6)
2. Know basic ventilation procedures.
2.1 Demonstrate opening various windows with and without fire

department tools or according to procedures outlined in IFSTA
Essentials. (3-8.3)
2.2 Demonstrate breaking glass and removing obstructions as described

in IFSTA Essentials. (3-8.5)
2.3 Demonstrate proper roof opening techniques using appropriate tools

and procedures described in IFSTA Essentials. (3-8.5)
2.4 Demonstrate floor ventilation procedures as described in IFSTA

Essentials. (3-8.5)
3. Indicate knowledge of building construction applied to ventilation

procedures.
3.1 Identify roof features for ventilation purposes according to IFSTA

Essentials. (4-8.2)
3.2 List precautions to take when venting a structure according to

class discussion or IFSTA Essentials. (4-8.2)
3.3 Describe size of opening and appropriate location for vent opening
according to prescribed procedures or IFSTA Essentials. (4-8.3)
3.4 Describe methods used to vent a structure according to class

discussion or IFSTA Essentials.
4. Demonstrate ventilation techniques.
4.1 Demonstrate the use of different types of power saws and power
tools according to manufacturer's recommendations or IFSTA
Essentials. (4-8.4)
4.2 Demonstrate the removal of skylights, scuttle covers, and other
G-67
9/93
roof openings according to class discussion or IFSTA Essentials.

(4-8.4)
4.3 Demonstrate equipment used in forced ventilation procedures

according to manufacturer's recommendations or IFSTA Essentials.
(4-8.5)
4.4 Demonstrate ventilation using water fog according to IFSTA

Essentials. (4-8.6)
G-68
9/93
Ventilation Sample Practical Exam
1. Indicate opening size and location required for a given fire problem
involving vertical ventilation by going to the roof of the building and
marking the outline of the decided opening on the roof.
2. Carry all needed ventilation equipment to the roof and explain how you
would ventilate. Include all safety precautions and safety measures
associated with the equipment.
3. Place equipment in a smoke-filled room and ventilate using horizontal

methods.
4. Ventilate a smoke-filled room with a water stream.
G-69
9/93
G-70
9/93
Section: Rescue (NFPA 1001, 3-10 and 4-10)
1. Demonstrate the removal of injured persons from the immediate hazard by

the use of carries, drags, and stretchers.
1.1 Describe different methods of improvising a litter.
1.2 Demonstrate the proper method of carrying a litter.
2. Demonstrate searching for victims in burning, smoke-filled buildings or

other hostile environments.
a. Primary search.
b. Secondary search.
3. Identify the use of a life belt. (3-10.3)
4. Demonstrate techniques of removing debris, rubble, and other materials

found at cave-ins or building collapse using prescribed methods
described in class or IFSTA Essentials. (4-10.1)
5. Demonstrate the use of tools using manufacturer's recommendations and

procedures described in IFSTA Essentials. (4-10.2)
6. Demonstrate techniques of preparing a victim for emergency

transportation using standard equipment or improvised methods according
to manufacturer's recommendations or descriptions provided in IFSTA
Essentials.
7. Identify areas of danger in the following situations according to class

discussion or IFSTA Essentials. (4-10.4)
7.1 Tunnels and caves
7.2 Water rescue
7.3 Construction sites
7.4 Building collapse
7.5 Confined spaces
7.6 Toxic atmospheres
7.7 Industrial processes
7.8 Transportation accidents.
G-71
9/93
8. Demonstrate auto extrication procedures. (4-10.5)
8.1 Remove tempered glass according to the procedures discussed in

class.
8.2 Remove laminated glass according to procedures discussed in class.
8.3 Pull a steering wheel.
8.4 Open an inoperative door.
8.5 Open a crushed top.
8.6 Stabilize an automobile vehicle.
8.7 Pull a seat.
8.8 Proper care removing a victim from a vehicular accident.
9. Demonstrate lowering a victim from a third floor level using prescribed

practices or the description provided in IFSTA Essentials. (4-10.6)
G-72
9/93
Rescue Sample Practical Exam
Rescue Carry
1. Prepare victim for carry or drag.
2. Perform carry or drag designated.
3. Remove victim to area designated. Victim must be moved at least 10 ft.
Ladder Rescue
1. Perform rescue procedure designated.
2. Prepare victim for rescue designated.
3. Tie knot correctly if rope is used.
4. Space ladder and anchor for rescue.
5. Use correct procedure for designated procedure.
G-73
9/93
G-74
9/93
Section: Communications (NFPA 1001-1987, 3-2 and 4-2)
1. Identify the various methods of receiving alarms.
2. Identify the steps involved in the receiving and processing of an alarm

at the local level.
3. Identify local fire department engine alarm response orders.
4. Demonstrate a knowledge of local geography and routing procedures.
5. Identify mobile, portable, and base station radio equipment.
6. Identify fire department radio, fireground, and mutual aid communication

procedures.
G-75
9/93
G-76
9/93
Section: Sprinkler Systems (NFPA 1001, 3-16 and 4-16)
1. Identify and operate the main drain and main control valve on an
automatic sprinkler system.
2. Identify the dangers associated with the premature closure of the

sprinkler main control valve.
3. Identify the problems associated with both the automatic sprinkler

system and fireground water flow when they are from the same water
source.
4. Identify at least three sources of water for supply to an automatic

sprinkler system.
5. Identify the following:
5.1 Wet sprinkler system
5.2 Dry sprinkler system
5.3 Deluge sprinkler system.
6. Demonstrate proper method of replacing a sprinkler head.
G-77
9/93
Sprinkler Systems Sample Practical Exam
1. Connect hose lines to pump and installed fire sprinkler system.
a. Make proper selection of device.
b. Break caps, if necessary.
c. Check for obstructions.
d. Check gasket.
e. Make connection. At least 100 ft of hose should be used.
f. Straighten out hose line.
2. Demonstrate the proven method of replacing a sprinkler head.
3. The firefighter must stop the flow of water from an activated sprinkler
head with the water turned on.
G-78
9/93
Section: Salvage (NFPA 1001, 3-17)
1. Identify the purpose of salvage and its value to the public and the fire
department.
2. Identify the three values of good salvage practices when salvage

operations begin in the firefighting sequence:
a. In public relations
b. To the building owner
c. As it relates to firefighting.
3. Given salvage equipment, demonstrate the ability to protect both

stationary and movable property from damage.
4. Demonstrate the covering or closing of openings made during firefighting

operations.
G-79
9/93
Salvage Sample Practical Exam, Part 1
One-Person Fold or Roll
1. Make designated roll or fold:
a. One person roll

b. One person fold.
2. Arrange materials to be covered correctly.
3. Carry and position salvage cover correctly.
4. Spread cover correctly:
a. Roll
b. Fold.
Two-Person Fold
1. Make two-person fold.
2. Arrange materials to be covered correctly.
3. Carry and position salvage cover correctly.
4. Spread cover correctly:
a. Balloon throw
b. Single-edge snap throw
c. Double-edge snap throw
d. Cross-over throw.
Specialized Salvage Operations
1. Construct catch-alls correctly.
2. Construct chutes correctly:
a. Correct direction for water flow

b. Splices cover correctly.
3. Construct dike correctly.
4. Construct bag-all correctly.
G-80
9/93
Salvage Sample Practical Exam, Part 2
In this evaluation, the candidate will be evaluated on his/her ability

to function within a team and individually perform various salvage cover
operations. The evaluator will select five of the rolls, folds, or usages
below.
Rolls
1. One-person spread.
Folds
1. One-person spread.
2. Two-person spread.
Usages
1. One-person spread from roll.
2. One-person spread from fold.
3. Two-person spread from fold.
4. Water chute downstairs.
5. Water chute using pike poles.
6. Dikes.
7. Floor runner.
G-81
9/93
G-82
9/93
Section: Fire Inspections (NFPA 1001, 3-19 and 4-19)
1. Identify the common causes of fires and their prevention.
2. Identify the fire inspection procedures.
3. Define the importance of public relations relative to the inspection

programs.
4. Define dwelling inspection procedures.
5. Prepare surveys of buildings to record the location of items of concern

during prefire planning operations.
6. Collect and record, in writing, information required for preparing a

report on a building inspection or survey.
7. Identify building exit drill procedures.
8. Identify life safety programs for the home.
9. Identify common fire hazards and make recommendations for their

correction.
G-83
9/93
G-84
9/93
Section: Fire Cause and Origin [IFSTA - Fire Cause Determination,

Chapters 5-7]
1. Identify responsibilities of the firefighter in determining fire cause

and its point of origin.
2. Identify the importance of their responsibility in the protection of

evidence at a fire scene.
[ ] Indicates reference to IFSTA Training Manual.
G-85
9/93
G-86
9/93
Section: Hazardous Materials
1. Safety
1.1 Describe how HAZMAT incidents are different from other

emergencies.
1.2 Describe at least six ways HAZMAT is harmful to people at HAZMAT

incidents.
1.3 Describe the general routes of entry for human exposure to HAZMAT.
1.4 Describe the limitations of street clothes or work uniforms at the

scene of HAZMAT incidents.
1.5 Describe the threats posed to property and the environment by

HAZMAT releases.
1.6 Describe precautions necessary when rendering emergency medical

care to victims of HAZMAT incidents.
1.7 Identify typical ignition sources found at the scene of HAZMAT

incidents.
1.8 Define the following chemical and physical properties.
a. Boiling point
b. Flash point
c. Specific gravity
d. Vapor density
e. Water solubility.
2. Resources and planning
2.1 Describe the local procedures for requesting additional resources

for dealing with HAZMAT incidents.
2.2 Describe the role of the first responder at the scene of a HAZMAT
incident, as identified in the local contingency plan for HAZMAT
incidents.
3. Incident management
3.1 Describe the purpose, need, and benefits of an Incident Command

System at the scene of a HAZMAT incident.
3.2 Describe the process for implementing the Incident Command System
at HAZMAT emergencies.
3.3 Describe the basic techniques used to deny site entry.
G-87
9/93
3.4 Describe the basic techniques used to isolate the immediate site.
3.5 Describe the techniques for evacuation in HAZMAT incidents.
4. Recognition of HAZMAT
4.1 Given a list of nine HAZMAT classes, describe the primary hazards
of each class and give examples of each.
4.2 Use the six groups of clues to detect the presence of HAZMAT.
4.3 Identify typical locations on the site or facility where HAZMAT is

manufactured, transported, stored, used, or disposed of.
4.4 Describe placards, labels, and shipping papers used in the

transportation of HAZMAT and explain their advantages and
limitations in recognizing HAZMAT.
4.5 Identify the shipping papers found in various modes of

transportation, the individuals responsible for the papers, and
the location where carried and found during an incident.
4.6 Given various examples of containers and packaging, identify the

containers and packages by name and give an example of the
materials that may typically be found inside.
4.7 Describe the types of specialized marking systems found at fixed

facilities (such as military or special hazard communication
markings [NFPA 704]).
5. Classification, identification, and verification
5.1 Define HAZMAT.
5.2 Identify the specific name of HAZMAT involved in an emergency, or

at least classify the material by its primary hazard using
container markings, placards, labels, pesticide labeling, shipping
papers, MSDSs, or personal contacts.
5.3 Identify three sources of obtaining response information about

HAZMAT and describe the types of information provided in each.
5.4 Demonstrate the use of the DOT Emergency Response Guidebook [ERG]
1990: Guidebook for First Response to Hazardous Material
Incidents in assessing hazards and response actions, and
determining isolation and evacuation distances.
5.5 Demonstrate the use of an MSDS in obtaining hazard and response

information in an emergency.
5.6 Explain the difficulties encountered in identifying the specific

name of HAZMAT and its hazard and response information in an
G-88
9/93
emergency.
5.7 Describe the risk associated with HAZMAT located and transported
through the community or facility and its potential threat to
people, property, or the environment.
G-89
9/93
G-90
9/93
APPENDIX H
PREFIRE PLANS
H-1
9/93
H-2
9/93
CONTENTS
H.1 FIRE DRILLS.....................................................H-5

H.2 SALVAGE PLANS...................................................H-5
H.3 PREFIRE PLANS...................................................H-5
H.3.1 Writing Prefire Plans...................................H-6
H.3.2 Miscellaneous Information..............................H-10
H.4 PHYSICAL FITNESS PROGRAM.......................................H-15
H.5 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL PROGRAM.....................................H-20
H.6 MUTUAL AID.....................................................H-26
H.7 BUILDING TOURS.................................................H-29
H.8 EMERGENCY MEDICAL RESPONSE.....................................H-33
H.9 INTERNAL OPERATIONAL HANDBOOK..................................H-34
H-3
9/93
H-4
9/93
APPENDIX H
H.1 FIRE DRILLS
There are two aspects of fire drills that should be addressed in the
fire department and emergency response program. First, fire drills are
required to be conducted in several occupancies per National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA) 101. The program should discuss these drills and which
buildings are required to have drills to satisfy this requirement. The other
aspect are fire drills that are performed within the fire department and
emergency response organization for training purposes. All the drills should
be documented and critiqued. The drills should be coordinated with the fire
and emergency response department.
H.2 SALVAGE PLANS
General salvage plans should be in place for post firefighting

activities. For those facilities where added precautions must be taken due to
the facility contents, e.g. computer equipment, the plan should be expanded to
include the specific actions to be taken to reduce equipment damage and
downtime.
H.3 PREFIRE PLANS
Prefire plans should be developed for all facilities, although their

length and detail may vary depending on the facility's size and complexity.
The prefire plans should be updated on a regular schedule to ensure
firefighters are kept abreast of any changes to the facilities. NFPA 13E
should be used to assist in developing the plans. Since there is no mandated
schedule for updating prefire plans, one may consider using the same frequency
required for facility fire protection appraisals as required in
U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) 5480.7A, or a modified frequency of 1 year,
3 years, and 5 years may be more appropriate for these plans. Provided below
is an example of how this requirement could be implemented as well as an
example of what a prefire plan should include.
Prefire plans will be performed for facilities based on the following

frequency:
Annually for facilities having a replacement cost value (including

contents) > $50 million.
Every 2 years for facilities having a replacement cost value

(including contents) from $10 million to $50 million.
Every 3 years for facilities having a replacement cost value

(including contents) < $10 million.
H-5
9/93
The prefire plans shall address the following items as a minimum:
Building occupancy
Special hazards
Fire protection systems provided for the building
Location of fire hydrants
Location of fire department connections (FDC)
Water supply available
Exposures
Plan of attack
H.3.1 Writing Prefire Plans
FRONT PAGE
Building:
If the plan is for multiple buildings sharing a common alarm system,

list all involved buildings.
Box No:
If there is more than one box on the building, all box numbers should be
listed. Annunciator panel locations should also be listed.
Special Hazards:
This is very important information and efforts should be made to ensure

that all special hazards are listed. Examples would include physical
hazards, such as radioactive sources; chemical hazards (hazardous
material [HAZMAT]); and configuration hazards, such as pits with low
oxygen content.
Exposures:
This should be a list of any buildings and/or other exposures that might
possibly be affected in an emergency situation.
Special Exposures:
Included in this category would be anything that increases hazard

potential, such as propane tanks, contaminated structures with a high
possibility of particle releases to the atmosphere, transformers,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), overhead power lines, HAZMAT, hazardous
waste, etc.
Equipment Response:
Note what equipment would normally respond to alarms in this facility,

as well as any special equipment that might be needed. Also list backup
equipment for second alarm response.
H-6
9/93
Electrical Disconnect:
Note the location of the MAIN electrical disconnect on the building.

Its location should also be pinpointed on the building floor plan.
Nearest Hydrant:
Give the hydrant number, direction and distance from the building, and
show all hydrants on the area plan.
Water Available:
Document the water supply available.
Type of Automatic Alarm Systems:
This section may be general or deleted since the same information is

listed in greater detail under Annunciator and/or Fire Zones.
Sprinkler Systems:
If applicable, describe the type of sprinkler systems in the building.
Composition of Facility:
Provide a description of the construction of the building.
Plan of Attack:
This will vary from plan to plan. This section should include where
each fire engine is to be located, and any special information necessary
for attacking fires in the building. Areas that are difficult to access
should be noted also.
If information is needed for special access information, such as key

location or the need to notify a certain individual to gain access, this
should be noted here. If any special notifications are required, this
should also be listed.
Entry:
The entry section should include a list of all entrances to the

building. If a special key is needed or if a particular person needs to
be notified to gain access, that should be listed here. Types of
entries should be listed, such as a 12-ft rollup door or a 3-ft
personnel door. A recommendation should be included as to what door
would provide the best access to the building under emergency
conditions. Approach this section as if you had very little personal
knowledge of the building and had to decide how to enter the building
based on what is written in the plan.
H-7
9/93
Electrical Service and Hazards:
Voltage of the electrical service in the building should be listed as

well as locations of main electrical disconnects. Any special hazards,
such as extremely high voltage or battery rooms, should also be noted.
Radiation and Contamination:
Areas that are contaminated should be listed here in such a manner that
they can be identified from the floor plan. Types of contamination
should be identified, such as airborne, surface, etc. Radioactive
sources contained in the building should also be noted. If special
firefighting techniques need to be used, that information should also be
listed (i.e., no water, or water fog only areas).
Toxic Gases and Hazardous Chemicals:
Note locations and types of gases and chemicals. Any special

precautions to be taken because of such gases or chemicals also need to
be listed. If antidotes are necessary to offset effects of chemicals,
or special cleanup methods are required, this information should be
included. Any HAZMAT problems should be listed here in detail, along
with product names, manufacturers, etc. where practical.
Protective Clothing:
Types of clothing required for emergency entry, such as bunker gear,

bunker gear with air pack, HAZMAT suits, etc. should be listed here.
Minimum clothing requirements include full bunker gear and self-
contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) for all building entries anytime
the cause of alarm is not known.
Rescue:
If there are any special considerations to take into account in a rescue

situation, they should be listed here. Examples could include pits with
low oxygen content, extremely high radiation areas, difficult to enter
places, confined space areas, etc. Do not be concerned about repeating
information found in other sections of the plan. Someone using the plan
should be able to locate information they need in any category. For
example, high radiation areas can be listed both here and in the
Radiation and Contamination section.
Extinguishment:
Any unusual materials or methods required for extinguishment should be

listed here. Examples include: water fog only, or dry-chemical only.
If there are no unusual requirements, simply state that all agents are
acceptable.
H-8
9/93
Combustibles:
Classes of combustibles may be listed, particularly if they include

unusual types, such as flammable metals. Other combustibles not
normally found in buildings, such as solvents in quantity and flammable
liquids, should be noted here. It is NOT necessary to list normal
cleaning agents and thinners unless they are present in unusual
quantities, such as paint storage warehouses, or janitorial supply
warehouses.
Ventilation:
Recommended ventilation methods should be listed here. For example, in

many contaminated buildings, ventilation should be through the building
system if possible, to filter out all radioactive particles. This needs
to be noted here. Another example would be whether or not the building
ventilation automatically shuts down when an alarm is activated. Any
other unusual ventilation requirements should also be listed in this
section.
Salvage Operations:
High-value equipment that can be removed from the building or protected

in a fire situation should be listed in this section. Also included
might be sensitive files and/or irreplaceable paperwork. Building
administrators and managers are good sources for this information. If
no special information is necessary, simply list that normal salvage
operations are required.
Fire Detection and Protective Equipment:
Types of systems, their location, riser numbers, and other pertinent

information, should be noted in this section. Specific details as to
what areas of the building they cover can go in Annunciator and/or Fire
Zones, but locations of risers, drain valves (particularly on dry
systems), inspector's test valves, FDCs, etc. should be listed. These
should also be noted on the building floor plan. Any unusual protective
equipment, such as Halon1 systems, foam systems, and carbon dioxide
(CO2 ) systems, needs to be listed here.
Heating and Ventilation:
List the types of heating and ventilation systems such as heat pumps,
gas, and steam. If special operating instructions for ventilation
systems are necessary, describe them here, or explain where to locate
them. Anything unusual that might be pertinent to a fire situation
should be noted, such as gas shutoff location, heating, ventilation, and
air conditioning (HVAC) reset, or bypass location.
1
Halon is a trademark of Allied Chemical Corporation.
H-9
9/93
Annunciator and/or Fire Zones:
This section should list each zone and what areas of the building are
covered. It should also tell what types of detection systems are in
each zone. This information should also be on building maps. An
example would be:
Zone 1 - Covers office wing of building. Sprinklers from riser one

cover the section and auxiliary boxes are also in the zone,
one by each exterior door. (See map).
H.3.2 Miscellaneous Information
Area maps should be included with all prefire plans. These should show
all pertinent details, including hydrant location, radio box location, and
annunciator panel. Floor plans should be attached, if available. Sprinkler
system locations and FDCs should also be listed.
H-10
9/93
FACILITY PREFIRE PLAN
Building No.: 224-U Master Box No.: 2960
C Platoon Area: 200W Date: March 1991
WP MC Entered Contractor: WHC Th: X F: Year: 1994
Occupancy: UO3
Special Hazards:
Exposures: 224-UA, 277-U, 222-U, 203-UX, 2715-U, 2715-UA
Special Exposures: 2300 V transformer bank at the southeast end of building

Equipment Response: Fire engine 2, Fire engine 1, Unit 3, HAZMAT 1, if
chemicals involved
Location of Electrical Disconnect:
Nearest Hydrant: U-3 - 85 ft
Water Available: 2,000 gpm sanitary

Type of Automatic Alarm Systems: ????
2,000 gpm raw water
Sprinkler Systems: Wet pipe and deluge
COMPOSITION OF FACILITY
Length: 200 ft Width: 87 ft, SE end/61 ft, NE end Height: 52-ft

Type Construction: Steel and concrete Framing: Steel and concrete Interior Fin
and transite
Partitions: Concrete block and metal Exterior Covering: Concrete
Roof Construction: Concrete Roof Covering: Tar and gravel
H-11
9/93
PLAN OF ATTACK
First company will respond west of building and conduct size-up to

ascertain correction location of fire. Second company will respond west of
building and stand by until notified of desired hose lay or lays. Due to
arrangement of the building, correct hose lays cannot be executed without
information from the first company.
______________________________________
Building Management Representative
_____________________________________
Fire Department Officer's Concurrence
H-12
9/93
1. ENTRY
There are numerous doorways on the first level. There are six on the
northwest side of the structure and seven on the southeast side. One
doorway exists on both southwest and northeast ends of the building.
2. ELECTRICAL SERVICE and HAZARDS
There is a 2300-V transformer bank at the southwest end of the building.

The southwest end of the second floor contains a small transformer and
switch gear. Also, on the second floor near the switchgear room is a
battery backup room. The third floor has a control panel for all
operations. Fan room and major switchgear panels are located centrally
on the first floor.
3. RADIATION - CONTAMINATION
There is radiation and contamination in all cell areas and in the

storage and scale room. Mostly low levels in these areas.
4. TOXIC GASES - HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
There is a phosphoric acid and sulfuric acid pumping room on the second
floor of the building. Also the 203-UX tanks on the south side of the
building contain uranium nitrate hexahydrate (UNH). The 203-U tanks
have three tanks containing UNH, one tank containing dilute nitric acid,
and one tank with potassium hydroxide (caustic).
5. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
Firefighters' turnouts plus Scott air masks.
6. RESCUE
Upper limits of the building rescue would be done by rope sling or

stairwells. Normal rescue procedures would prevail on the first floor.
7. EXTINGUISHMENT
Water is acceptable in all parts of the building. Use caution where

high voltage may be present. May use HAZMAT team in chemical related
situations.
8. COMBUSTIBLES
Class "A", "B", and "C" material may be found.
9. VENTILATION
This would best be accomplished through the building ventilation system

and exhaust system. Smoke ejectors and doors may be used. There are no
windows in this structure.
H-13
9/93
10. SALVAGE OPERATIONS
Normal salvage operations will apply.
11. FIRE DETECTION AND PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
The building is protected by wet pipe sprinkler system, smoke detectors,

and auxiliary boxes. The transformer bank outside the northwest end of
the building is protected by a dry pipe deluge system. The main wet
pipe sprinkler system is located in the second office to the left from
the main entrance. The inspector's test valves for the wet pipe are
located at these places: first floor at system, second floor northeast
end of building, and third floor at northeast end of building.
At the northwest end of the building is a deluge system located in the

scale room by the special work permit (SWP) lobby. This system covers
the transformers at the northwest end of the building.
12. HEATING AND VENTILATION
The building is heated by steam. There is a ventilating system and duct

work on all floors with exhaust louvers on each floor level.
Ventilating system is not an automatic shutdown-type system connected
into the alarm system in the building. This is a new alarm system.
13. ANNUNCIATOR AND/OR FIRE ZONES
Zone 1 - Postindicator valve (PIV) tamper
Zone 2 - 1st floor - Three auxiliary boxes are located at the

following places: the panel, the men's SWP change room, and
the complex south end. This area also covered by sprinkler
8.
Zone 3 - 1st floor loading room.
Zone 4 - 2nd floor - Two smoke detectors are located in the south end
electrical room, one auxiliary box in the north end by the
stairs, and one auxiliary box at the south end by the
stairs. The area is also sprinklered.
Zone 5 - 3rd floor - Five smoke detectors: 1) south end, 2) south

end middle, 3) north end middle, 4) north end middle, and
5) north end. The area is also sprinklered.
Zone 6 - Roof--antifreeze loops flow switch and hoseline.
Zone 7 - Deluge for transformers.
Zone 8 - Pressure switch on wet pipe sprinkler system.
Zone 9 - Duct work 1st floor--one smoke detector above main entry.
H-14
9/93
H.4 PHYSICAL FITNESS PROGRAM
The physical fitness program for firefighters and emergency

personnel must be consistent with the applicable NFPA Standards and
should be tailored to meet the specific requirements unique to the site.
Training records must be maintained for each person. Following is an
example of a physical fitness policy and program.
H-15
9/93
FITNESS POLICY AND PROGRAM
1.0 PURPOSE
1.1 To establish and implement an ongoing program of physical exercise

and health education that will promote improved physical agility,
endurance, and mental alertness of members for the safe and sound
performance of their duties.
1.2 To develop and implement an evaluation process that will determine

the physical fitness level of members of the Fire Department and
that will monitor the progression of change in each member's level
of fitness.
1.3 To establish physical fitness guidelines.
1.4 To develop personally designed schedules of progress for members

to meet their individual goals.
1.5 To provide the means for members to improve and maintain their
physical fitness and well being.
2.0 ORGANIZATION AFFECTED
2.1 The Fire Department
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 Fire departments

Arlington, VA
Bellevue, WA
Dade County, FL
Fairfax, VA
Los Angeles, CA
Phoenix, AZ
San Francisco, CA
Seattle, WA
Spokane, WA
U.S. Forest Service
3.2 Other references
Allsen, Harrison, Vance; Fitness for Life, 2nd Edition, Wm. C.

Brown Co., 1980.
Astrand, Per-Olaf, M.D., Work Tests with the Bicycle Ergometer.
Cooper, Kenneth, The Aerobics Way, Lippincott Co., Philadelphia,

1982.
H-16
9/93
4.0 PROGRAM SPECIFICS
4.1 Body fat analysis: Using the caliper method. Interim

body fat assessments may be performed using the tape
measure method.
4.2 Strength, endurance and flexibility:

Push-ups Sit and reach
Curl-ups Arm hang
4.3 Health risk appraisal: Individuals are free to use

the appraisal at any time.
4.4 Exercise prescription: Each participant being evaluated will be

categorized according to performance by age and sex. After the
fitness level is determined, the areas in need of improvement will
be identified. On request, a goal (exercise prescription) will be
set up for the individual to work towards. The exercise
prescription is purely optional and will in no way cause job
jeopardy for that individual.
4.5 Following their yearly physical examinations, an annual Fitness

Evaluation will be given to all participants that exercise during
their duty day. The fitness specialist or trained volunteers
will administer the evaluations. Training consists of a fitness
orientation given by the fitness specialist. Results from the
evaluations will be tracked and kept confidential on request by
the participants. Departmental progress will be tracked but NO
NAMES WILL BE USED FOR THESE REPORTS.
4.6 The annual fitness evaluation shall consist of the same items as
the initial fitness evaluation, with the following additional
cardiovascular evaluation options:
4.6.1 National Fitness Test 3-Minute Bench Step.
4.6.2 Astrand Submaximal Bicycle Test.
Administered by fitness specialist only.
4.6.3 National Fitness Test 1 1/2 mile Run.
Administered by the fitness specialist only. The

participant must have had a recent Astrand Submaximal
Bicycle Ergometer Test, scoring at least 30 ml/kg.min.02
and have a special physician approval to take the test.
4.6.4 National Fitness Test 3-mile Walk.
This can be administered during the annual fitness

evaluation by the fitness specialist or trained personnel
in place of the other cardiovascular evaluations offered.
H-17
9/93
4.6.5 Treadmill Test
The tread mill test will be administered by one of the

local cardiologists, on request, and will be paid for by
the fire department. This test is limited to those
35 years or older, or to those having a family history of
heart disease.
4.6.7 All personnel who have been through the Fitness Equipment
Orientation will be issued a pair of sweatsuits, on request
and when available.
4.6.8 All fire department personnel shall be given, on request, a

copy of the Physical Fitness Manual.
5.0 GENERAL RULES
5.1 In case of an alarm, all personnel will take their assigned

positions on the various fire engine.
5.2 Other fitness activities may be approved, but those requesting

them should submit them to the fitness committee for evaluation.
5.3 Training, classes, emergencies, work requirements, and unusual

circumstances will supersede the exercise period.
5.4 The exercise period will include shower time, if needed. Those
participating will be ready to work at the end of the exercise
period. (This does not apply to Platoon personnel exercising from
3:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.)
5.5 Participation will be voluntary for all members. There will be no

job jeopardy involved in failure to meet the goals.
5.6 Those members not exercising during their work day (8-4 p.m. for
Platoon; 7 a.m.-5 p.m. for Testing and Services) will be expected
to take up the regular station duties, including radio watches and
box maintenance, although there will be no make-work-type
activities assigned to punish those who choose not to participate.
5.7 Personnel working overtime are not allowed to exercise during

their work day. The only exception is for fire fighters who are
on suppression holdovers to meet the minimum personnel
requirements.
5.8 Participants may use their own exercise accessories, but are not
allowed to use their own personal exercise equipment. For
clarification on these items, please contact the fitness
specialist or a fitness committee member.
H-18
9/93
6.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 Tracking
a. Individual log--each participant will be issued an exercise

card to track their individual workouts.
b. Shift log--each shift captain will fill out a weekly

participation log for each participant and will tally and
submit the total hours for recording in the monthly report.
c. Department log--the fitness specialist will tally the

monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual report on
participation for the fire department.
d. Annual fitness evaluation--The fitness specialist or

trained personnel will administer the annual fitness
evaluation to those participating during their work day.
e. Annual fitness orientation--The fitness specialist will

conduct annual fitness orientations for all participants.
H-19
9/93
H.5 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL PROGRAM
The HAZMAT program should comply with Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) 1910.120, NFPA 472, and Department of Transportation
(DOT) requirements. When developing a HAZMAT program, special attention
should be given to coordinating with the other disciplines that may be
required to support the program, or who may be directly affected by an
emergency response (e.g. Site Patrol). Provided below is a reference manual
that may be helpful in accomplishing this task.
The attached instructional objectives and learning outcomes have been

prepared to support educational activities designed to train DOE fire service
personnel to the DOT HAZMAT First Responder level. Each objective is a
statement of the skills and/or body of knowledge a person must achieve to
attain this level of competence.
The International Fire Service Training Association (IFSTA) HAZMAT First

Responder Manual shall be used as the textbook for this course. Selected
reading assignments may be made to supplement classroom instruction, and the
students shall be responsible for all material in this manual.
Written examinations, daily quizzes, and performance evaluations shall

be correlated to specific objectives. The final practical and written
examinations shall be given by the agency providing the training. A score of
70% or greater is required to pass the written and practical exams. If a
person fails either the written or practical exam, they may retake the exam no
sooner than 14 days after the exam was taken. If the exam is failed a second
time, the student shall retake the class before being allowed to take the exam
a third time. Anyone failing the exam a third time shall not be certified as
a DOE firefighter. The results of the exam shall become a permanent part of
the firefighter's training record.
A complete instructor's manual including daily lesson plans, overheads,

quizzes, and final exams is available for a minimal fee from the Illinois Fire
Service Institute in Champaign, Illinois. The organization presenting the
40-hour training course also has the option of preparing their own package for
the program.
H-20
9/93
Section: Awareness
Goal Statement: On completion of this section, the student will fulfill the
1. Describe how HAZMAT incidents are different from other

emergencies.
2. Describe at least six ways HAZMAT is harmful to people at HAZMAT

incidents.
3. Describe the general routes of entry for human exposure to HAZMAT.
4. Describe the limitations of street clothes or work uniforms at the

scene of HAZMAT incidents.
5. Describe the threats posed to property and the environment by

HAZMAT releases.
6. Describe precautions necessary when rendering emergency medical

care to victims of HAZMAT incidents.
7. Identify typical ignition sources found at the scene of HAZMAT

incidents.
8. Describe the local procedures for requesting additional resources

for dealing with HAZMAT incidents.
9. Describe the role of the first responder at the scene of a HAZMAT

incident, as identified in the local contingency plan for HAZMAT
incidents.
10. Describe the purpose, need, and benefits of an Incident Command

System at the scene of a HAZMAT incident.
11. Describe the process for implementing the Incident Command System
at HAZMAT emergencies.
12. Describe the basic techniques used to deny site entry.
13. Describe the basic techniques used to isolate the immediate site.
14. Describe the techniques for evacuation in HAZMAT incidents.
15. List the nine HAZMAT classes, describe the primary hazards of each
class, and give examples of each.
16. Use the six groups of clues to detect the presence of HAZMAT.
17. Identify typical locations in the community or facility where

HAZMAT is manufactured, transported, stored, used, or disposed of.
18. Describe placards, labels, and shipping papers used in the
H-21
9/93
transportation of HAZMAT and explain their advantages and

limitations in recognizing HAZMAT.
19. Identify the shipping papers found in various modes of

transportation, the individuals responsible for the papers, and
the location where carried and found during an incident.
20. Given various examples of containers and packaging, identify the

containers and packages by name, and give an example of the
materials that may typically be found inside.
21. Describe the types of specialized marking systems found at fixed

facilities (such as military, special hazard communication
markings, and NFPA 704).
22. Define HAZMAT.
23. Identify the specific name of HAZMAT involved in an emergency or

at least classify the material by its primary hazard using
container markings, placards, labels, pesticide labeling, shipping
papers, Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), or personal contacts.
24. Identify three sources of obtaining response information about

HAZMAT and describe the types of information provided in each.
25. Demonstrate the use of the DOT Emergency Response Guidebook 1990:
Guidebook for First Response to Hazardous Material Incidents in
assessing the hazards and response actions and determining
isolation and evacuation distances.
26. Demonstrate the use of an MSDS in obtaining hazard and response

information in an emergency.
27. Explain the difficulties encountered in identifying the specific

name of HAZMAT and their hazard and response information in an
emergency.
28. Describe the risk associated with HAZMAT located and transported
through the community or facility and its potential threat to
people, property, or the environment.
H-22
9/93
Section: Operations
Goal Statement: On completion of this section, the student will fulfill the
1. Describe the importance of the buddy system in controlling HAZMAT

incidents.
2. Identify the advantages and dangers of search and rescue missions

at HAZMAT incidents.
3. Identify the advantages and hazards associated with the rescue,

extrication, and removal of a victim from a HAZMAT incident.
4. Describe the precautions to be taken to protect oneself when

fighting fires involving HAZMAT.
5. Define BLEVE [boiling liquid expanding vapor explosion] and

describe what happens to the container when a BLEVE occurs and how
a BLEVE can be prevented.
6. Describe when it may be prudent to pull back from a HAZMAT

incident.
7. Describe the hazards and precautions to be observed when

approaching a HAZMAT incident.
8. Describe the levels of HAZMAT incidents and incident responders

identified in the local contingency plan.
9. Describe the need for a HAZMAT response plan and describe the
major elements of the plan.
10. Describe the importance of coordinating between various agencies

at the scene of HAZMAT incidents.
11. Describe the importance of preemergency planning related to

specific sites.
12. Describe the elements of the Incident Command System to ensure

coordination of response activities at HAZMAT incidents.
13. Given a simulated HAZMAT incident, demonstrate the ability to
a. Assume command
b. Establish scene control through control zones
c. Establish a command post.
14. Identify the criteria for determining the location of the control
zones for a HAZMAT incident.
15. Describe your organization's standard operating procedures

relating to HAZMAT.
H-23
9/93
16. Given a pesticide label, identify and explain the significance of

the following:
a. Name of pesticide
b. Signal word
c. EPA registration number
d. Precautionary statement
e. Hazard statement
f. Active ingredient.
17. Describe the assistance provided by a chemical transportation

emergency center (CHEMTREC), how to contact CHEMTREC, and what
information the first responder should furnish CHEMTREC.
18. Given an MSDS, select and interpret information that is useful in

determining the hazards of the chemical.
19. Define the following chemical and physical properties and describe
their importance in the risk assessment process:
a. Boiling point
b. Flammable or explosive limits
c. Flash point
d. Ignition or autoignition limits
e. Specific gravity
f. Vapor density
g. Vapor pressure
h. Water solubility.
20. Define the following terms:
a. Alpha radiation
b. Beta radiation
c. Gamma radiation.
21. Identify the physical requirements of the wearer of an SCBA.
22. Describe the limitations of personnel working with an SCBA.
23. List the types of SCBA and describe the advantages and limitations
of each at HAZMAT incidents.
24. Identify the procedure for cleaning and sanitizing SCBA for future
use.
25. Identify the operational components of the types of SCBA provided

by the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) and explain their
function.
26. Describe the need for specialized protective clothing used at

HAZMAT incidents.
H-24
9/93
27. Describe the application, use, and limitations of the following

levels of protective clothing used at HAZMAT incidents:
a. Structural firefighting clothing

b. Nonencapsulating chemical protective clothing
c. Encapsulating chemical protective clothing
d. High temperature clothing.
28. Demonstrate the proper donning, doffing, and use of all personal
protective equipment provided to the first responder by the AHJ
for use in normal response activities.
29. Describe the factors to be considered in the selection of the

proper respiratory protection at HAZMAT incidents.
30. Describe the techniques for controlling HAZMAT releases available

to the first responder.
31. Describe the need of decontamination procedures at HAZMAT

incidents.
32. Describe the ways that personnel, personal protective equipment,

apparatus, tools, and equipment become contaminated and the
importance and limitations of decontamination procedures.
33. Demonstrate the basic decontamination procedures as defined by the

AHJ for victims, personnel, personal protective equipment, tools,
equipment, and apparatus at HAZMAT incidents.
34. Describe the importance of documentation for a HAZMAT incident

including training records, exposure records, intent reports, and
critique reports.
35. Demonstrate the ability to keep an activity log and exposure

records for HAZMAT incidents.
H-25
9/93
H.6 MUTUAL AID
Although it is not specifically required by a DOE directive, each site

should evaluate their need for a mutual aid agreement with other local and
community emergency response forces. This will ensure adequate equipment and
personnel are available if conditions warrant additional resources beyond the
capability of the site's department. Provided below is an example of a mutual
aid agreement.
MUTUAL AID AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into on this day of

, 19___ by and between the cities of Richland, Kennewick, and Pasco and the
Fire Protection Districts Benton County 1, Benton County 2, Benton County 3,
Benton County 4, Benton County 5, Benton County 6, Franklin County 3, Walla
Walla County 5, and the Hanford Fire Department.
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, each of the parties hereto maintains equipment and personnel

for suppressing fires within its own jurisdiction and areas, and
WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to augment the fire and emergency
medical protection available in their various establishments, districts,
agencies, and municipalities in the event of large fires, conflagrations, or
other disaster, and
WHEREAS, the lands or districts of the parties hereto are adjacent or

contiguous so that mutual assistance in a fire or medical emergency is deemed
feasible, and
WHEREAS, it is the policy of the above municipalities or other districts

and of their governing bodies to conclude such agreements wherever
practicable, and
WHEREAS, it is mutually deemed sound, desirable, practicable, and

beneficial for the parties to this agreement to render assistance to one
another in accordance with these terms:
THEREFORE, BE IT AGREED THAT:
1. Whenever it is deemed advisable by the commanding officer of a fire

department belonging to a party of this agreement, or by the commanding
officer of any such fire department actually present at any fire or
other emergency including any medical emergency, to request assistance
under the terms of this agreement, the commanding officer is authorized
to do so. The commanding officer, or authorized subordinates, of the
department receiving the request shall immediately take the following
actions.
H-26
9/93
Tri-Cities Mutual Aid Agreement
A. Immediately determine if fire engine and personnel can be spared

in response to the call.
B. Determine what fire engine and personnel might be most effectively

dispatched.
C. Determine the exact mission to be assigned in accordance with the

detailed plans and procedures of operation drawn in accordance
with this agreement by the technical heads of the fire departments
concerned.
D. Immediately dispatch such fire engine and personnel as, in the

judgment of the responsible officer receiving the call, should be
sent. Include complete instructions as to the mission, in
accordance with the terms of this agreement.
2. The rendering of assistance under the terms of this agreement shall not
be mandatory, but the party receiving the request for assistance should
immediately inform the requesting agency if, for any reason assistance
cannot be rendered.
3. A. Each party to this agreement waives all claims against the other
party or parties for compensating any loss, damage, personal
injury, or death occurring in consequence of the performance of
this agreement.
B. All service performed under this agreement shall be rendered

without reimbursement of either party or parties.
4. The commanding officer of the fire department requesting assistance

shall assume full charge of the operations. If the officer specifically
requests a senior officer of a fire department furnishing assistance to
command, the officer shall not, by relinquishing command, be relieved of
the responsibility for the operation. This is providing that the fire
engine, personnel, and equipment of the agency rendering assistance
shall be under the immediate supervision of, and shall be the immediate
responsibility of, the senior responding fire officer or the commanding
officer of the department rendering assistance.
5. The chief fire officer and personnel of the fire departments of all
parties to this agreement are invited and encouraged on a reciprocal
basis to frequently visit each other's activities for guided
familiarization tours. This should be consistent with local security
requirements and, as feasible, to jointly conduct prefire planning
inspections and drills.
6. The commanding officers of the fire departments of the parties to this

agreement are authorized to meet and draft any detailed plans and
procedures of operation necessary to effectively implement this
H-27
9/93
agreement. Such plans and procedures of operation shall become

effective on ratification by the signatory parties.
7. This agreement shall become effective upon the date hereof and shall
remain in full force and effect until canceled by mutual agreement of
the parties hereto or by written notice from one party to the other
party giving ten (10) days' notice of said cancellation.
8. SIGNATURES
___________________________________
___________________________________
___________________________________
___________________________________
H-28
9/93
H.7 BUILDING TOURS
Building tours are necessary to assist emergency response and fire

department personnel in developing the prefire plans and to enhance building
familiarity. The tours should be documented and performed annually on a
minimum number of the total buildings at the site. The actual number of tours
performed each year will vary depending on the size of the site, but the
minimum goal should be at least 25% of the total number of buildings per year.
Provided below is an example of a Building Tour Form that may be used for
documentation and to assist in identifying problems while conducting the tour.
INSPECTION FORM
Code Compliance
Yes No N/A
MISCELLANEOUS
( ) ( ) ( ) Prefire plan posted

( ) ( ) ( ) Fire lanes properly posted and maintained (NFPA 1,3-1.1.10)
( ) ( ) ( ) Vacant buildings locked and barricaded (NFPA 1,3-1.1.9)
( ) ( ) ( ) Perimeter of building free of combustible materials (NFPA 1,3-1.1)
EXITS
( ) ( ) ( ) Ample in number (NFPA 1,3-4.1.1 and NFPA 101)

( ) ( ) ( ) Exit signs posted (NFPA 1,3-4.1.1 and NFPA 101)
( ) ( ) ( ) Stairway and hallway doors operable and unlocked (NFPA 1,3-4.1.1
and NFPA 101)
( ) ( ) ( ) Storage of combustible materials near exits (NFPA 1,3-4.1.1 and NFPA 101)
( ) ( ) ( ) Exit access clear (NFPA 1,3-4.1.5)
( ) ( ) ( ) Emergency lighting operable (29 CFR 1910 b7)
( ) ( ) ( ) Nonexits clearly marked (29 CFR 1910 b4 and b6)
FIRE DOORS
( ) ( ) ( ) Closed and operable (NFPA 80, 15-1.2)
ELECTRICAL
( ) ( ) ( ) Main electrical shutoff (location )

( ) ( ) ( ) Proper use of small appliances, power cords, and outlets (NFPA
1,3-1.2.2)
( ) ( ) ( ) Proper location of above (NFPA 1,3-1.2.2)
H-29
9/93
ALARM OR DETECTION SYSTEMS
( ) ( ) ( ) Specify type
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
( ) ( ) ( ) Accessible and locked

Location (zone no.)
RFAR Box No.
STORAGE CONCERNS
Explanation
EXTINGUISHERS
( ) ( ) ( ) Annual inspection performed (NFPA 10)

( ) ( ) ( ) Unobstructed from view or access (29 CFR 1910 d3)
( ) ( ) ( ) Located properly (NFPA 10)
( ) ( ) ( ) Has monthly inspection been completed? (NFPA 10)
SPRINKLER SYSTEM(s)
Type: Wet Dry Deluge Preaction

No. of
Location(s)
( ) ( ) ( ) FDC accessible (NFPA 13)
( ) ( ) ( ) Hydrant(s) accessible
SPECIAL SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
Type(s)
Location(s)
Comments
Battalion Commander Signature
H-30
9/93
Fire Department Members Performing Inspection
Note any hazardous conditions or concerns
Copy left with Building Manager Yes No N/A
H-31
9/93
H-32
9/93
H.8 EMERGENCY MEDICAL RESPONSE
If medical response is part of the organization's responsibility, a

procedure should be prepared that explains the general actions that should be
taken during a response. The following serves as an example.
When ambulance calls are received, the station officer and the ambulance
crew are responsible for verifying the location with the radio operator before
response. Two firefighters will respond on all ambulance runs. One of the
two must be an EMT.
Ambulance reports must be filled out on all ambulance runs, even if no

patient is transported. Information on these reports is considered
confidential and should be released only to the proper authorities. Patients
refusing treatment should sign the ambulance report to document the refusal.
If the patient will not sign the form, note that information on the form.
Patient status information will be transmitted to the hospital by radio.

In general, the EMT should transmit the information, although the nurse may
perform this duty on request. Patient names must not be transmitted over the
radio, although payroll numbers may be used, when necessary. Status
information should include the following.
a. Description of accident or illness.
b. Severity or priority of information, i.e., immediately life

threatening, urgent, or nonurgent.
c. Radiation concerns, if any.
d. Vital signs, to include: age, sex, mechanism of injury, blood

pressure, pulse, respirations, level of consciousness, estimated
time of arrival, and any other pertinent information.
e. Any medications or other compounds that may have contributed to

the patient's illness. If possible, the bottle or container
should be delivered to the hospital with the patient to aid in
identifying the proper antidote.
Should an unattended death occur, the County coroner and the Sheriff's
Office must be notified. Permission must also be obtained to move the body,
except when medical personnel determine there may be a possibility of saving
the victim. Transportation of deceased persons will be performed at the
request of the county coroner.
H-33
9/93
H.9 INTERNAL OPERATIONAL HANDBOOK
An internal handbook is recommended to address the general conduct of

operations within the fire department or emergency response organization.
Provided below is an example of the types of items that could be addressed in
the handbook.
Preface
1.0 General Information

1.1 Significant Organizational Changes
1.2 Officer Assignments
1.2.1 Acting Lieutenant
1.3 Firefighter Assignments
1.3.1 Hours of Work
1.3.2 Requests for Transfer
1.3.3 Station Assignments
1.4 Emergency Response
1.4.1 Buildings
1.4.2 Grass Fires
1.4.3 Mutual Aid Response
1.4.4 Fire Watch
1.5 Offsite Class Attendance
1.6 Building Tours
1.6.1 Purpose
1.6.2 Responsibilities
1.6.3 Definitions
1.6.4 Procedure
1.6.5 Hazardous Facilities or Areas
1.7 Overtime Meals
1.8 Uniforms and Bunker Gear
1.8.1 Uniforms
1.8.2 Patches and Emblems
1.8.3 Collar Insignia - Supervision
1.8.4 Name Plates
1.8.5 Breast Shield
1.8.6 Ties
1.8.7 Sweatsuits
1.8.8 Hats and Caps
1.8.9 Suspenders
1.8.10 Shower Clogs
1.8.11 Glasses Cases
1.8.12 Belts and Shoes
1.8.13 Requisitioning Uniforms, Equipment, and Supplies
1.9 Uniform Laundry and Repairs
1.10 Protective Clothing Inspections
1.11 Grooming Standards
1.12 Telephone Usage During Duty Hours
2.0 Safety
2.1 Occupational Safety and Health Committee
2.2 Critical Incident Stress Debriefing
H-34
9/93
2.3 Use of Portable Fire Shelters

2.3.1 Procedure for Use
2.4 Life Safety Rope, Harnesses, and Hardware
2.4.1 Life Safety Rope
2.4.2 Life Safety Harness
2.4.3 Hardware
2.5 Hazardous Waste Program
2.5.1 Purpose
2.5.2 Waste Minimization
2.5.3 Hazardous Waste and Materials Training
2.5.4 Waste Handling
3.0 Alarm Information

3.1 Responses to Other Projects
3.1.1 Purpose
3.1.2 Fire Procedures
3.1.2.1 Outside Power Block
3.1.2.2 Power Block
3.1.3 Fire Brigade
3.1.4 Response Termination
3.1.5 Alarm Restoration
3.1.6 Bomb Threats
3.1.7 Medical Emergency
3.1.8 Ambulance Response
3.1.8.1 Access
3.1.8.2 Emergency
3.1.8.3 Nonemergency
3.1.9 Exit Response to an Emergency
3.1.10 Training
3.1.11 Emergency Communications
3.1.12 Fire Incident Investigation
3.2 Bypassing Zones in FA Boxes
3.3 Restoring Panels During Battery Tests
3.4 Equipment
3.4.1 Personal Alert Safety System (PASS) Devices
3.4.2 Pocket Dosimeters
3.4.2.1 Using the PADI
3.4.2.1.1 Suppression Personnel
3.4.2.1.2 Testing and Services Personnel
3.4.2.2 When to Use the PADI
3.4.2.3 Tracking Procedures
3.4.2.4 Testing and Calibration of the PADIs
3.4.2.5 Calibration
3.4.3 Portable Radios
3.4.4 Video Cassette Recorders
3.4.5 Emergency Generators
3.4.5.1 Operation and Testing
H-35
9/93
3.4.6 Fire Hose

3.4.6.1 Testing Fire Hose
3.4.7 Ladder Inspections
3.4.8 Fueling Vehicles
3.4.9 Assignment of Vehicles
3.4.10 Backing Vehicles
3.4.11 Foam and Wetter Water
4.0 Training
3.5.1 New Employee Training
3.5.2 Testing and Services Qualification Training
5.0 Officers' Duties

5.1 Daily Logs
5.2 Meetings
5.3 Fire Station Security Requirements
5.4 Security Keys
5.4.1 Other Keys and Locks
5.4.2 Criteria for Key Custodians
5.5 Release of Information to the Public
5.6 Prefire Plans
5.6.1 Revision Guidelines
5.6.1.1 One-Year Update
5.6.1.2 Three-Year Update
5.6.1.3 Five-Year Update
5.6.2 Writing Prefire Plans
5.6.3 Miscellaneous Information
6.0 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) Program

6.1 Purpose
6.2 Provision of SCBAs
6.2.1 Emergency Scene Usage
6.2.2 SCBA Training
6.2.3 Requirements for SCBA Users
6.2.4 SCBA Service Testing
6.2.5 SCBA Maintenance
6.2.6 Breathing Air Program
6.3 Operating Procedure for Air Compressor
6.4 Operating Procedure for Mobile Air - 1
6.4.1 Diesel Instructions
6.5 Mobile Air
6.5.1 Electrically
6.5.2 Safety Procedures
6.5.3 Program Evaluation
6.6 SCBA Responsibilities
6.6.1 Purpose
6.6.2 Before-Use Inspection
6.6.3 After-Use Inspection Checks
6.6.4 Periodic Inspections
6.6.5 Training Requirements
6.7 References
H-36

Model - Prog Fire Protection

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Model - Prog Fire Protection

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Model - Prog Fire Protection

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY

"MODEL" FIRE PROTECTION PROGRAM

This Fire Protection Program may be applied to all U.S. Department of

This program is not intended to prevent the use of other systems or

This page intentionally left blank.

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY

1.0 SITE SPECIFIC FIRE PROTECTION OVERVIEW................................1-1

2.0 MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION.........................................2-1

3.0 FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING...........................................3-1

4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND PUBLIC PROTECTION...................................4-1

5.0 APPRAISAL PROGRAM.....................................................5-1

6.0 FIRE DEPARTMENT OPERATIONS AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE.....................6-1

APPENDIX A - OPERABILITY REQUIREMENTS......................................A-1

APPENDIX B - INSPECTION, TESTING, AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES...............B-1

APPENDIX C - FIRE PREVENTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES......................C-1

APPENDIX D - FIRE PROTECTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES......................D-1

APPENDIX E - SPECIAL HAZARDS PROTECTION PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES...........E-1

APPENDIX F - FIRE DEPARTMENT OPERATIONS AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE--SAMPLE

APPENDIX G - U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY BASIC FIREFIGHTER CERTIFICATION

APPENDIX H - PREFIRE PLANS.................................................H-1

3-1 Comment Review Form...................................................3-4

3-1 Design and Package Review Discipline Matrix...........................3-6

This page intentionally left blank.

1.0 SITE SPECIFIC FIRE PROTECTION OVERVIEW

1.1 SITE OVERVIEW

1.2 POLICY STATEMENT

This section should include a senior management policy statement

This page intentionally left blank.

2.0 MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION

2.1 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES

This section should include management's responsibilities involving the

1. Provide and maintain the necessary fire protection staff and

2. Minimize the potential for the occurrence of a fire or related

3. Ensure that fire does not cause an unacceptable onsite or offsite

4. Establish and define the requirements that will provide an

7. Provide fire protection technical assistance to DOE as requested.

Management is responsible for executing the procedures in this program

If an exemption request is required, or an equivalent approach needed,

Facility managers are responsible for ensuring that fire protection

When there is a conflict between the requirements of this program and

A charter should be included that specifically identifies the

Fire Protection Engineering is responsible for the development of the

1. Review and approve designs; specifications; modifications; fire

2. Perform fire protection self-survey facility appraisals.

3. Assist in the prioritization of fire system repairs.

4. Prepare the annual fire protection report.

5. Perform fire protection program appraisals.

6. Perform NFPA 101 (Life Safety Code) evaluations.

7. Assist in fire investigations.

8. Develop Fire Protection Engineering requirements and implementing

9. Exercise authority to stop work upon observing an imminent hazard.

10. Perform fire department operations

11. Perform HAZMAT response

12. Maintain a fire prevention program

13. Perform emergency medical response

14. Maintain prefire plans

15. Review and approve fire protection training programs.

16. Obtain fire protection equipment procurement approval.